Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
18 023 MCR Servicing (Moorefield Excavating Ltd.) Tender By-law
THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE amit .I Lti7y'/3 yx. c BY-LAW NO. 2018 - 023 BEING A BY-LAW TO ACCEPT A TENDER FOR THE MCR SERVICING TENDER (Moorefield Excavating Ltd.) WHEREAS Section 44 of the Municipal Act, 2001, S.O. 2001, c.25, as amended, provides that a municipality has jurisdiction over a highway or bridge shall keep it in a state of repair that is reasonable in the circumstances; • AND WHEREAS pursuant to the said Municipal Act, Section 8 (1) and 9 provide that the powers of a municipality under this or any other Act shall be interpreted broadly so as to confer broad authority on the municipality to enable the municipality to govern its affairs as it considers appropriate and to enhance the municipality's ability to respond to municipal issues and has the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person for the purpose of exercising its authority under this or any other Act; AND WHEREAS the Council of the Municipality of Kincardine deems it expedient to accept the tender of Moorefield Excavating Ltd. for the MCR Servicing Tender as outlined in Report No. PWD 2018-04 including the Knights Court Watermain; NOW THEREFORE the Council of The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine ENACTS as follows: 1. That the tender of Moorefield Excavating Ltd. for the MCR Servicing Tender, in the amount of $3,627,736.57 (including non-refundable portion of HST), be hereby accepted. • 2. That the unbudgeted portion of $165,000 of the project including the Knights Court Watermain be approved. 3. That the amount over the 2018 budget be approved to be funded from Kincardine Water Reserve Fund 68 and that this be reflected in the next budget amendment. 4. That the Mayor and Chief Administrative Officer be authorized and directed to execute on behalf of the Council of The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine, any contracts and other documents required to authorize this purchase. 5. This by-law shall come into full force and effect upon its final passage. 6. This by-law may be cited as the "MCR Servicing (Moorefield Excavating Ltd.) Tender By-law". READ a FIRST and SECOND TIME this 7th day of March, 2018. • READ a THIRD TIME and FINALLY PASSED this 7th day of March, 2018. Mayor Clerk MCR Servicing (Moorefield Excavating Ltd.) Tender By-law By-Law No. 2018 - 023 CONTRACT DOCUMENT: MOOREFIELD EXCAVATING LTD. Project: Municipality of Kincardine, MCR SERVICING Major Component Replacement Contract No. 17094 Refer to Article A-1 for signed contract (A-4) Page 204 in Laserfiche Between Municipality of Kincardine and MOOREFIELD EXCAVATING LTD. 6297 Wellington Road 109 South, RR 3 Harriston, ON NOG 1Z0 Filed under separate cover in Administration File — C01 in Central Records: Titled: Municipality of Kincardine By-Law No. 2018 - 023 BEING A BY-LAW TO ACCEPT A TENDER FOR THE MCR SERVICING TENDER (Moorefield Excavating Ltd.) Cited as: MCR Servicing (Moorefield Excavating Ltd.) Tender By-law Dated: 7th day of March, 2018 fill D : _excavating phone:519-510-3571 6297 Wellington Road 109 South fax 519-510-3277 RR 3 Harriston,Ontario.NOG 120 F i March 15, 2018 I BY COURIER t Mr. Darren Alexander, P.Eng. B. M. Ross and Associates Limited 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 Re: MCR Servicing Municipality of Kincardine Contract No.: 17094 Dear Mr. Alexander, As requested in your letter of March 9, 2018, please find enclosed the following documentation for Contract No. 17094, MCR Servicing for the Municipality of Kincardine: 1. Executed Contract Documents (3 copies); 2. Performance and Labour and Materials Bonds; 3. WSIB Clearance Certificate; 4. Certificates of Insurance. If you have any questions, or require additional information, please contact the undersigned at 519-510-3571 ext. 32; by email at ferry a(�moorefieldex.ca; or by fax at(519) 510-3277. Sincerely, 1 / r/ Jerry Roubos President Encl. Z:\Projects\2018\1804-Kincardine MCR Servicing\BUILD\Correspondence\Letters\2018-03-15 Le BM Ross Re Contract 1804.Docx 0 Zurich Insurance Company Ltd ZURICH® Surety Department First Canadian Place 100 King Street West Suite 5500, P.O. Box 290 Toronto, ON M5X 1 C9 Bond Number: 6351011 Zurich Insurance Company Ltd RE: Notice under Part XIII of the Insurance Companies Act (Canada) For purposes of the Insurance Companies Act (Canada),this document was issued in the course of Zurich Insurance Company Ltd's insurance business in Canada. 0 Zurich Insurance Company Ltd ZURICH 100 King St.W.,Suite 5500, P.O. Box 290,Toronto, ON M5X 1C9 PERFORMANCE BOND CCDC 221 -2002 No. 6351011 Bond Amount: $4,028,441.75 MOOREFIELD EXCAVATING LTD. as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Zurich Insurance Company Ltd, a corporation created and existing under the laws of Switzerland and duly authorized to transact business of Suretyship in Canada as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee,in the amount of FOUR MILLION TWENTY EIGHT THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY ONE 75/100 Dollars($4,028,441.75)lawful money of Canada, for the payment of which sum the Principal and the Surety bind themselves,their heirs, executors, administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally. WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee,dated the 8 day of MARCH,2018 for MCR SERVICING,KINCARDINE hereinafter referred to as the Contract. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal shall promptly and faithfully perform the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. Whenever the Principal shall be, and declared by the Obligee to be, in default under the Contract, the Obligee having performed the Obligee's obligations thereunder,the Surety shall promptly: 1) remedy the default,or; 2) complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions or; 3) obtain a bid or bids for submission to the Obligee for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions and upon determination by the Obligee and the Surety of the lowest responsible bidder,arrange for a contract between such bidder and the Obligee and make available as work progresses(even though there should be a default,or a succession of defaults, under the contract or contracts of completion, arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay to complete the Principal's obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract and to pay those expenses incurred by the Obligee as a result of the Principal's default relating directly to the performance of the work under the Contract, less the balance of the Contract price;but not exceeding the Bond Amount. The balance of the Contract price is the total amount payable by the Obligee to the Principal under the Contract,less the amount properly paid by the Obligee to the Principal,or; 4) pay the Obligee the lesser of(1) the Bond Amount or(2)the Obligee's proposed cost of completion,less the balance of Contract price. It is a condition of this bond that any suit or action must be commenced before the expiration of two (2) years from the earlier of(1) the date of Substantial Performance of the Contract as defined in the lien legislation where the work under the Contract is taking place, or, if no such definition exists,the date when the work is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended,or(2)the date on which the Principal is declared in default by the Obligee. The Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than the Bond Amount. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond,to or for the use of,any person or corporation other than the Obligee named herein,or the heirs,executors, administrators or successors of the Obligee. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety have Signed and Sealed this Bond dated 13th day of March,in the year 2018. SIGNED and SEALED OOR 7 ler XCAVATING LTD. in the presence of • ature Name of pe on signing Zur h Insurance Company Ltd • .n_ re ANTONELLA TOPPI,Attorney-in-Fact Copyright 2002 Name of person signing Canadian Construction Documents Committee (CCDC 221—2002 has been approved by the Surety Association of Canada) � ZURICH Zurich Insurance Company Ltd 100 King St.W., Suite 5500, P.O. Box 290,Toronto, ON M5X 1C9 LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND(TRUSTEE FORM) CCDC 222-2002 No. 6351011 Bond Amount: $4,028,441.75 MOOREFIELD EXCAVATING LTD. as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal, and Zurich Insurance Company Ltd a corporation created and existing under the laws of Switzerland and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in Canada as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the amount of FOUR MILLION TWENTY EIGHT THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED FORTY ONE 75/100 Dollars ($4,028,441.75) lawful money of Canada, for the payment of which sum the Principal and the Surety bind themselves,their heirs,executors,administrators,successors and assigns,jointly and severally. WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee,dated the 8 day of MARCH,2018 for MCR SERVICING, KINCARDINE in accordance with the Contract Documents submitted, and which are by reference made part hereof and are hereinafter referred to as the Contract. The Condition of this obligation is such that, if the Principal shall make payment to all Claimants for all labour and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract,then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect,subject, however,to the following conditions: 1. A Claimant for the purpose of this Bond is defined as one having a direct contract with the Principal for labour, material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, labour and material being construed to include that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil,gasoline,telephone service or rental equipment directly applicable to the Contract provided that a person, firm or corporation who rents equipment to the Principal to be used in the performance of the Contract under a contract which provides that all or any part of the rent is to be applied towards the purchase price thereof, shall only be a Claimant to the extent of the prevailing industrial rental value of such equipment for the period during which the equipment was used in the performance of the Contract. The prevailing industrial rental value of equipment shall be determined, insofar as it is practical to do so, by the prevailing rates in the equipment marketplace in which the work is taking place. 2. The Principal and the Surety, hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee,as Trustee,that every Claimant who has not been paid as provided for under the terms of its contract with the Principal, before the expiration of a period of ninety(90)days after the date on which the Iasi of such Claimant's work or labour was done or performed or materials were furnished by such Claimant, may as a beneficiary of the trust herein provided for, sue on this Bond, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due to such Claimant under the terms of its contract with the Principal and have execution thereon. Provided that the Obligee is not obliged to do or take any act, action or proceeding against the Surety on behalf of the Claimants, or any of them, to enforce the provisions of this Bond. If any act, action or proceeding is taken either in the name of the Obligee or by joining the Obligee as a party to such proceeding,then such act, action or proceeding, shall be taken on the understanding and basis that the Claimants,or any of them,who take such act,action or proceeding shall indemnify and save harmless the Obligee against all costs, charges and expenses or liabilities incurred thereon and any loss or damage resulting to the Obligee by reason thereof. Provided still further that, subject to the foregoing terms and conditions, the Claimants, or any of them may use the name of the Obligee to sue on and enforce the provisions of this Bond. 3. It is a condition precedent to the liability of the Surety under this Bond that such Claimant shall have given written notice as hereinafter set forth to each of the Principal,the Surety and the Obligee, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed, and that such Claimant shall have brought suit or action in accordance with this Bond, as set out in sub-clauses 3 (b)and 3 (c) below, Accordingly, no suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any Claimant: a) unless such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail to the Principal, the Surety and the Obligee, at any place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of business by such persons or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the Province or Territory in which the subject matter of the Contract is located. Such notice shall be given. i) in respect of any claim for the amount or any portion thereof, required to be held back from the Claimant by the Principal, under either the terms of the Claimant's contract with the Principal, or under the lien Legislation applicable to the Claimant's contract with the Principal, whichever is the greater, within one hundred and twenty(120) days after such Claimant should have been paid in full under the Claimant's contract with the Principal; ii) in respect of any claim other than for the holdback,or portion thereof, referred to above,within one hundred and twenty(120) days after the date upon which such Claimant did, or performed, the last of the work or labour or furnished the last of the materials for which such claim is made under the Claimant's contract with the Principal; b) after the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which the Principal ceased work on the Contract, including work performed under the guarantees provided in the Contract; c) other than in a Court of competent jurisdiction in the Province or Territory in which the work described in the Contract is to be installed or delivered as the case may be and not elsewhere, and the parties hereto agree to submit to the jurisdiction of such Court. 4. The Surety agrees not to take advantage of Article 2365 of the Civil Code of the Province of Quebec in the event that, by an act or an omission of a Claimant,the Surety can no longer be subrogated in the rights, hypothec and privileges of said Claimant. 5. Any material change in the contract between the Principal and the Obligee shall not prejudice the rights or interest of any Claimant under this Bond,who is not instrumental in bringing about or has not caused such change. 6. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by,and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith,and in accordance with the provisions hereof, inclusive of the payment by the Surety of claims made under the applicable lien legislation or legislation relating to legal hypothecs,whether or not such claim is presented under and against this Bond. 7. The Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than the Bond Amount. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the Principal and the Surety have Signed and Sealed this Bond dated 13th day of March, in the year 2018. SIGNED and SEALED in the presence of MOOREFIELD EXCAVATING LTD. mature f / _ e Name of,erson sign! g Zurich Insurance Company Ltd 4 r •na ur_ ANTONE LA TOPPI,Attorney-in-fact Name of person signing Copyright 2002 Canadian Construction Documents Committee (CCDC 222—2002 has been approved by the Surety Association of Canada) Aviva,Insurance Company of Canada One London Place,Suite 500 255 Queens Avenue London,Ontario N6A 5R8 AV 1 VA This is to certify to: Municipality of Kincardine 1475 Concession 5 Rd Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6 That policies of insurance as herein described have been issued to the Insured named below and are in force at this date Name of the Insured : Moorefield Excavating Ltd:, Address of the Insured : 6297 Wellington Road 109 S, RR#3, Harristort ON NOG 1Z0 Location and operations to MCR Servicing File#17094 which this certificate applies: Kind of policy Policy Expiry date Limits of liability number -mm-dd General Liability (except automobile) Each Occurence limit: $2 000 000 El Products and/or 81433684 19-01-31 General Aggregate limit_ $10 000 000 Completed operations Per Occurrence Deductible Bodily Injury$2,500 Products/Completed ops Property Damage$2,500 Aggregate limit: $2 000 000 ® Non-owned automobile 81433684 19-01-31 Each occurence limit: $2 000 000 Inclusive Limits—Bodily injury&Property Damage Automobile liability Combined Covering 6741151708 19-01-31 'described vehicles ®All owned vehicles $2,000,000 Only described vehicles' $3,000,000.00 Umbrella Liability 81433684 19-01-31 Self Insured Retention $10,000.00 It is agreed that the party shown above, has been added as Additional Insured with respect to the Commercial General Liability and then only with respect to the liability arising out of the operations of the Named Insured at the above noted project. The insurance afforded is subject to the terms,conditions and exclusions of the applicable policy. This Certificate is issued as a matter of information only and confers no rights on the holder and imposes no liability on the Insurer. The Insurer will endeavour to mail to the holder of this Certificate 30 written notice of any material change in or cancellation of these policies,but assumes no responsibility for failure to do so. Date:2018-03-13 114 :2.-Auttlorized epreSent€tine Aviva,Insurance Company of Canada la One London Place,Suite 500 255 Queens Avenue London,Ontario N6A 5R8 A `. 1 VA This is to certify to: B.M. Ross & Associates Limited 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 That policies of insurance as herein described have been issued to the Insured named below and are in force at this date Name of the Insured : Moorefield Excavating Ltd., Address of the Insured : 6297 Wellington Road 109 S, RR#3, Harriston, ON NOG 1Z0 Location and operations to MCR Servicing File#17094 which this certificate applies: Kind of policy Policy = Expiry date Limits of liability number ' yy-mm-dd General Liability (except automobile) Each Occurence limit: $2 000 000 ® Products and/or 81433684 19-01-31 General Aggregate limit: $10 000 000 ► Completed operations Per Occurrence Deductible Bodily Injury$2,500 Products/Completed ops $2 000 000 Property Damage$2,500 Aggregate limit: i ® Non-owned automobile 81433684 i 19-01-31 Each occurence limit: $2 000 000 Inclusive Limits—Bodily injury&Property Damage Automobile liability Combined Covering: 6741151708 I 19-01-31 'described vehicles All owned vehicles $2,000,000 Only described vehicles' $3,000,000.00 Umbrella Liability 81433684 19-01-31 Self Insured Retention $10,000.00 It is agreed that the party shown above,has been added as Additional Insured with respect to the Commercial General Liability and then only with respect to the liability arising out of the operations of the Named insured at the above noted project. The insurance afforded is subject to the terms,conditions and exclusions of the applicable policy. This Certificate is issued as a matter of information only and confers no rights on the holder and imposes no liability on the Insurer. The Insurer will endeavour to mail to the holder of this Certificate 30 written notice of any material change in or cancellation of these policies,but assumes no responsibility for failure to do so. Date :2018-03-13 e` t' £ jf� cr 4. nt ti. {Authanzed Pieprese a wsib cs ast ON x'ARY ) Clearance Certificate/Certificat de decharge Contractor Legal/ Contractor Address/ Contractor Principal Legal/ Principal Address/ Clearance certificate Validity period (dd- Trade Name/ Adresse de Classification Unit Trade Name/ Adresse de number/Numero du mmm-yyyy)/ Periode Appellation l'entrepreneur and Description/ Appellation l'entrepreneur certificat de decharge de validite commerciale ou Unite de classification commerciale ou principal (jj/mm/aaaa) raison sociale de de l'entrepreneur et raison sociale de l'entrepreneur description ('entrepreneur principal MOOREFIELD 6297 WELLINGTON 4214-000: Excavating CORPORATION OF 1475 CONCESSION 5 E200000DX4Y9 13-Mar-2018 to 19- EXCAVATING LTD. RD 109 SOUTH RR 3, and Grading THE MUNICIPALITY RR 5, KINCARDINE, May-2018 HARRISTON, ON, OF KINCARDINE/ ON, N2Z2X6, CA NOG1ZO, CA KINCARDINE MUNICIPALITY Page 1 of 1 I MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE MCR SERVICING CONTRACT NO. 17094 ADDENDUM NO. 3 111 Plan takers shall note the following: (1) Enclosed is a Bruce Telecom plan of their utilities along Sutton Street c/w a description of their plant. ' (2) Page T-23,Item No.28—Signage—The mounting poles for the beacons and the mast arms shall be 4"round steel pole, schedule 40 powder coated black. The post shall have a minimum of 1.2 m bury and have a 200 mm dia. concrete footing. ' (3) Page T-16,Item 4 b) Calcium Chloride Solid—Under quantity it shall now read 2.5t. Please make these changes manually and refer to Addendum No. 3. B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMBED Engineers and Planners ' 62 North Street Goderich,ON N7A 2T4 Phone: (519) 524-2641 ' Fax: (519) 524-4403 www.bmross.net ' February 22, 2018 111 Contractor's Signature Date ate ' Faxed to all Plan Takers—2 pages+addenda receipt I UM MI MN — MI — — N M — S a i I OM MB 1 NM NM _rte � r���4� ..„ T4N h, ,. t , , '` 37 GARy i .,� \ PH / 885P KN �`\ 49 -CT SPHKN \ �/ 885cIRc QUEEN ST t N„ r 4v ✓' `eeHILIP PL { s I! ,,`°•'.. 100 PR, /. ,�s, '�,,�865 711 PHILIP PLACE 100 PR Road 50 PR �: �° moo. ,�` �,� `�OPHKN •'*., crossing 52 PR .i" �',' 7`0 ,T 100 pr `'•,,,,�L o' ;°�� 50 p 50 PR 7e 1 ,/..../ ``, KR�1,1`P ~'`. 50 PR x,,\0 28 SUTTON ST *1162 ! •-T . `''•' 1111 # I �` d '�. 130 SLIT NST �' ,,•"' 4.' Z/ 100 pr . .. *• ? 16 PR 112 UKN ��,..., 200 r 52 pr T ``..--, 111850 ! '„..•••. ° i ti 8 �%� ``-., T 11205 ,r' i • _ 28S UKN "``• .A NKN ,i5(pc0 •r 1119 T T i f 1 16 pr T, �.. �. ,�,,,.�... d? 200 p * _..____.._.._ ,N i 82 �*h 52 pt r 150 PR r co N 11 NKN ` tl--•- KNKN1 52 PR N. le SUTTON 5T 1; T -��� �.c -�_ T ij ° 11191CKNT lapr ye.tr. •„�,.�_,,,i 1 i T�"1"Sti t1 y.,'N ' 150 PR111 .1 NSA 199,7116K52 PR A 4 -`~ i 1 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE MCR SERVICING CONTRACT NO. 17094 I ADDENDUM NO. 2 Plan takers shall note the following: g (1) As noted in Addendum No. 1, enclosed is the borehole location plan. (2) Due to many small amendments,the complete set of tender drawings has been re-issued (19 dwgs). Included in this revision is a Philip Place sidewalk drawing. As the drawing file is too large to email,the drawings and this addendum are available for downloading from the FTP site. (3) Page T-3,Item 29-Pavement Markings a)Permanent pavement markings i)White ' Solid-Under quantity, it shall now read Om. Please make this change manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. (4) Page T-6,Item 29-Pavement Markings a)Permanent pavement markings i)White Solid-Under quantity, it shall now read 18m. Please make this change manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. (5) Page T-6,Item 29-Pavement Markings a)Permanent pavement markings ii)Solid Yellow-Under quantity, it shall now read Om. Please make this change manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. (6) Page T-7,Item 44-Watermains a) 150mm PVC DR18-Under quantity, it shall now read 36m. Please make this change manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. (7) Page T-10,Item 36-Supply,excavate for,place and backfill culvert,including 1 granular backfill and rodent grates-The void between the new 525mm dia. TIDPE culvert and the existing 975mm dia. csp shall be filled with grout. (8) Page T-12,Item 17-Concrete curb and gutter systems(all types)-Under quantity,it shall now read 500m. Please make this change manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. i (9) Page T-16,Item 7-Hot Mix Asphalt-a)Hot Mix HL-3-Under quantity, it shall now read 310t. Please make these changes manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. (10) Page T-17,Item 10-Full depth asphalt removal-Under quantity,it shall now read 2000m2. Please make these changes manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. I I (11) Page T-18,Item 36 b)-Supply,excavate for and place storm pipe sewers,including bedding and granular backfill. —Under description for the 675mm culvert,due to the lack of cover and the unknown future loading,the culvert material shall be limited to reinforced concrete. No pipe equivalents will be considered. Please make this change manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. (12) Page T-20,Item 45 e)-Supply,excavate for and place and backfill ductile iron fittings,including cathodic protection and mechanical thrust restraints.Item 45 e) 1 300 x 300 x 150 mm tees—Under quantity it shall now read 10 ea. Item 45 f) 300x300x200mm tees-Under quantity it shall now read 1 Ea. Please make these changes manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. (13) Page T-22 and Page T-23 shall be replaced with the attached Page T-22 (Revised) and T- 23 (Revised). Added to Part 6 is a 1.5m wide concrete sidewalk on Philip Place from Gary Street to Trillium Court seniors apartments. (14) Page T-24,Item 35—Supply and place 150mm filter wrapped perforated subdrain including excavation -Under quantity, it shall now read 380m. Please make this change manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. (15) Page T-27,Item 29-Pavement Markings,a)Permanent pavement markings i)Solid Double Yellow-Under description, change Solid double yellow to Solid Yellow and Under quantity,it shall now read 185m. Please make this change manually and refer to Addendum No. 2. ' (16) Page T-29 shall be replaced with the attached Page T-29 (Revised). Provisional Item 65 was added to the Schedule of Items and Prices. This item has been included to address the presence of ground water in boreholes 4 and 11. The following SP shall apply to this item. ITEM NO.65 SUPPLY AND PLACE 19 mm CRUSHED STONE BEDDING INCLUDING GEOTEXTILE SEPARATOR ' Where conditions warrant the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to place and compact 19 mm crushed stone bedding to the pipe spring line level, in the sewer and/or watermain trench and install a geotextile separator such as Terrafix 270R or equivalent,on top of the stone bedding and shall extend he full width of the trench to preclude mixing of cover and/or trench backfill materials with the underlying stone. 1 When the trench conditions warrant the 19mm crushed stone bedding,the Contractor shall ensure that the transition from Gran. 'A' bedding to the 19mm crushed stone bedding will preclude the mixing of the two materials. This shall be accomplished by extending the geotextile under the Gran. 'A' a minimum of 600mm. I When 19mm crushed stone is used as bedding near maintenance holes or catch basins,the Contractor shall wrap the geotextile completely around the structure with the geotextile extending up the structure(200mm min) and up the trench sides (200mm min)to preclude the mixing of the cover and/or trench backfill with the 19mm crushed stone. The Contractor shall use an adhesive product to secure the geotextile to the structure. ' Payment under this item will only be made in areas where,in the opinion of the Materials Testing Consultant or their on-site field representative,it is necessary to place the stone bedding due to the presence of ground water in the trench to provide a proper pipe foundation. ' Payment for this item shall be by the lineal meter of mainline pipe bedding regardless of the trench width. (17) Page SP-19—Item No.28 -Signage. The pedestrian push button shall be the BullDog button model BDL3 with the arrow option,by Polara.Two buttons are to be supplied and installed and two buttons are to be supplied only. B. M. ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 Phone: (519)524-2641 Fax: (519)524-4403 www.bmross.net February 20, 2018 I Contractor's Signature Date Faxed to all Plan Takers— 7 pages+addenda receipt FTP Site-18 Revised Drawings 1 I I 11111 NM r — M MN — 1 I i NM r M M — NS an I N m E STREETH PRINCESS I LJ I STREET I I I I 0 I u u I PRINCESS I I__J ST. I U — ~ w 1 F N W VICTORIA STREET -.I WILLIAM ST. ta _ ��n /� N zz X, , 1 Q J Y Z Q .4', , z z o x D j JAMES ST. q o w a BH-01-18 BH-02-18 ,JAMES STREET w J ti 10u ,, 3 �- 200.3 201.0 I It WITHER PARK LANE BH-03-18 9t. PL. — CHARLES ST. Pc J IRCLE S E ,•, j McGAW DR. PARK STREET I I r o . �H-04-18 8H STREOS-18 T � ti j CAMPBELL AVENUE I i — \-' 5.0,E 2007 1 18 I Iii, o 0 . N \, ..... MILL STREET 1 \206.6 KENNARD CRESCENT I ti t ' B1-1.07-18 IIMACYOUNG DRIVE (0712 aJ / MACKENDRICK DRIVE BH-08-18 al IrBH-09-18 � SCOTT STREET N 206.8 BH-10'18 9 3. z ROWAN DR. ! Q20\STREE12ll id A I z f WALSH ST. J / ~O�T9 MBH-11-08a '0 PALMATEER DR. I WALSH ST, j o. q d E HAMLIN STREET f \ 2l8 re McPHERSON CRSS.tm ti v vZo 0 z FT Z W in O S CO ¢ aW g. _ = o J w MCPHERSON GRES.J \`\ ( . as o o a 1 l \ 19 •$$ W r HI INTGri CT �� ¢J C3 . LEGEND: x NOTES JE: -t•, A\� • 1-REFERENCES:COMPANY:B.M.Ross&Associates, 7/ Englobe • PROJECT:Project number 17094,PLAN:Borehole Location BH-01-1 B Road Reconstructions $40 a �'m • Plan,Drawing No.BH-1,DATE:Nov.1 2017. 1111 BOREHOLE LOCATIONlthe "l"ierex:i%6.043' p 2-Ground surface elevations inferred from from profile 200 3 GROUND SURFACE ELEVATION(m) Project 17094 drawings received from client Prepared 0.6tew.B Discipline GEOTECHMCAL ',mi..,',mi..,mo"'�`. • 3-Drawing scale may be distorted due to file conversion K ii°" ON rwewlg w and/or copying.Measurements taken from the drawing must n nas., 'kVA ewScqumxeo. 3 be verified in the field. r11v Cns,l„su Spurt Dale� 201&0801 01 01 01 Borehole Location Plan co usin into a,e. 0000 Rev. 160 B-0018656-1 GE 001 00 53 _ . IT-22(Revised) Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount I2 201, SP Grubbing(stumps all sizes) 8 Ea. $ $ I 3 206,SP Earth excavation a) Gary Street 2400 m3 $ $ a) Philip Street sidewalk 80 m3 $ $ I 4 501,506 Dusts suppressants and compaction pactson I a) Water 250 m3 $ $ b) Calcium chloride solid 2.1 t $ $ 5 314,351 Granular"A" SP a) Gary Street 1700 t $ $ Ia) Philip Street sidewalk 110 t $ $ 6 314,SP Granular"B"Type I 3300 t $ $ I7 310,312 Hot Mix Asphalt SP Ia) Hot Mix HL-3 10 t $ $ b) Hot Mix HL-4 420 t $ $ Ic) Hot Mix Miscellaneous 175 m2 $ $ d) Multi-Use Path 535 m2 $ $ I8 510,SP Removal of bituminous pavement 285 m2 $ $ (outside excavation) I9-10 N/A 11 408, SP Adjust existing maintenance holes and 2 Ea. $ $ catch basins I 12 407, SP Supply maintenance hole covers and/or 1 Ea. $ $ catch basin frame and grates,including adjustment to finished grade I13-14 N/A I 15 510, SP Removal of existing maintenance holes and catch basins a) Maintenance holes 4 Ea. $ $ 1 b) Catch basins 1 Ea. $ $ ' 16 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 665 m $ $ I IT-23(Revised) Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount I17 353, SP Concrete curb &gutter systems(all types) 485 m $ $ I18 510, SP Removal of concrete sidewalk&drives 195 m2 $ $ 19 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk&drives Ia) Sidewalks(125 mm) 355 m2 $ $ b) Sidewalk Slab(200 mm) 30 m2 $ $ Ic) Sidewalk(125 mm)Philip Place 240 m2 $ $ 20 351, SP Supply and install detectable warning I surfaces for pedestrian crossing a) 0.6 x 0.6 26 Ea. $ $ I 21 802, SP Topsoil(imported) a) Gary Street 2000 m2 $ $ b) Philip Place 200 m2 $ $ I 22 N/A 23 803, SP Sodding(nursery,=staked) a) Gary Street 300 m2 $ $ Ib) Philip Street 200 m2 $ $ 24 804, SP Seeding and cover 1660 m2 $ $ I25 SP Saw cutting 1.5 m $ $ 1 26 N/A 27 603, SP Supply&install direct buried 53mm Type 200 m $ $ 1 2 PVC conduit for future street lighting 28 SP Signage I a) Supply and install Ra-5L mounted back to 2 Ea. $ $ back with Ra-5R,Ra-4t,octagonal steel pole, mast arm and Ra-5R mounted on mast arm Ib) Solar powered dual rectangular rapid 2 Ea. $ $ flashing beacons c/w solar engine.Model AB-9407 by JSF Technologies or Iapproved equivalent(Provisional) c) Supply and install We-27R signs 2 Ea. $ $ lc/w telesbar post d) Supply and install Ra-10 and Rb-55 2 Ea. $ $ c/w telesbar post I e) Pedestrian push button(Provisional) 4 Ea. $ $ IT-29(Revised) Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount III60 511, SP Handlaid rip rap,including non-woven 50 m2 $ $ geotextile ISub-Total Provisional Items-- $ I MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS(Inclusive to All Parts) 61 706, SP Traffic control and pedestrian safety 1 a) Part 1 1 L.S. $ b) Part 2 1 L.S. $ Ic) Part 3 1 L.S. $ d) Part 4 1 L.S. $ Ie) Part 5 1 L.S. $ f) Part 6 1 L.S. $ g) Part 7 1 L.S. $ 62 SP Cost of 100%Performance and 100% 1 L.S. $ Labour and Material Payment Bonds I and cost of insurance 63 SP Contingencies 1 L.S. $100,000.00 ' g L S. 64 SP Lump sum to cover all other 1 $ I requirements of the contract not specifically covered by or related to the preceding items I65 314, SP Supply and place 19 mm crushed stone 200 m $ $ bedding,including a geotextile Iseparator(Provisional) I Sub-Total Miscellaneous Items-- $ I MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE MCR SERVICING ' CONTRACT NO. 17094 ADDENDUM NO. 1 1 Plan takers shall note the following: (1) Test pits will be dug by the Owner at the job site on Friday, February 16 at 10:00 a.m. sharp. (2) Boreholes have been drilled along the length of the project and included as an appendix to the tender. Upon receipt of the key plan for the borehole logs, an addendum will be issues with this information. (3) The Closing Date for the tender submission has been revised to 2:00:59 p.m.,Friday, February 23, 2018. B. M.ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners 62 North Street Goderich, ON N7A 2T4 Phone: (519) 524-2641 Fax: (519) 524-4403 www.bmross.net February 1, 2018 I i 1 1 1 ' MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE MCR SERVICING ' CONTRACT NO. 17094 I 1 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE MCR SERVICING ICONTRACT NO. 17094 IINDEX TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IDescription Page IAddendum No. 1 Front Cover Information to Bidders IB-1 —IB-13 ITender I Form of Tender T-1 —T-30 T-A&T-B Statement re Sub-Contractors I Agreement to Bond Performance Bond Labour and Material Payment Bond ISchedule of Plans, Specifications, General Conditions &Standards IIndex to Special Provisions Special Provisions SP-1 to SP-59 ISupplemental General Conditions SGC-1 &SGC-2 General Conditions—OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev. Date: 11/2006 IAgreement A-1-A-4 IMunicipality of Kincardine Corporate Statement Occupational Health and Safety Contract Release IStatutory Declaration Re: Liens,Liabilities &Payment of Accounts IStandards Appendix A—Borehole Logs I I 1 � INFORMATION TO BIDDERS 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I INDEX TO INFORMATION TO BIDDERS(September 2016) 1) Date and Place for Receiving Tenders 1B-1 I 2) Tender Deposit IB-1 3) Submission of Tender IB-1 I 4) Clarification IB-2 5) Withdrawal of Tender 1B-2 6) Disqualification of Tender IB-2 I 7) Form of Agreement IB-2 8) Competency of Bidders IB-2 9) Supervision of Work IB-2 I 10) Sub-Contractors 1B-3 11) Tender Acceptance 1B-3 12) Performance and Payment Bonds IB-3 13) Insurance 1B-3 14) Completion Date and Liquidated Damages IB-4 15) Disposal and Use of Excavated and Excess Materials 1B-6 16) Taxes IB-6 17) Regulation of Pits and Quarries IB-7 18) Salvageable Material IB-7 19) Geotechnical Investigation Report IB-7 20) Utilities 1B-7 21) Occupational Health and Safety Act IB-7 22) Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Certificates IB-7 23) Contract Release 1B-8 24) Use of Premises 1B-8 25) Taking of Water for Short-term Construction Dewatering IB-8 I 26) Hot Mix Plant-Environmental Protection Act IB-8 27) Restrictions on Open Burning IB-9 28) Night,Sunday,and Holiday Work 1B-9 I 29) Drainage 1B-9 30) Bribery 1B-9 31) Provisions for Traffic,Access,and Protection IB-10 32) Cold Weather Concrete 113-10 III 33) Falsework 113-10 34) Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles I3-11 35) Protection of Trees r3-11 I 36) Ontario Provincial Standards 18-11 37) Guaranteed Maintenance(Parts 1 to 6) IB-12 38) Guaranteed Maintenance(Part 7) IB-12 39) Garbage Collection and Blue Box Recycling I3-12 III 40) Dust Control 113-12 41) Disposal of Waste Asphalt IB-12 I I I I I i IB-1 ' INFORMATION TO BIDDERS 1) DATE AND PLACE FOR RECEIVING TENDERS: ' Tenders will be received by: Clerk's Department Attention:Adam Weishar,Director of Public Works ' Municipality of Kincardine 1475 Concession 5,R.R.5 Kincardine,ON,N2Z 2X6 until 12:00:59(noon),Wednesday,February 21,2018 as stated in the official tender call advertisement. 2) TENDER DEPOSIT: Each tender must be accompanied by a tender deposit in the form of a certified cheque payable to: ' Municipality of Kincardine for the amount of: One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars($150,000.00). This deposit shall serve as evidence of good faith that if awarded the contract,the bidder will execute and enter into a formal agreement with the Owner within the time required and will furnish the security required to secure the performance of the terms and conditions of this contract. The tender deposit of the bidder whose tender is accepted shall be forfeited by him should he fail to execute a contract and provide the satisfactory bonds,referred to hereafter,within ten(10)days after ' receiving written notice from the Contract Administrator of the award of the contract to him. The deposits of unsuccessful bidders will be returned within thirty(30)days of the award of the contract. The deposit of the successful bidder shall be returned upon receipt of the performance bond and the ' signed contract. 3) SUBMISSION OF TENDER: ' a) Form of Tender: Tenders shall be submitted on the blank form herewith provided and shall give the lump sum and/or unit prices for the work,and the total tender shall be described in both words and figures.Bidders will be required to add Harmonized Sales Tax(HST)on the tender form in the space provided.The tender shall ' be signed by the bidder on page T-B of the Form of Tender and delivered in a sealed,opaque envelope, clearly marked TENDER. I IB-2 b) Statement re Sub-Contractors: Where included in the contract documents,each bidder shall complete along with the tender,a list of ' proposed Sub-Contractors showing the value of the work to be sublet to each. The value of work sublet shall not exceed 50%of the total work to any one subcontractor without written authorization of the Contract Administrator. Failure to provide this list may render the tender invalid. , c) Agreement to Bond: Bidders must have the"Agreement to Bond"forms,or equivalent,of this contract completed by their 1 bonding company,and the same must be submitted with their tender in order to validate their bid. 4) CLARIFICATION: 1 Any details in question on this contract or in the accompanying plans shall be clarified by the bidder prior to submitting the bid. The unit prices as tendered shall include the supply of all permits,labour, I equipment,and materials except where noted that are necessary to complete the contract. 5) WITHDRAWAL OF TENDER: ' A bidder will be allowed to withdraw their tender unopened after it has been deposited if such request is received in writing prior to the time specified for the closing of tenders. ' 6) DISQUALIFICATION OF TENDER: Tenders will not be considered where: ' a) They are received after the official closing time stated in IB 1). b) They are not properly executed,and the associated documentation is not complete. c) They are not accompanied by a certified deposit cheque. d) They are submitted by fax or electronically. More than one tender from an individual,firm,partnership or association under the same or different names will not be considered. Collusion between bidders will be sufficient cause for rejection of all tenders so affected. 7) FORM OF AGREEMENT: ' It is not necessary to complete the"Form of Agreement"when submitting your tender,but the successful bidder shall be required to complete the form upon notification of the award of the contract. ' 8) COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS: Bidders and Sub-Contractors must be capable of performing the various items of work bid upon. They ' may be required to furnish a statement covering experience on similar work,list of machinery available for the proposed work, and such statements of their financial resources as may be deemed necessary. 9) SUPERVISION OF WORK: In accordance with Section GC7.01.10 of the General Conditions,the Contractor shall have an authorized representative onsite while any work is being performed to supervise the work and act for or on the Contractor's behalf. This may include attendance by the Contractor's representative at site meetings as may be reasonably scheduled by the Contract Administrator. 10) SUB-CONTRACTORS: The Contract Administrator shall reserve the right to review the Sub-Contractors proposed at the time of tendering and to approve any Sub-Contractors proposed after the contract is awarded. 11) TENDER ACCEPTANCE: Bidders are notified that any unbalanced items,errors,or omissions in the tender may render the tender ' invalid. Contractors are notified that each tender shall continue open to acceptance by the Owner until the formal contract is executed by the successful bidder or until at least thirty(30)days after the tender closing date, ' whichever occurs first. The Owner may at any time within that period,without notice,accept this tender whether any other tender had been previously accepted or not. The accepted bidder shall provide a Clearance Certificate from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board. ' The lowest price bid or any bid will not necessarily be accepted. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all tenders and to award to other than the lowest bidder as the interests of the Owner may require. Bidders are advised,and acknowledge,that this contract is tendered in Parts. The Owner may delete a ' Part or Parts as identified in the Form of Tender. Consideration of a bidder's price,when comparing the tenders may be based upon the value of a tender as amended with said Part(s)deleted. The Owner acknowledges that the contract will be awarded to only one bidder. ' 12) PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS: ' The Contractor,upon receipt of written notice from the Owner awarding the contract, shall provide a Performance Bond and a separate Labour and Material Payment Bond,each in the amount of one hundred percent(100%)of the total tender to guarantee the performance of all obligations of the contract. These ' Bonds shall be supplied to the Owner within ten(10)days of the acceptance of the tender,and shall be at the expense of the Contractor. 13) INSURANCE: GC 6.03.01 —General has been amended as follows: ' Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02,Indemnification,the Contractor shall provide,maintain,and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02—General Liability Insurance and GC 6.03.03—Automobile Liability Insurance. Insurance coverage in ' clauses GC 6.03.04.01 —Aircraft Liability Insurance,GC 6.03.04.02—Watercraft Liability Insurance,GC 6.03.05.01 —Property Insurance,GC 6.03.05.02—Boiler Insurance,and GC 6.03.06—Contractor's Equipment Insurance shall be required as listed below: a) Aircraft Liability Insurance: The Contract Administrator,on behalf of the Owner,will be ' requesting proof of valid insurance whenever aircraft are anticipated to be used during the course of construction. b) Watercraft Liability Insurance:The Contract Administrator, on behalf of the Owner,will be ' requesting proof of valid insurance whenever watercraft are anticipated to be used during the course of construction. c) Contractor's Equipment Insurance:The Contract Administrator,on behalf of the Owner,may be ' requesting proof of insurance. I IB-4 GC 6.03.02.01-General Liability Insurance,has been amended as follows: General liability insurance and completed operations coverage shall both be in the name of the ' Contractor,with the Owner and the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds,both with the limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death,and damage to property including loss thereof,with a property damage deductible of not more than$5,000. The form of this insurance shall be the Insurance Bureau of Canada Form IBC 2100 or equivalent. GC 6.03.07.01 has been amended as follows: ' The duration of each insurance policy,excluding completed operations coverage, shall be from the date of commencement of the Work until 10 days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the final Acceptance Certificate. Completed operations coverage shall be maintained for six years from the date of Final Acceptance. 14) COMPLETION DATE AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: a) Time: ' Time shall be the essence of this agreement. b) Progress of the Work and Time for Completion: ' The Contractor shall complete this contract in its entirety by: See chart on Page 5 for breakdown of Completion Dates for Parts 1 through 7 111 If this time limit above specified is not sufficient to permit completion of the work by the Contractor working a normal number of hours each day or week on a single daylight shift basis,it is expected that additional and/or augmented daylight shifts will be required throughout the life of the contract to the extent deemed necessary by the Contractor to ensure that the work will be completed within the time limit specified. Any additional costs occasioned by compliance with these provisions will be considered to be included in the prices bid for the various items of work and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. If the Contractor is delayed in the completion of the work, 1) by reason of changes or alterations made under Section GC3.07 of the General Conditions; 2) by reason of any breach of contract or prevention by the Owner or other Contractor of the Owner or any employee of any one of them; 3) by reason of delay by the Owner issuing instructions or information or in delivering materials; 4) by any other act or neglect of the Owner or any other Contractor of the Owner or any employee of any one of them; 5) for any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor; or 6) by Acts of God,or of the Public Enemy,Acts of the Province or of any Foreign State,Fire, Floods,Epidemics, Quarantine Restrictions,Embargoes or delays of Sub-Contractors due to such causes, 1 11111 11111 NM NM N - NM RN NM - I MN s - - - N 113-5 Part Street From To Friday,June 1,2018 Wednesday,August 1,2018 Thursday,May 30,2019 1 South Street River Lane James Street Roadwork(both lifts of asphalt),Watermain 2 James Street South Street Broadway Roadwork(base asphalt),Storm Sewer, Sanitary Sewer and Watermains Broadway Coulson Watermains with trench restoration(both lifts of asphalt) Coulson Mechanics Sanitary Services,Watermains,trench restoration(base asphalt) Sanitary Sewer Repairs,Culvert replacement 3 James Street Mechanics Ave Williamsburg Street all with trench restoration(both lifts of asphalt) 4 Mechanics Avenue James Street Sutton Street Roadwork(base asphalt),Storm Sewer, Sanitary Sewer and Watermains 5 Sutton Street Mechanics Ave Gary Street Roadwork(both lifts of asphalt),Storm Sewer,Sanitary Sewer and Watermains Gary Street East Limit Watermain 6 Gary Street Sutton Street Urban Limit Storm Sewer,Sanitary Roadwork(base asphalt) Sewer and Watermains 7 2019 Top Lift Paving James St South Street Broadway HL-3 James St Coulson Mechanics HL-3 Mechanics Ave James Street Sutton St HL-3 Gary Street Sutton North Limit HL-3 I IB-6 I the time of completion shall be extended in writing at any time on such terms and for such period as shall be determined by the Contract Administrator,and notwithstanding such extensions,time shall continue to be deemed of the essence of this contract. An application by the Contractor for an extension of time as herein provided shall be made to the Owner in writing at least fifteen(15)days prior to the date of completion fixed by the contract. All bonds or other surety furnished to the Owner by the Contractor shall be amended where necessary at the expense of the Contractor to provide coverage beyond the date of any extension of time granted,and the Contractor shall furnish the Owner with evidence of such amendment of the bonds or other surety. I Any extension of time that may be granted to the Contractor shall be so granted and accepted without prejudice to any rights of the Owner whatsoever under this contract, and all such rights shall continue in full force and effect after the time limited in this contract for the completion of the work and whenever in this contract power and authority is given to the Owner or the Contract Administrator or any person to take any action consequent upon the act,default,breach,neglect, delay,non-observance or non-performance by the Contractor in respect of the work or contract,or any portion thereof, such powers or authorities may be exercised from time to time and not only in the event of the happening of such contingencies before the time limited in this contract for the completion of the work but also in the event of the same happening after the time so limited in the case of the Contractor being permitted to proceed with the execution of the work under an extension of time granted by the Contract Administrator. c) Liquidated Damages: ' It is agreed by the parties to the contract that in case all the work called for under the contract is not finished or completed within the date of completion,damages will be sustained by the Owner,and that it 111 is and will be impracticable and extremely difficult to ascertain and determine the actual damage which the Owner will sustain in the event of and by reason of such delay and the parties hereto agree that the Contractor will pay to the Owner the sum of One Thousand($1,000.00)per day for liquidated damages for each and every calendar day's delay in finishing the work beyond the date of completion prescribed, and it is agreed that this amount is an estimate of actual damage to the Owner which will accrue during the period in excess of the prescribed date of completion. The Owner may deduct any amount under this paragraph from any monies that may be due or payable to the Contractor on any account whatsoever. The liquidated damages payable under this paragraph are in addition to and without prejudice to any other remedy, action or other alternative that may be available to the Owner. 15) DISPOSAL AND USE OF EXCAVATED AND EXCESS MATERIALS: ' OPSS 180 shall apply to this contract. Excess materials shall be disposed of within or outside of the contract limits as set out elsewhere in the contract. 16) TAXES: Harmonized Sales Tax(HST): , The 13 %Harmonized Sales Tax will be paid on all work performed within the contract. It will be listed as a separate item on all tender documents and adjusted on final payment in accordance with the final contract price. I r IB-7 ' 17) REGULATION OF PITS AND QUARRIES: Bill 120,An Act to Regulate Pits and Quarries and to Provide for their Rehabilitation shall be applicable in such parts of Ontario as the Lieutenant Governor shall from time to time designate by Regulation. ' All costs related to this specification will be deemed to have been included in the appropriate tender items and no separate payment will be made therefore. 18) SALVAGEABLE MATERIAL: All existing materials along the line of construction deemed salvageable by the Contract Administrator ' shall be delivered to the storage site designated by the Contract Administrator. All other materials that,in the opinion of the Contract Administrator,cannot be salvaged shall be disposed of outside the limits of the contract,as directed by the Contract Administrator or at locations arranged for by the Contractor at his own expense. The Contractor will be responsible for all clean-up after construction to the complete satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. 19) GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION REPORT: If a geotechnical investigation was performed for this contract,the report will be made available at the office of the Contract Administrator for inspection by any bidder but the office of the Contract ' Administrator assumes no responsibility for any errors or omissions which may be inherent in the soils report. Neither the Owner nor the Contract Administrator warrants interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any subsurface report. The subsurface geotechnical,hydrogeological,environmental and geologic conditions between and beyond the boreholes may differ from those encountered at the boreholes. 20) UTILITIES: The location and depth of the utilities shown on the contract drawings are based on information obtained from the applicable operating authority. It is the Contractor's responsibility to contact the Municipal ' Authorities or Utility Companies for further information in regard to the exact location of these utilities or other utilities not shown on the drawings and to exercise the necessary care in construction operations and to take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard the utilities from damage. This provision shall also apply to all storm and sanitary sewers, and the Contractor shall be completely responsible for the replacement or repair of any utilities or sewers damaged because of their operations. ' The Contractor shall adhere to the requirements for pipe support as provided by the utility company. 21) OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT The Contractor's attention is drawn to the regulations issued by the Ministry of Labour for the Province of Ontario under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. The Contractor acknowledges that they will comply with these regulations and that they will be the Constructor under said Act as it relates to the ' completion of this contract. 22) WORKPLACE SAFETY AND INSURANCE BOARD CERTIFICATES The Contractor shall submit a current clearance certificate from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board(WSIB)in advance of each monthly payment. Payment certificates will not be issued without receipt of a valid Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Certificate. t IB-8 , 23) CONTRACT RELEASE: Prior to receiving the Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates based on Substantial Performance ' or Completion,the Contractor shall complete,in triplicate,the Contract Release and the Statutory Declaration re Payments of Accounts and Liens&Liabilities on the forms bound herein. Only the original,signed forms will be accepted by the Contract Administrator. ' 24) USE OF PREMISES: The Contractor shall confine the apparatus,the storage of materials,and the operations of workers to ' limits indicated by law,ordinances,permits or directions of the Contract Administrator and shall not unreasonably encumber the premises with materials. Use of any adjacent property for storage purposes will be the Contractor's full responsibility and will in no way involve the Owner. The Contractor shall secure permission from each property owner before trespassing on any property. 25) TAKING OF WATER FOR SHORT-TERM CONSTRUCTION DEWATERING: 1 The taking of water for short-term construction dewatering and the control of water from the dewatering operations shall be performed in accordance with OPSS 517—Construction Specification for Dewatering of Pipeline,Utility,and Associated Structure Excavation;OPSS 518—Construction Specification for Control of Water From Dewatering Operations;The Ontario Water Resources Act(OWRA)Section 34- 34,11 and Ontario Regulation 387/04(Water Taking and Transfer)and Ontario Regulation 63/16 (Registrations Under Part 11.2 of the Act-Water Taking) ' One of the many criteria that the Ministry of Environment and Climate Change(MOECC)has established,when evaluating the need for a Permit to Take Water is the quantity of the water taking. Permits are not required if the water taking is less than 50,000 L/day.Registry of the water taking activity with the Environmental Activity and Sector Registry(EASR) is required if the water taking exceeds 50,000 L/day and is less than 400,000 L/day. A Permit to Take Water(PTTW)is required if the water taking exceeds 400,000 L/day. Where the Contractor will be required to register with the EASR or apply for a PTTW, a qualified person must be retained by the Contractor,to scientifically demonstrate the water taking requirements. If the assessment demonstrates that the potential water taking is greater than 50,000 L/day but less than 400,000 L/day,all requirements of Ontario Regulation 63/16 must be met.It may be the Contractor's requirement to develop a water taking plan,a water discharge plan,assess off-site impacts,monitor,test, record,etc.for the short-term construction dewatering activity. All documents required for the Registry or the PTTW must be submitted to the Contract Administrator. To review the complete requirements for either a PTTW or registry with the EASR visit: Guide to Permit to Take Water Application Form: , https://www.ontario.ca/document/guide-permit-take-water-application-form The Environmental Activity and Sector Registry: https://www.ontario.ca/page/environmental-activity-and-sector-registry 26) HOT MIX PLANT--ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION ACT: i The attention of the Contractor is drawn to the Environmental Protection Act,RSO 1980,and regulations under this Act. Compliance with these regulations does not relieve the Contractor of contractual obligations as set out in the General Conditions,Section GC7.01. I IB-9 27) RESTRICTIONS ON OPEN BURNING: ' Any open burning must be in conformity with local municipal by-laws,regulations pursuant to The Ontario Fire Code and the conditions noted below. Open burning which does not conform to these policies may be in contravention of the Environmental Protection Act,RSO 1990. ' a) The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for conducting open burning in accordance with the safety measures required by police and fire services and the Ministry of Natural Resources ' b) and Forestry and other regulatory bodies having jurisdiction. Open burning is prohibited in areas subjected to a smog alert advisory as issued by the MOECC. c) The Contractor shall inform the District Officer of the Regional Operations Division of the ' Ministry of Environment and Climate Change,one week in advance,of the date when burning will commence. d) All open fires shall be limited as much as possible to daylight hours. ' e) All open fires shall be attended at all times. f) Open burning shall be located within the contract limits,no closer than 30 m to water bodies,and no closer than 150 m to any dwelling and shall be conducted in a manner that prevents odour, excessive smoke,material discomfort to nearby recipients,and a decrease in visibility on any ' roadway. g) No open fires shall be maintained when the wind is in such a direction as to cause a decrease in visibility on any highway. ' h) Open fires shall not be started on days of adverse weather such as rain,fog, or other conditions that prevent the ready dispersion of smoke. During the fire season this condition may be exempted in the fire zone,provided there are no occupied dwellings within 600 m. i) Materials to be burned shall consist of wood wastes only and shall not be burned in such a manner as to cause odour,excessive smoke or other material discomfort to nearby receptors. j) Debris from open fires shall not be piled adjacent to or discharged into watercourses. k) Open fires shall not be located between Sta. and Sta. . Where open burning is prohibited or impractical in specific areas of this contract,brush and debris may,as an alternative to burning,be disposed of outside the right-of-way in a manner approved by the Contract Administrator, so as not to be unsightly or potentially unsightly from any highway. The Contractor shall arrange for disposal areas at his own expense. 28) NIGHT,SUNDAY,AND HOLIDAY WORK: ' Work during the night,on Sundays or on Statutory Holidays shall not be permitted without the written permission of the Contract Administrator. ' 29) DRAINAGE: ' The Contractor shall keep all portions of the work properly and efficiently drained during construction and until completion,and will be held responsible for all damage which may be caused or result from water backing up or flowing over,through,from or along any part of the works,or which any of the ' operations may cause to flow elsewhere. 30) BRIBERY: Should the Contractor or any of the agents give or offer any gratuity to, or attempt to bribe any officer or servant of the Owner,the Owner shall be at liberty to cancel the contract forthwith or to direct the Contract Administrator to take the whole or any part of the works out of the hands of the Contractor. ' Bribery shall be considered as non-fulfilment of the contract by the Contractor. I r IB-10 31) PROVISIONS FOR TRAFFIC,ACCESS,AND PROTECTION: a) Urban Areas: , Traffic shall be maintained at all times during construction for private access,but detours to streets adjacent to the work will be permitted with permission from the Contract Administrator. When requested ' by the Contract Administrator,the roadway shall be kept open by placing sufficient granular material to carry traffic. If it is desirable to detour traffic during the construction of any part of the work,the Contractor shall supply,place and maintain proper detour signs, including adequate barricades and lights to clearly mark such detours throughout their entire length to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. The routing of such detours will be approved by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor shall be responsible for grading and maintaining any streets used as detours or haul roads and shall restore these roads to their original condition. The Contract Administrator may require that Granular"A"or Calcium Chloride be applied at the Contractor's expense to a street before allowing its use as a detour,or during the period of use. b) Rural Areas: If required under the Special Provision item,the Contractor shall construct a detour to carry vehicular ' traffic. The Contractor shall place proper detour signs,including adequate barricades and lights to clearly mark this detour throughout the entire length and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. c) General: The Contractor shall be responsible for signing the detour and the detour shall be as per the Ontario Traffic Manual for roadway work operations under OTM Book 7(Temporary Conditions). As per Book 7,the Contractor shall submit a traffic control plan a minimum of one week prior to any necessary traffic control measures. A copy of this plan will be kept on file by the Owner. The Contractor will be responsible for maintaining proper signs,barricades,and lights at all points along the line of construction that may be hazardous. The Contractor will provide good vehicular access at all times,for all residents who presently have access along the line of construction. Where applicable,the Contractor shall supply an adequate number of flagmen/women to direct traffic at all times during construction as required by the Contract Administrator. ' 32) COLD WEATHER CONCRETE: Unless otherwise specifically stated in the Special Provisions,the bidders shall note that no additional payment will be made for heating or cooling of concrete or housing of structure and heating of the housing enclosure. , 33) FALSEWORK: All falsework drawings shall bear the seal and signature of a Professional Engineer who is a member of or is licensed by the Association of Professional Engineers of Ontario. The drawings shall include the following information: The type of work and grade of all materials, including sills to be used in the falsework;Design loads on mud sills or other falsework supports; Horizontal forces imposed on the , I IB-11 falsework and used for design purposes;Details of splices of supports for motorized finishing machines, and the like. The Contractor is to submit three copies of the drawings to the Engineer at least one week ' prior to construction of the falsework. The grades and stresses of all materials shall be in accordance with the Canadian Standards Association ' (C.S.A.)latest revisions to standards CAN 086.1-M and S269.1. The deflection of beams used for falsework shall be limited to 1/360 of the span and shall be noted on the drawings. ' The completed falsework shall be reviewed on site and certified as being in general conformance with the falsework design. The letter of certification shall be signed and sealed by a Professional Engineer licenced in Ontario. Such certification shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator not less than 24 ' hours prior to pouring concrete. 34) EXCESS LOADING OF MOTOR VEHICLES: ' For the purpose of this contract,payment for weighed items is as follows: Vehicles hauling material being measured for payment by weight will be paid for the actual amount of material hauled. This shall not be construed to mean that the Owner condones excess loading of motor vehicles and in no way permits the overloading of vehicles or absolves the Contractor from complying with the provisions of the Highway Traffic Act. 35) PROTECTION OF TREES: The Contractor's operations shall not cause damage to the trunk or branches of trees, or flooding or sediment deposits on areas where trees are not designated for removal. Protective measures shall be taken to safeguard trees from contract operations,equipment and vehicles. Unless stated elsewhere in the contract,equipment or vehicles shall not be parked,repaired,refuelled, construction materials shall not be stored,and earth materials shall not be stockpiled within the dripline ' area of any tree not designated for removal. Where the contract requires work within the dripline of trees, operation of equipment shall be kept to the minimum necessary to perform the work required. Within five calendar days of any damaged that may occur,branches 25 mm or greater in diameter that are broken, shall be cut back cleanly at the break or to within 10 mm of their base,if a substantial portion of the branch is damaged. ' Roots 25 mm or larger in diameter that are exposed by the Contractor's operation shall be cut back cleanly to the soil surface within five calendar days of exposure. Bark that is damaged by the Contractor's operation shall be neatly trimmed back to uninjured bark,without causing further injury,within five ' calendar days of damage. All damaged areas shall be treated with an approved tree paint after trimming of damaged section of tree. ' 36) ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS: Bidders are hereby advised that the Ontario Provincial Standards apply to this contract and are to be used where applicable. Bidders are responsible for familiarizing themselves with the latest revisions of the ' Ontario Provincial Standards. 1 IB-12 37) GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE(Parts 1,2,3,4,5 and Part 6) 3 % of the value of the work will be retained for a period of 12 months following the date of I completion as a guarantee of the proper performance of the work included in the contract.This amount will be released without interest upon expiry of the maintenance period and correction of all deficiencies. The maintenance holdback will be held in addition to the 10%holdback required by the Construction Lien Act. The holdback will be retained by the Owner,commencing during the latter part of the period of construction and generally not before the contract is approximately 80%complete. ' No alternate forms of security will be considered. 38) GUARANTEED MAINTENANCE(Part 7): , 3 % of the value of the work will be retained for a period of 12 months following the date of completion as a guarantee of the proper performance of the work included in the contract.This amount will be released without interest upon expiry of the maintenance period and correction of all deficiencies. The maintenance holdback will be held in addition to the 10%holdback required by the Construction ' Lien Act. The holdback will be retained by the Owner,commencing during the latter part of the period of construction and generally not before the contract is approximately 80%complete. No alternate forms of security will be considered. 39) GARBAGE COLLECTION AND BLUE BOX RECYCLING: ' The Contractor shall be responsible for co-ordinating the collection of all garbage and blue box recycling, within the limits of the contract during construction,with the appropriate authority. ' 40) DUST CONTROL The Contractor shall take such steps,as may be required to prevent dust nuisance resulting from the , operations either within the contract limits, on detours,or elsewhere,or by public traffic,where it is the Contactor's responsibility to maintain a roadway through the work. Where the work requires the sawing of asphalt or the sawing or grinding of concrete,blades and grinders of the wet type shall be used together with sufficient water to prevent the incidence of dust,wherever dust would affect traffic or wherever dust would be a nuisance to residents of the area where the work is being carried out. The cost of all preventative measures required by the Contract Administrator outside the limits of the contract shall be borne by the Contractor. The cost of such measures within the contract shall be borne by the Contractor except in contracts where tender items include"Water for Compaction and Dust Control" or"Calcium Chloride"or both. In such cases,the Contractor shall be paid by the Owner at the contract unit price(s)for the appropriate item(s). ' 41) DISPOSAL OF WASTE ASPHALT Asphalt pavement and/or prime surface asphalt required for removal in carrying out the work of the ' various tender items included in this contract shall be disposed of either within the roadbed or outside the contract limits. ' I IB-13 ' Disposal outside the contract limits shall be at a certified waste disposal site for asphalt. P P P Disposal of asphalt within the roadbed must be crushed and not contaminated with non-granular material. The crushed asphalt may be used for backfill to sewers or as selected fill material. The contract price for the item requiring such work shall be full compensation for excavating,crushing, loading,hauling,and levelling and for all other work which may be required to dispose of the asphalt material and for providing a suitable site for material which is to be disposed of within the roadbed or outside the contract limits. I 1 I 1 I I 1 I I T-1 FORM OF TENDER r MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE MCR SERVICING CONTRACT NO. 17094 rTender by Moorefield Excavating Ltd. residing at 6297 Wellington Road 109 South,RR 3 r Harristion,ON NOG 1Z0 Ia company duly incorporated under the laws of Ontario rand having its head office at Harriston hereinafter called the "Bidder" To--Municipality of Kincardine rI/We Moorefield Excavating r having carefully examined the locality and site of the proposed works and all tender documents relating thereto, including the Form of Agreement, Special Provisions,Contract Drawings,Information to Bidders, Standard Specifications, Standard Drawings,Form of Tender, Supplemental General Conditions,General IConditions and Addendum/Addenda Numbers 1 to 3 * inclusive,hereby tender and offer in accordance therewith to enter into a contract within the prescribed time,to construct the said work in strict accordance I with the contract documents and such further detail drawings as may be supplied from time to time, and to furnish all labour,materials,tools,plant,matters and things necessary therefore,complete and ready for use within the time specified for the sum,including HST,of Four Million,Twenty Eight Thousand,Four Hundred Forty One Dollars and Seven Five Cents 1 ($4,028,441.75) r or such other sum as is determined from the actual measured quantities at the unit prices set forth in the rTender. * The bidder will insert here the number of the Addenda received during the tendering period and taken into account when preparing the Tender. I r I T-2 THE AFORESAID SUM IS MADE UP AS FOLLOWS: I SCHEDULE OF ITEMS AND PRICES IItem Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount PART 1 --SOUTH STREET IROADWORK 1 1-2 N/A 3 SP Earth excavation 110 m3 19.00 2,090.00 4 N/A I5 314,351 Granular"A" 70 t 18.00 1,260.00 SP I 6 314,SP Granular"B"Type I 160 t 13.00 2,080.00 1 7 310,312 Hot Mix Asphalt SP Ia) Hot Mix HL-3 50 t 132.00 6,600.00 b) Hot Mix HL-4 50 t 110.00 5,500.00 1 8-15 N/A 1 16 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 5 m 12.00 60.00 I 17 353,SP Concrete curb and gutter systems 5 m 64.00 320.00 (all types) 1 18 510,SP Removal of concrete sidewalk and 12 m2 7.00 84.00 drives I19 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk and drives a) Sidewalks(125 mm) 12 m2 70.00 840.00 I20 351,SP Supply and install detectable warning surfaces for pedestrian crossing Ia) 0.6 x 0.6 2 Ea. 265.00 530.00 1 21-28 N/A I I T-3 Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount I29 710, SP Pavement Markings Ia) Permanent pavement markings i) White solid(Addendum 2) 0 m $ $ ISub-Total Roadwork-- 19,364.00 I30-43 N/A 1 WATERMAINS 44 401,492, Supply,excavate for,place watermain I 441,442, including bedding and granular backfill 517, 518, SP a) 300 mm PVC DR18 45 m 261.80 11,781.00 45 492,441, Supply,excavate for,place and 517,518, backfill ductile iron fittings, including ISP cathodic protection and mechanical thrust restraints 1 a) 300 mm dia. gate valves 1 Ea. 4,224.50 4,224.50 b) 300 x 300 x 300 mm tees 1 Ea. 1,767.00 1,767.00 Ic) 300 mm 45°bends 2 Ea. 1,414.00 2,828.00 Id) Cap existing watermain 1 L.S. 1,270.00 e) Connect to existing watermain 1 Ea. 5,700.00 5,700.00 I46-48 N/A 1 49 441, SP Swabbing,hydrostatic pressure testing, 1 L.S. 1,500.00 disinfection, and flushing of watermains ISub-Total Watermains-- 29,070.50 I Total Part 1 -- 48,434.50 I I I I T-4 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount 111 PART 2--JAMES STREET(SOUTH STREET TO MECHANICS) IROADWORK 1-2 N/A I3 206,SP Earth excavation 1640 m3 19.00 31,160.00 III4 501, 506 Dust suppressants and compaction a) Water 160 m3 9.00 1,440.00 Ib) Calcium chloride solid 2.0 t 1,200.00 2,400.00 I5 314, 351 Granular "A" 1100 t 18.00 19,800.00 SP 1 6 314, SP Granular"B"Type I 2000 t 13.00 26,000.00 I 7 310, 312 Hot Mix Asphalt SP a) Hot Mix HL-3 35 t 132.00 4,620.00 Ib) Hot Mix HL-4 300 t 110.00 33,000.00 Ic) Hot Mix Miscellaneous 210 m2 22.00 4,620.00 8 510, SP Removal of bituminous pavement 170 m2 6.50 1,105.00 I (outside excavation) I 9 510, SP Removal of asphalt pavement 355 m2 25.00 8,875.00 partial depth I10 N/A 11 408, SP Adjust existing maintenance holes and 6 Ea. 530.00 3,180.00 Icatch basins I 12 407, SP Supply maintenance hole covers and/or 1 Ea. 850.00 850.00 catch basin frame and grates, including adjustment to finished grade 1 13-14 N/A T-5 I Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I15 510, SP Removal of existing maintenance holes and catch basins Ia) Maintenance holes 1 Ea. 215.00 215.00 b) Catch basins 2 Ea. 115.00 230.00 I 16 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 170 m 12.00 2,040.00 I17 353, SP Concrete curb and gutter systems 395 m 62.00 24,490.00 (all types) I 18 510, SP Removal of concrete sidewalk and 95 m2 7.00 665.00 drives 19 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk and drives Ia) Sidewalks(125 mm) 165 m2 83.00 13,695.00 b) Sidewalks(150 mm) 36 m2 87.00 3,132.00 c) Driveway Slab(150 mm) 35 m2 87.00 3,045.00 Id) Sidewalk Slab(200 mm) 10 m2 94.00 940.00 e) House#442 (colour&pattern) 11 m2 162.00 1,782.00 I20 351, SP Supply and install detectable warning surfaces for pedestrian crossing Ia) 0.6 x 0.6 16 Ea. 270.00 4,320.00 1 21 802, SP Topsoil(imported) 850 m2 11.00 9,350.00 22 N/A I 23 803, SP Sodding(nursery,unstaked) 850 m2 7.30 6,205.00 I24 N/A 25 SP Saw cutting 25 m 6.00 150.00 26 355, 510 Remove and relay precast concrete ISP unit pavers a) Remove 2 m2 38.00 76.00 Ib) Relay 2 m2 157.00 314.00 I T-6 Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnitPrice Amount 1 27-28 N/A I29 710, SP Pavement Markings a) Permanent pavement markings Ii) Solid white(Addendum 2) 18 m 2.30 41.40 ii) Solid yellow(Addendum 2) 0 m $ $ Iiii) Stop bars 20 m 19.00 380.00 ISub-Total Roadwork-- 208,120.40 STORM SEWERS I30 401,409, Supply,excavate for and place storm 410,492, pipe sewers including bedding,granular I517, 518, backfill SP I a) 200 mm HDPE CSA B182.6 6 m 238.00 1,428.00 or equivalent b) 300 mm HDPE CSA B182.6 88 m 197.00 17,336.00 1 or equivalent c) 375 mm HDPE CSA B 182.6 66 m 220.00 14,520.00 Ior equivalent 31 402,407, Supply,excavate for,place and 517,518, backfill catch basins,including SP including frames and grates Ia) 600 mm x 600 mm(OPSD 705.010) 3 Ea. 2,177.00 6,531.00 I 32 402,407, Supply,excavate for,place and 517, 518, backfill precast maintenance holes SP and maintenance hole catch basins Iincluding frames and grates a) 1200 mm manhole(701.010) 3 Ea. 4,760.00 14,280.00 I33 SP Connect existing drains to STCB 1204 1 L.S. 256.00 I34 N/A 35 405, SP Supply and place 150 mm filter wrapped 290 m 30.00 8,700.00 Iperforated subdrain including excavation I I T-7 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I36-37 N/A I Sub-Total Storm Sewers-- 63,051.00 SANITARY SEWERS I 38 401,409, Supply,excavate for and place sanitary Y 1410, 517, sewer pipe including bedding and 518, SP native backfill a) 375 mm PVC SDR-35 139 m 303.00 42,117.00 I 39 402,407, Supply,excavate for,place and 1 Ea. 5,831.00 5,831.00 PPY> 517, 518, backfill 1200 mm precast maintenance ISP holes(OPSD 701.010)including benching,frame and cover I40 401, 409, Supply,excavate for and place 410,492, PVC SDR-28 sanitary service pipe 1 517, 518, including bedding,native backfill SP and restoration beyond the general I grading operations a) 125 mm dia. 30 m 197.00 5,910.00 IIIb) 150 mm dia. 30 m 199.00 5,970.00 c) Reconnect existing services(125 mm dia) 14 m 347.00 4,858.00 t41 N/A I 42 410, SP Sanitary sewer service cleanout a) Malcolm bolted cover 3 Ea. 202.00 606.00 I43 407, SP Modifications to maintenance hole 1 L.S. 1,987.00 drop structure ISub-Total Sanitary Sewers-- 67,279.00 1 WATERMAINS 44 401, 492, Supply,excavate for,place watermain I441, 442, including,bedding and granular backfill 517, 518, I M C }' 8 a a a a tP ® m gill l Q L'lm ) .a °., a�� . ; o 7,056.00 b) 300 mm PVC DR18 260 m 262.00 68,120.00 I I T-8 Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount I45 492,441, Supply,excavate for,place and 517, 518, backfill ductile iron fittings,including I SP cathodic protection and mechanical thrust restraints Ia) 150 mm dia. gate valves 1 Ea. 1,458.00 1,458.00 b) 300 mm dia. gate valves 7 Ea. 4,131.00 28,917.00 Ic) 300 x 300 x 150 mm tees 3 Ea. 1,690.00 5,070.00 d) 300 x 300 x 150 x 150 crosses 1 Ea. 1,940.00 1,940.00 Ie) 150 mm 45°bends 8 Ea. 310.00 2,480.00 If) Fire hydrants 1 Ea. 5,160.00 5,160.00 g) Connect to existing watermain 4 Ea. 2,731.00 10,924.00 Ih) Fire hydrant extension(300 mm) 1 Ea. 1,200.00 1,200.00 (Provisional) I46 441, 517, Supply,excavate for,place and 518, SP backfill water service fitting,incl. 1 tapping main and all connections a) 25 mm main stops 10 Ea. 170.00 1,700.00 Ib) 25 mm curb stops 10 Ea. 270.00 2,700.00 Ic) 25 mm saddles 10 Ea. 110.00 1,100.00 d) 50 mm main stops 1 Ea. 534.00 534.00 Ie) 50 mm curb stops 1 Ea. 574.00 574.00 f) 50 mm saddles,including turning off 1 Ea. 160.00 160.00 Iexisting 25 mm main stop and disconnecting existing service 47 401,492, Supply, excavate for,place and backfill 1 441, 517, water services, incl.bedding, and all I 518, SP required connections,cathodic protection, native backfill and restoration beyond the general Igrading operations a) 25 mm dia. service tubing 110 m 102.00 11,220.00 Iinstalled by trenching T-9 Item SP # Description Qty./Unitrice Amount Ib) 50 mm dia. service tubing 10 m 110.00 1,100.00 installed by trenching I48 493, SP Temporary potable water distribution 1 L.S. 10,546.00 system I 017.00 49 441, SP Swabbing,hydrostatic pressure testing, 1 L.S. 5,017.00 disinfection, and flushing of watermains I Sub-Total Watermains-- 166,976.00 ITotal Part 2-- 505,426.40 PART 3--JAMES STREET(MECHANICS TO WILLIAMSBURG) IROADWORK 1 1-2 N/A 3 206, SP Earth excavation 200 m3 19.00 3,800.00 I 4. 501, 506 Dust suppressants and compaction PP Ia) Water 20 m3 9.00 180.00 b) Calcium chloride solid 0.3 t 1,200.00 360.00 I5 314 SP Granular"A" 140 t 21.00 2,940.00 t6 314, SP Granular"B"Type I 240 t 14.00 3,360.00 I 7 310, 312 Hot Mix Asphalt SP a) Hot Mix HL-3 45 t 132.00 5,940.00 Ib) Hot Mix HL-4 60 t 110.00 6,600.00 1 8-15 N/A 16 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 13 m 12.00 156.00 I17 353, SP Concrete curb and gutter systems 13 m 62.00 806.00 (all types) I I T-10 Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount I� 18-20 N/A I21 802, SP Topsoil(imported) 100 m2 11.00 1,100.00 22-23 N/A 24 804, SP Seeding and cover 100 m2 7.30 730.00 I25-28 N/A I29 710, SP Pavement Markings a) Permanent pavement markings i) Stop bars 4 m 19.00 76.00 Sub-Total Roadwork-- 26,048.00 STORM SEWERS III 30 401,409, Supply,excavate for andP lace storm 410,492, pipe sewers including bedding and 517, 518, granular backfill SP a) 300 mm HDPE CSA B 182.6 10 m 220.00 2,200.00 or equivalent I31-35 N/A 36 421, SP Supply,excavate for,place and backfill culvert,including granular backfill and rodent grates a) 525 nun HDPE CSA B 182.8 or 27 m 333.00 8,991.00 equivalent to be installed inside the existing CSP with voids filled with (Addendum 2) sand grout and ends sealed with grout, incl.rip rap as per drawing 1 37 N/A Sub-Total Storm Sewers-- 11,191.00 I I I T-11 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount ISANITARY SEWERS I 38 401,409, Supply,excavate for and place sanitary 410, 517, sewer pipe including bedding and 518,SP native backfill a) 200 mm PVC SDR-35 14 m 214.00 2,996.00 (SMH 323 to Sta. 1+166±) b) 200 mm PVC SDR-35 36 m 214.00 7,704.00 (Sta. 1+210±to SMH 324) 1 39-43 N/A Sub-Total Sanitary Sewers-- 10,700.00 1 44-49 N/A Total Part 3-- 47,939.00 1 PART 4--MECHANICS AVENUE IROADWORK 1 201, SP Clearing(trees all sizes) 1 Ea. 635.00 635.00 2 N/A 3 206, SP Earth excavation 2470 m3 19.00 46,930.00 I4 501, 506 Dust suppressants and compaction a) Water 260 m3 9.00 2,340.00 b) Calcium chloride solid 3 t 1,200.00 3,600.00 I5 314, SP Granular "A" 1800 t 18.00 32,400.00 6 314, SP Granular "B"Type I 3100 t 13.00 40,300.00 7 310, 312 Hot Mix Asphalt I SP a) Hot Mix HL-3 (machine laid blvd.) 70 t 132.00 9,240.00 b) Hot Mix HL-4 350 t 110.00 38,500.00 1 I T-12 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I c) Hot Mix Miscellaneous 400 m2 33.00 13,200.00 I8 510, SP Removal of bituminous pavement 65 m2 7.00 455.00 (outside excavation) I9-14 N/A I15 510, SP Removal of existing maintenance holes and catch basins Ia) Maintenance holes 8 Ea. 216.00 1,728.00 b) Catch basins 1 Ea. 115.00 115.00 II 16 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 60 m 12.00 720.00 1 17 353, SP Concrete curb and gutter systems 500 m 61.00 30,500.00 (all types)(Addendum 2) 111 18 510, SP Removal of concrete sidewalk and 140 m2 7.00 980.00 drives i 19 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk and drives m2I 70.00 300 a) Sidewalks(125 mm) 21,000.00 b) Sidewalks(150 mm) 75 m2 74.00 5,550.00 Ic) Driveway (150mm)Slab 120 m2 74.00 8,880.00 20 351, SP Supply and install detectable warning surfaces for pedestrian crossing Ia) 0.6 x 0.6 4 Ea. 270.00 1,080.00 21-28 N/A 1 29 710, SP Pavement Markings Ia) Permanent pavement markings i) Stop bars 5 m 19.00 95.00 ISub-Total Roadwork-- 258,248.00 I 3 T-13 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I STORM SEWERS 30 401,409, Supply,excavate for and place storm 410,492, pipe sewers including bedding and 517, 518, granular backfill SP a) 300 mm HDPE CSA B182.6 240 m 208.00 49,920.00 or equivalent b) 375 mm CSA B182.6 or equivalent 3 m 292.00 876.00 or equivalent 31 402,407, Supply,excavate for,place and 517,518, backfill catch basins,including SP frames and grates a) 600 mm x 600 mm(OPSD 705.010) 7 Ea. 2,178.00 15,246.00 111 32 402,407, Supply, excavate for,place and 517, 518, backfill precast maintenance holes SP and maintenance hole catch basins including frames and grates a) 1200 mm manhole(701.010) 5 Ea. 4,582.00 22,910.00 33 N/A 34 402 407 Relocate existing catch basins 1 Ea. 785.00 785.00 517, 518, (Provisional) SP 35 405, SP Supply and place 150 mm filter wrapped 475 m 30.00 14,250.00 perforated subdrain including 11 excavation II36 N/A 37 510, SP Remove existing storm sewer 70 m 47.00 3,290.00 Sub-Total Storm Sewers-- 107,277.00 IIISANITARY SEWERS 38 401,409, Supply,excavate for and place sanitary 410, 517, sewer pipe including bedding and 518, SP native backfill a) 300 mm PVC SDR-35 256 m 274.00 70,144.00 I I T-14 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount Ib) Additional cost to increase sanitary 256 m 30.00 7,680.00 sewer from 300 mm to 375 mm dia. Iincl. additional costs for service tees and manhole boots(Provisional) I39 402,407, Supply,excavate for,place and 4 Ea. 8,586.00 34,344.00 517, 518, backfill 1200 mm precast maintenance ISP holes(OPSD 701.010)including benching,frame and cover I40 401,409, Supply,excavate for and place 410,492,. PVC SDR-28 sanitary service pipe I 517, 518, including bedding,native backfill SP and restoration beyond the general grading operations Ia) 125 mm dia. 245 m 239.00 58,555.00 Ib) Controlled settlement joints 5 Ea. 161.00 805.00 41 407, SP Supply and install safety platforms 2 Ea. 2,023.00 4,046.00 I (1200 mm) 42 410, SP Sanitary sewer service cleanout I a) Malcolm cover 15 Ea. 192.00 2,880.00 Ib) Sigma cover 4 Ea. 202.00 808.00 43 N/A I Sub-Total Sanitary Sewers-- 179,262.00 IWATERMAINS I 44 401,492, Supply,excavate for,place watermain 441,442, including bedding,native backfill and 517, 518, restoration beyond the general SP grading operations a) 150 mm PVC SDR18 12 m 190.00 2,280.00 Ib) 300 mm PVC DR18 252 m 262.00 66,024.00 I I I T-15 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount 1 45 492,441, Supply,excavate for,place and 517, 518, backfill ductile iron fittings, including I SP cathodic protection and mechanical thrust restraints Ia) 150 mm dia. gate valves 1 Ea. 1,458.00 1,458.00 b) 300 mm dia.gate valves 2 Ea. 4,225.00 8,450.00 Ic) 300 x 300 x 150 mm tees 3 Ea. 1,690.00 5,070.00 d) 150 mm 22 1/2°bends 1 Ea. 323.00 323.00 Ie) 150 mm 45°bends 3 Ea. 387.00 1,161.00 1 f) 300 mm 22 1/2°bends 4 Ea. 1,161.00 4,644.00 g) 300 mm 45°bends 2 Ea. 1,373.00 2,746.00 Ih) Fire hydrants 1 Ea. 5,158.00 5,158.00 i) Reconnect fire hydrants 1 Ea. 863.00 863.00 46 441, 517, Supply,excavate for,place and I 518, SP backfill water service fitting, incl. tapping main and all connections Ia) 25 mm main stops 18 Ea. 170.00 3,060.00 b) 25 mm curb stops 18 Ea. 270.00 4,860.00 Ic) 25 mm saddles 18 Ea. 107.00 1,926.00 d) 50 mm main stops 1 Ea. 530.00 530.00 1 e) 50 mm curb stops 1 Ea. 574.00 574.00 1 f) 50 mm saddles 1 Ea. 157.00 157.00 47 401,492, Supply,excavate for,place and backfill 1 441, 517., water services,incl.bedding, and all 518, SP connections,cathodic protection, I native backfill and restoration beyond the general grading operations I a) 25 mm dia. service tubing 235 m 103.00 24,205.00 installed by trenching I b) 50 mm dia. service tubing installed 10 m 111.00 1,110.00 by trenching I 1 T-16 Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount 1 48 493, SP Temporary potable water distribution 1 L.S. 49,610.00 system al49 441, SP Swabbing,hydrostatic pressure testing, 1 L.S. 6,093.00 disinfection, and flushing of watermains I Sub-Total Watermains-- 190,302.00 ITotal Part 4-- 735,089.00 iPART 5--SUTTON STREET IROADWORK 1 1 201, SP Clearing(trees all sizes) 3 Ea. 380.00 1,140.00 2 201, SP Grubbing(stumps all sizes) 3 Ea. 355.00 1,065.00 I3 206, SP Earth excavation 1 a) Stripping 2450 m2 3.00 7,350.00 4 501, 506 Dust suppressants and compaction Ia) Water 300 m3 9.00 2,700.00 1 b) Calcium chloride solid(Addendum 3) 2.5 t 1,200.00 3,000.00 5 314, 351 Granular"A" 1800 t 18.00 32,400.00 ISP 6 314, SP Granular "B"Type I 4200 t 13.00 54,600.00 7 310, 312 Hot Mix Asphalt I SP a) Hot Mix HL-3 (Addendum 2) 310 t 132.00 40,920.00 Ib) Hot Mix HL-4 380 t 110.00 41,800.00 c) Hot Mix Miscellaneous(50 mm) 435 m2 22.00 9,570.00 Id) Hot Mix Miscellaneous(2-40 mm) 165 m2 33.00 5,445.00 1 8-9 N/A I I T-17 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I10 330,510, Full depth asphalt removal 2000 m2 2.70 5,400.00 SP (Addendum 2) 1 11 N/A I12 407,SP Supply maintenance hole covers and/or 1 Ea. 786.00 786.00 catch basin frame and grates, including Iadjustment to finished grade 13-14 N/A I 151 5 0, SP Removal of existing maintenance holes I and catch basins a) Maintenance holes 1 Ea. 216.00 216.00 l16 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 110 m 12.00 1,320.00 I 17 353, SP Concrete curb and gutter systems 110 m 67.00 7,370.00 (all types) I18 510, SP Removal of concrete sidewalk and 240 m2 7.00 1,680.00 drives I19 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk and drives a) Sidewalks(150 mm) 230 m2 74.00 17,020.00 I 20 N/A I21 802, SP Topsoil(imported) 640 m2 11.00 7,040.00 I22 802, SP Topsoil(from stockpile) 2450 m2 8.00 19,600.00 1 23 803, SP Sodding(nursery,unstaked) 640 m2 7.30 4,672.00 I24 804, SP Seeding and cover 2450 m2 1.40 3,430.00 25-27 N/A I28 SP Signage I a) Remove and replace sign at 1 L.S. 550.00 Sta. 1+119 LT 1 1 T-18 Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount I29 710, SP Pavement Markings a) Permanent pavement markings Ii) Solid double yellow 320 m 4.50 1,440.00 Iii) Solid white 95 m 2.30 218.50 iii) Solid yellow 6 m 2.30 13.80 Iiv) White broken 35 m 2.30 80.50 v) Symbols 6 Ea. 127.00 762.00 ISub-Total Roadwork-- 271,588.80 ISTORM SEWERS 30-34 N/A I35 405,SP Supply and place 150 mm filter wrapped 100 m 30.00 3,000.00 perforated subdrain including excavation I 36 421, SP Supply,excavate for and place storm I culvert pipe sewers, including bedding and granular backfill I a) 450 mm HDPE CSA B 182.6 30 m 183.00 5,490.00 or equivalent b) 675 mm 65-D concrete or equivalent 36 m 409.00 14,724.00 Iincl.rip rap as per drawing(Addendum 2) 1 37 N/A Sub-Total Storm Sewers-- 23,214.00 • ii SANITARY SEWERS I 38 401,409, Supply,excavate for and place sanitary 410, 517, sewer pipe including bedding and 518, SP native backfill Ia) 200 mm PVC SDR-35 15 m 357.00 5,355.00 b) 300 mm PVC SDR-35 510 m 262.00 133,620.00 Ic) Temporary sanitary connection between 1 L.S. 1,922.00 existing sanitary sewer and new sanitary I at Mechanics Ave. intersection (Provisional) I I T-19 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I39 402,407, Supply,excavate for,place and 7 Ea. 7,461.00 52,227.00 517, 518, backfill 1200 mm precast maintenance I SP holes(OPSD 701.010)including benching,frame and cover 1 40 401,409, Supply, excavate for and place 410,492, PVC SDR-28 sanitary service pipe I 517,518, including bedding,native backfill SP and restoration beyond the general grading operations Ia) 125 mm dia. 55 m 238.00 13,090.00 b) Controlled settlement joints 6 Ea. 161.00 966.00 I 41 407, SP Supply and install safety platforms 2 Ea. 2,023.00 4,046.00 I (1200 mm) 42 410, SP Sanitary sewer service cleanout Ia) Malcolm bolted cover 5 Ea. 192.00 960.00 b) Sigma cover 1 Ea. 202.00 202.00 1 as 43 N/A Sub-Total Sanitary Sewers-- 212,388.00 IWATERMAINS I 44 401,492, Supply, excavate for,place watermain 441,442, including bedding and native backfill 517, 518, ISP a) 150 mm PVC DR18 60 m 488.00 29,280.00 b) 200 mm PVC DR 18 6 m 208.00 1,248.00 Ic) 300 mm PVC DR 18 525 m 238.00 124,950.00 (Mechanics to Gary) Id) 300 mm PVC DR 18 (Gary Street to 512 m 268.00 137,216.00 East Limit, including restoration) I I I I T-20 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I45 492,441, Supply,excavate for,place and 517, 518, backfill ductile iron fittings,including I SP cathodic protection and mechanical thrust restraints Ia) 150 mm dia. gate valves 9 Ea. 1,458.00 13,122.00 b) 200 mm dia. gate valves 1 Ea. 2,273.00 2,273.00 Ic) 300 mm dia. gate valves 9 Ea. 4,225.00 38,025.00 d) 150 x 150 x 150 mm tees 1 Ea. 464.00 464.00 �� 3GGJ e� ,,i e ® e &O -3 W�� ,. '9 15290.00 r� yr�� F U%' 9 3- yam. ,!F--,01.74:_ �. 'fix%.w�.�'a�n•'�"'R� k � �I (i r v�._ , E: X _ _ _. -�� ��x- �� �,� UO'�� ����-e A �. �� � ��� s 1,559.00 g) 300 x 300 x 300 mm tees 1 Ea. 1,726.00 1,726.00 Ih) 150 mm 22 1/2°bends 1 Ea. 318.00 318.00 i) 150 mm 45°bends 3 Ea. 326.00 978.00 Ij) 200 mm 45°bends 3 Ea. 387.00 1,161.00 Ik) 300 mm 22 1/2°bends 4 Ea. 1,142.00 4,568.00 1) 300 mm 45°bends 2 Ea. 1,374.00 2,748.00 Im) 300 mm dia.temporary cap 1 L.S. 595.00 (Provisional) In) Fire hydrants 6 Ea. 5,159.00 30,954.00 o) Connect to existing watermain 6 Ea. 2,731.00 16,386.00 Ip) Remove and salvage fire hydrant 3 Ea. 327.00 981.00 Iq) Reconnect fire hydrants 1 Ea. 652.00 652.00 r) Fire hydrant extension(300 mm) 3 Ea. 1,060.00 3,180.00 I (Provisional) 46 441, 517, Supply,excavate for,place and I 518, SP backfill water service fitting,incl. tapping main and all connections Ia) 25 mm main stops 26 Ea. 199.00 5,174.00 b) 25 mm curb stops 26 Ea. 369.00 9,594.00 Ic) 25 mm saddles 26 Ea. 107.00 2,782.00 I I T-21 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount Id) 50 mm main stops 2 Ea. 565.00 1,130.00 Ie) 50 mm curb stops 2 Ea. 488.00 976.00 f) 50 mm saddles 2 Ea. 157.00 314.00 I47 401,441, Supply,excavate for,place and backfill 450,492 water services, including bedding, and all I517,518, required connections,cathodic protection, SP native backfill and restoration beyond the general grading operations a) 25 mm dia. service tubing 36 m 102.00 3,672.00 Iinstalled by trenching b) 25 mm dia. service tubing installed 440 m 125.00 55,000.00 Iby Horizontal Directional Drilling II c) 50 mm dia. service tubing installed 100 m 137.00 13,700.00 by directional drilling I48 493,SP Temporary potable water distribution system Ia) Mechanics Ave.to Gary Street 1 L.S. 21,848.00 b) Gary Street to East Limit 1 L.S. 4,498.00 I49 441, SP Swabbing,hydrostatic pressure testing, disinfection,and flushing of watermains Ia) Mechanics Ave.to Gary Street 1 L.S. 12,203.00 Ib) Gary Street to East Limit 1 L.S. 12,203.00 Sub-Total Watermains-- 570,768.00 ITotal Part 5 -- 1,077,958.80 I PART 6--GARY STREET IROADWORK I1 201,SP Clearing(trees all sizes) 5 Ea. 320.00 1,600.00 I IT-22(Revised) Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount I2 201,SP Grubbing(stumps all sizes) 8 Ea. 230.00 1,840.00 I 3 206,SP Earth excavation a) Gary Street 2400 m3 19.00 45,600.00 Ia) Philip Street sidewalk 80 m3 19.00 1,520.00 4 501, 506 Dust suppressants and compaction PPr I a) Water 250 m3 9.00 2,250.00 b) Calcium chloride solid 2.1 t 1,200.00 2,520.00 III5 314, 351 Granular "A" SP a) Gary Street 1700 t 18.00 30,600.00 Ia) Philip Street sidewalk 110 t 18.00 1,980.00 6 314, SP Granular "B"Type I 3300 t 13.00 42,900.00 I7 310,312 Hot Mix Asphalt SP Ia) Hot Mix HL-3 10 t 132.00 1,320.00 b) Hot Mix HL-4 420 t 110.00 46,200.00 Ic) Hot Mix Miscellaneous 175 m2 22.00 3,850.00 d) Multi-Use Path 535 m2 19.00 10,165.00 I8 510, SP Removal of bituminous pavement 285 m2 7.00 1,995.00 (outside excavation) 1 9-10 N/A 11 408, SP Adjust existing maintenance holes and 2 Ea. 577.00 1,154.00 catch basins 12 407, SP Supply maintenance hole covers and/or 1 Ea. 880.00 880.00 catch basin frame and grates, including adjustment to finished grade 1 13-14 N/A I 15 510, SP Removal of existing maintenance holes and catch basins a) Maintenance holes 4 Ea. 216.00 864.00 Ib) Catch basins 1 Ea. 115.00 115.00 1 16 510, SP Removal of concrete curb and gutter 665 m 11.00 7,315.00 I IT-23(Revised) Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount 111 17 353, SP Concrete curb&gutter systems(all types) 485 m 62.00 30,070.00 111 18 510, SP Removal of concrete sidewalk&drives 195 m2 7.00 1,365.00 19 351, SP Place concrete sidewalk&drives Ia) Sidewalks(125 mm) 355 m2 69.00 24,495.00 b) Sidewalk Slab(200 mm) 30 m2 83.00 2,490.00 Ic) Sidewalk(125 mm)Philip Place 240 m2 64.00 15,360.00 20 351, SP Supply and install detectable warning I surfaces for pedestrian crossing a) 0.6 x 0.6 26 Ea. 270.00 7,020.00 I 21 802, SP Topsoil(imported) a) Gary Street 2000 m2 11.00 22,000.00 Ib) Philip Place 200 m2 9.00 1,800.00 22 N/A I23 803, SP Sodding(nursery,unstaked) a) Gary Street 300 m2 7.30 2,190.00 Ib) Philip Street 200 m2 7.30 1,460.00 24 804, SP Seeding and cover 1660 m2 1.40 2,324.00 I25 SP Saw cutting 1.5 m 5.00 7.50 111 26 N/A 27 603, SP Supply&install direct buried 53mm Type 200 m 35.00 7,000.00 1 2 PVC conduit for future street lighting 28 SP Signage I a) Supply and install Ra-5L mounted back to 2 Ea. 2,232.00 4,464.00 back with Ra-5R,Ra-4t,octagonal steel pole, mast arm and Ra-5R mounted on mast arm Ib) Solar powered dual rectangular rapid 2 Ea. 6,216.00 12,432.00 flashing beacons c/w solar engine. Model I AB-9407 by JSF Technologies or approved equivalent(Provisional) c) Supply and install We-27R signs 2 Ea. 265.00 530.00 I c/w telesbar post d) Supply and install Ra-10 and Rb-55 2 Ea. 280.00 560.00 c/w telesbar post Ie) Pedestrian push button(Provisional) 4 Ea. 260.00 1,040.00 I T-24 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount 29 710, SP Pavement Markings a) Permanent pavement markings Ii) Solid white 75 m 2.30 172.50 Iii) Broken white 38 m 2.30 87.40 iii) Solid yellow 165 m 2.30 379.50 Iiv) Stop bars 26 m 19.00 494.00 v) Symbols 5 Ea. 127.00 635.00 Ivi) Level 2 pedestrian crossover a) Ladder crosswalk 1 L.S 1,016.00 Ib) Yield to pedestrian lines 1 L.S 406.00 ISub-Total Roadwork-- 344,465.90 STORM SEWERS I30 401,409, Supply,excavate for and place storm 410,492, pipe sewers including bedding and I517,518, granular backfill SP a) 300 mm HDPE CSA B 182.6 101 m 196.00 19,796.00 Ior equivalent I 31 402,407, Supply,excavate for,place and 517,518, backfill catch basins and/or twin inlet SP catch basins,including frames and grates Ia) 600 mm x 600 mm(OPSD 705.010) 2 Ea. 2,255.00 4,510.00 b) 600 mm x 1450 mm(OPSD 705.020) 2 Ea. 3,708.00 7,416.00 I 32-34 N/A Il35 405,SP Supply and place 150 mm filter wrapped 380 m 30.00 11,400.00 perforated subdrain including excavation I (Addendum 2) 36 N/A 1 37 510, SP Remove existing storm sewer 115 m 33.00 3,795.00 ISub-Total Storm Sewers-- 46,917.00 I1 I T-25 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount ISANITARY SEWERS I 38 401,409, Supply,excavate for and place sanitary 410, 517, sewer pipe including bedding and 518,SP native backfill Ia) 200 mm PVC SDR-35 4 m 263.00 1,052.00 Ib) 300 mm PVC SDR-35 196 m 260.00 50,960.00 39 402,407, Supply, excavate for,place and 3 Ea. 7,238.00 21,714.00 I 517, 518, backfill 1200 mm precast maintenance SP holes(OPSD 701.010)including benching,frame and cover I 40 N/A I41 407,SP Supply and install safety platforms 1 Ea. 2,023.00 2,023.00 (1200 mm) I42-43 N/A ISub-Total Sanitary Sewers-- 75,749.00 IWATERMAINS 44 401,492, Supply, excavate for,place watermain I 441,442, including bedding,native backfill and 517,518, restoration beyond the general SP grading operations a) 150 mm PVC DR18 33 m 196.00 6,468.00 Ib) 200 mm PVC DR18 7 m 221.00 1,547.00 c) 300 mm PVC DR18 9 m 283.00 2,547.00 Id) 400 mm PVC DR18 185 m 553.00 102,305.00 I 45 492,441, Supply, excavate for,place and 517, 518, backfill ductile iron fittings, including SP cathodic protection and mechanical Ithrust restraints a) 150 mm dia. gate valve 1 Ea. 1,458.00 1,458.00 Ib) 200 mm dia. gate valve 1 Ea. 2,273.00 2,273.00 I T-26 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount c) 300 mm dia.gate valve 1 Ea. 3,838.00 3,838.00 Id) 400 mm dia. gate valves 1 Ea. 13,358.00 13,358.00 e) 400 x 400 x 200 mm tees 1 Ea. 2,743.00 2,743.00 1 f) 150 x 150 x 150 mm tees 1 Ea. 464.10 464.10 Ig) 400 x 400 x 150 x 150 crosses 1 Ea. 3,954.00 3,954.00 h) 150 mm 11 1/4°bends 1 Ea. 315.00 315.00 Ii) 150 mm 45°bends 3 Ea. 327.00 981.00 j) 200 mm 45°bends 2 Ea. 387.00 774.00 Ik) 400 x 300 mm reducers 1 Ea. 2,180.00 2,180.00 I1) Connect to existing watermain 3 Ea. 3,498.00 10,494.00 m) Reconnect fire hydrants 1 Ea. 744.00 744.00 46 441, 517, Supply,excavate for,place and 518, SP backfill water service fitting, incl. 1 tapping main and all connections a) 50 mm main stops 2 Ea. 532.00 1,064.00 Ib) 50 mm curb stops 2 Ea. 488.00 976.00 c) 50 mm saddles 2 Ea. 157.00 314.00 I 47 401,492 Supply,excavate for,place and backfill PP Y� I 441, 517, water services, including bedding,and all 518, SP required connections,cathodic protection, native backfill and restoration beyond Ithe general grading operations a) 50 mm dia. service tubing 45 m 101.00 4,545.00 Iinstalled by trenching I48 N/A 49 441, SP Swabbing,hydrostatic pressure testing, 1 L.S. 7,670.00 Idisinfection,and flushing of watermains Sub-Total Watermains-- 171,012.10 I Total Part 6-- 638,144.00 I I T-27 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount IPART 7--2019 PAVING IROADWORK 1-6 N/A I 7 310,312 Hot Mix Asphalt I SP a) Hot Mix HL-3 (James Street) 220 t 112.00 24,640.00 Ib) Hot Mix HL-3 (Mechanics) 260 t 112.00 29,120.00 c) Hot Mix HL-3(Gary Street) 285 t 112.00 31,920.00 Id) Tack coat(James Street) 2350 m2 1.00 2,350.00 e) Tack coat(Mechanics) 2080 m2 1.00 2,080.00 If) Tack coat(Gary Street) 2060 m2 1.00 2,060.00 I8-12 N/A 13 SP Maintenance hole lift rings 12 Ea. 350.00 4,200.00 I 14 SP Water valve lifters 7 Ea. 140.00 980.00 15-28 N/A I29 710, SP Pavement Markings a) Permanent pavement markings Ii) Solid yellow(Addendum 2) 185 m 4.50 832.50 Iii) Solid white 155 m 2.30 356.50 iii) Stop bars 33 m 19.00 627.00 Iiv) Symbols 5 Ea. 127.00 635.00 ISub-Total Roadwork-- 99,801.00 30-49 N/A ITotal Part 7-- 99,801.00 I I 1 T-28 Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount IPROVISIONAL ITEMS (Inclusive to All Parts) 1 50 206,401, Additional trench excavation in 1000 m3 12.00 12,000.00 SP proposed trench bottom where 1 unsuitable soils are encountered including removal from site IS! 314,401, Supply and place approved imported 5000 t 17.00 85,000.00 SP granular material in sewer trenches where native material is unsuitable, I including removal of a similar amount of unsuitable material I52 314,SP Supply and place imported granular 2000 t 16.00 32,000.00 bedding where conditions warrant I and as directed 53 314,SP Unshrinkable backfill 10 m3 224.00 2,240.00 I 54 SP Backfilling of new water services during 10 Ea. 344.00 3,440.00 I testing and disinfecting and excavation to connect to existing services where conditions warrant and as directed I55 410 504 Reconnect existing drains and 100 m 90.00 9,000.00 1 SP services(up to 250 mm dia.) 56 510, SP Pressure grout existing sewer 5 m3 338.00 1,690.00 I or watermain 57 SP Relocate Canada Post mailbox and 1 L.S. 920.00 Iconcrete slab I 58 401,410, Installation of storm services 50 m 92.00 4,600.00 492, 517, (100 mm) 518, SP 1 59 401,410, Storm sewer service cleanout SP Ia) Malcolm cover 5 Ea. 30.00 150.00 b) Sigma cover 1 Ea. 40.00 40.00 1 I IT-29(Revised) Item Spec.# Description Qty./Unit Price Amount I60 511,SP Handlaid rip rap, including non-woven 50 m2 60.00 3,000.00 geotextile ISub-Total Provisional Items-- 154,080.00 I MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS (Inclusive to All Parts) 61 706, SP Traffic control and pedestrian safety Ia) Part 1 1 L.S. 3,206.00 b) Part 2 1 L.S. 10,287.00 Ic) Part 3 1 L.S. 4,445.00 d) Part 4 1 L.S. 18,018.00 Ie) Part 5 1 L.S. 25,364.00 If) Part 6 1 L.S. 10,925.00 g) Part 7 1 L.S. 7,050.00 I62 SP Cost of 100%Performance and 100% 1 L.S. 28,000.00 Labour and Material Payment Bonds and cost of insurance 63 SP Contingencies 1 L.S. 100,000.00 I 64 SP Lump sum to cover all other 1 L.S. 47,625.00 I requirements of the contract not specifically covered by or related to the preceding items I65 314, SP Supply and place 19 mm crushed stone 200 m 16.00 3,200.00 bedding, including a geotextile Iseparator(Provisional) I Sub-Total Miscellaneous Items-- 258,120.00 T-30 Item Spec.# Description QtyJUnit Price Amount Total Part 1 -- 48,434.50 Total Part 2-- 505,426.40 ' Total Part 3-- 47,939.00 Total Part 4-- 735,089.00 Total Part 5 -- 1,077,958.80 ' Total Part 6-- 638,144.00 Total Part 7-- 99,801.00 ' Sub-Total Provisional Items-- 154,080.00 Sub-Total Miscellaneous Items-- 258,120.00 SUB-TOTAL 3,564,992.70 ' 13%HST 463,449.05 TOTAL TENDER 4,028,441.75 This tender is divided into 7 parts. It is the intent of the Owner to award Parts 1,2,4,5, 6 and 7. Part 3 will be reassessed when reviewing tenders, and all or any of those parts may be deleted. 1 1 T-A ' STANDARD TENDER REQUIREMENTS I/We agree to complete the work within the time specified in the Information to Bidders. ' I/We also agree that this Tender is subject to a formal contract being prepared and executed. ' I/We also agree that the Owner shall have the option of: Deleting any Part or Parts shown in the Tender. ' In submitting this Tender for the work,the Tenderer further declares: (a) That no person,firm or corporation other than the one whose signature or seal is attached below,has any interest in this tender or in the contract proposed to be taken; (b) That this tender is made without any connection,knowledge,comparison of figures or ' arrangement with any other company, firm or person making a tender for the same work and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud; (c) That no member of the Municipal Council or any officer of the Owner will become interested directly or indirectly as a contracting party without disclosing his interest and otherwise complying with"the Municipal Conflict of Interest Act,RSO 1990"; (d) That the offer shown in the Schedule of Items and Prices is to continue open to 1 acceptance until the formal contract is executed by the successful Tenderer for the said work or until thirty(30)days after the tender closing date,whichever event occurs first and that the Owner may at any time within that period without notice,accept this tender ' whether any other tender had been previously accepted or not; (e) That if we,the undersigned,withdraw this tender before the Owner shall have considered the tenders and awarded the contract at any time within thirty(30)days after the tender closing date,the amount of the deposit accompanying this tender shall be forfeited to the ' Owner; ' (f) That the awarding by the Owner of the contract based on this tender shall be an acceptance of the tender; ' (g) The Tenderer solemnly declares that the several matters stated in the foregoing tender are in all respects true; ' T-A Parts.doc I T-B (h) That if this tender is accepted,we the undersigned agree to furnish an approved surety I bond for the proper fulfilment of the contract and to execute the Agreement in triplicate within ten(10)days after being notified so to do. In the event of default or failure on our part to do so, we the undersigned agree that the Owner shall be at liberty to retain the I money deposited by us to the use of the Owner,and to accept the next lowest or any tender or to advertise for new tenders or to carry out the works in any other way deemed best and we also agree to pay to the said Owner the difference between this tender and I any greater sum which the Owner may expend or incur by reason of such default or failure,or by reason of such acting,as aforesaid,on their part including the cost of any advertising for new tenders and to indemnify and save harmless the said Owner and its I officers from all loss,damage,cost,charges and expenses which they may suffer or be put to by reason of any such default or failure on our part. I The"Agreement to Bond"of the Zurich Insurance Company Ltd. Company, a company lawfully doing business in the Province of Ontario,to furnish a Performance Bond and a separate Labour and Material Payment Bond,each in an amount equal I to 100% of the contract price, is enclosed herewith. A certified cheque for the sum of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars I ($150,000.00)is attached hereto. IDATED AT Harriston this 23rd day of February , 20 18 . I (Signed) (Signed and Sealed) ISignature of Witness Signature of Bidder INOTE: All tenders submitted must be signed by a duly authorized person and either a company seal must Ibe affixed,or it must be signed by a witness. I I I17094-T-B 2 Bonds.docx STATEMENT RE: SUB-CONTRACTORS The following is a list of Sub-Contractors or Sub-Trades intended to be used in the execution of the contract showing the approximate portion of the work to be allotted to each. ' ITEM SUB-CONTRACTORS Name and Address Percent of IContract Concrete AutoForm Contracting 5% London,ON 2. tPaving H. Southerland 7.5% Owen Sound ' 3. Landscaping Roubos Farm Service 4% ' Palmerston 4. ' Drilling Weber 2% Clifford, ON 5 6. 7. 8. 9. ' 10. 11. Y:\Project-Mgmt_tesources\Forms Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Sub-Contractors.docx AGREEMENT TO BOND (PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOUR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND) i ** 1 Date: , 20_ PROJECT NO. CONTRACT NO. TO: 1 Dear Sirs: RE: In consideration of (hereinafter referred to as "the Owner")accepting the tender of and executing an Agreement with: (hereinafter referred to as "the Tenderer")for the construction of subject to the express conditions that the Owner receive the Performance Bond and the Labour and Material Payment Bond in accordance with the said tender,we the undersigned hereby agree with the Owner to become bound to the Owner as surety for the Tenderer in a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond each in an amount equal to 100%of the contract price, in the forms of Performance Bond and Labour and Material Payment Bond provided and in accordance with the said tender,and we agree to furnish the Owner with said Bonds within seven(7)days after notification of the acceptance of the said tender and execution of the said Agreement by the Owner has been mailed to us. Yours very truly, t 1 (Seal) NOTE: This Agreement to Bond must be executed on behalf of the Surety Company by its authorized officers under the company's corporate seal. Of the two forms bound herein,one shall become a part of the tender and the other shall be retained by the Surety Company. **Enter the name and address of the Surety Company at the top of the page. F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\AgToBond-2bonds.doc 1 PERFORMANCE BOND 1 Bond No. Project No. Amount $ Contract No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we hereinafter called "the Principal" is and hereinafter called "the Surety", are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto hereinafter called "the Obligee"its successors and assigns,in the sum of Dollars($ ) of lawful money of Canada, to be paid unto the Obligee, for which payment well and truly to be made we the Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind ourselves,our and each of our respective heirs,executors, administrators, successors and assigns by these presents. SIGNED AND SEALED with our respective seals and dated this day of 20 WHEREAS by an agreement in writing dated the day of ,20 , the Principal has entered into a contract with the Obligee,hereinafter called"the Contract",for the construction, alteration,repair or maintenance of a public work,namely as in the Contract provided,which Contract is by reference herein made a part hereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein. NOW THEREFORE THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH that if the Principal shall at all times duly perform and observe the Contract including all the terms and conditions thereof,to the satisfaction of the Obligee and shall at all times fully indemnify and keep indemnified the Obligee from and against all and any manner of loss, damage, expense, suits, actions, claims, liens,proceedings,demands,awards,payments and liabilities arising out of or in any manner based upon or attributable to the Contract and shall fully reimburse and repay the Obligee for all outlay, expense, liabilities, or payments incurred or undertaken to be made by the Obligee pursuant to the Contract, then this obligation shall be void,but otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect. 1 Performance Bond Page 2 Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that there shall be no liability under this instrument of the Principal and Surety for payment of any claims for labour,material or services used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract to the extent the amount of such claims is paid pursuant to a Labour and Materials Payment Bond. Provided always and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Obligee and the Principal have the right to change,alter and vary the terms of the Contract and that the Obligee may in its discretion at any time or times take and receive from the Principal any security whatsoever and grant any extension of time thereon or on any liability of the Principal to the Obligee. Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Principal and the Surety shall not be discharged or released from liability hereunder and that such liability shall not be in any way affected by any such changes,alterations,or variations,taking or receiving of security,or extension of time, as aforesaid,or by the exercise by the Obligee of any of the rights or power reserved to it under the Contract or by its forbearance of exercise any such rights or powers, including (but without restricting the generality of the foregoing) any changes in the extent or nature of the works to be constructed, altered, repaired or maintained under the Contract, or by any dealing, transaction, forbearance or forgiveness which may take place between the Principal and the Obligee. Provided further and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than that specified in this bond. In Witness Whereof the Principal and the Surety have executed these presents. 1 1 SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PRINCIPAL ) 1 In the presence of: ) Per:) ) Per: ) Principal Witness ) Occupation ) Address ) Surety F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\Perfonnance Bond.doc I I LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND iBond No. Project No. Amount $ Contract No. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS,that we hereinafter called"the Principal", and hereinafter called "the Surety", are jointly and severally held and firmly bound unto as Trustee, hereinafter called the "Obligee",for the use and benefit of the Claimants,their and each of the their heirs,executors, administrators,successors and assigns,in the amount of Dollars($ ) of lawful money of Canada,for the payment of which sum well and truly to be made we the Principal and Surety jointly and severally bind ourselves,our and each of our respective heirs, executors,administrators, successors and assigns by these presents. WHEREAS by an agreement in writing dated the day of 20 the Principal entered into a contract with the Obligee,hereinafter called "the Contract",for I 1 which Contract is by reference herein made a part hereof as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein. NOW,THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that, if the Principal shall make payment to all Claimants for all labour and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract,then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject,however,to the following conditions: I I I 1 Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 2 1. A Claimant for the purpose of this Bond is defined as one having a direct contract with the Principal for labour,material,or both,used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract,labour and material being construed to include that part of water,gas,power, light,heat,oil,gasoline,telephone service or rental equipment,directly applicable to the Contract provided that a person,firm or corporation who rents equipment to the Principal to be used in the performance of the Contract under a contract which provides that all or any part of the rent is to be applied towards the purchase price thereof shall only be a Claimant to the extent of the prevailing industrial rental value of such equipment for the period during which the equipment was used in the performance of the Contract. 2. The Principal and the Surety hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee,as Trustee,that every Claimant who has not been paid as provided for under the terms of his contract with the Principal,before the expiration of a period of ninety(90)days after the date on which the last of such Claimant's work or labour was done or performed or materials were furnished by such Claimant,may as a beneficiary of the trust herein provided for, sue on this Bond,prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due to such Claimant under the terms of his contract with the Principal and have execution thereon. Provided that the Obligee is not obliged to do or take any act, action or proceeding against the Surety on behalf of the Claimants, or any of them,to enforce the provisions of this Bond. If any act, action or proceeding is taken either in the name of the Obligee or by joining the Obligee as a party to such proceeding,then such act, action or proceeding, shall be taken on the understanding and basis that the Claimants, or any of them,who take such act, action or proceeding shall indemnify and save harmless the Obligee against all costs,charges and expenses or liabilities incurred thereon and any loss or damage resulting to the Obligee by reason thereof. Provided still further that, subject to the foregoing terms and conditions,the Claimants or any of them,may use the name of the Obligee to sue on and enforce the provisions of this Bond. 3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any Claimant: (a) Unless such Claimant shall have given written notice within the time limits hereinafter set forth to each of the Principal,the Surety and the Obligee, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed. Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail,or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the Province of Ontario,to the Principal,the Surety,and the Obligee, at any place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of business by such persons. Such notice shall be given: 1 I I 1 Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 3 1) in respect of any claim for the amount or any portion thereof required to be held back from the Claimant by the Principal under either the terms of the Claimant's contract with the Principal or under the Construction Lien Act,Chapter 6, S.O. 1983 applicable to the Claimant's contract with the Principal,whichever is the greater within one hundred and twenty(120)days after such Claimant should have been paid in full under the Claimants contract with the Principal. 1 2) in respect of any claim other than for the holdback,or portion thereof,referred to above,within one hundred and twenty(120)days after the date upon which such Claimant did,or performed,the last of the work or labour or furnished the last of the materials for which such claim is made,under the Claimant's contract with the Principal. (b) After the expiration of one(1) year following the date on which the Principal ceased work ' on the Contract, including work performed under the guarantees provided in the Contract. (c) Other than in a Court jurisdiction in the Province of Ontario,and the parties hereto agree to submit to the jurisdiction of such Court. 4. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by, and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith, and in accordance with the provisions hereof, inclusive of the payment by the Surety of claims under the Construction Lien Act,whether or not such claims be presented under and against this Bond. PROVIDED ALWAYS and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Obligee and the Principal have the right to change, alter and vary the terms of the Contract,and that the Obligee may in its discretion at any time or times take and receive from the Principal any security whatsoever and grant any extension of time thereon or on any liability of the Principal to the Obligee. PROVIDED FURTHER and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Principal and the Surety shall not be discharged or released from liability hereunder and that such liability shall not be in 1 any way affected by any such changes, alterations,or variations,taking or receiving of security, or extension of time,as aforesaid,or by the exercise by the Obligee of any of the rights or powers ' reserved to it under the Contract or by its forebearance to exercise any such rights or powers, including(but without restricting the generality of the foregoing)any changes in the extent or nature of the works to be constructed, altered,repaired or maintained under the Contract,or by any dealing,transaction,forebearance or forgiveness which may take place between the Principal and the Obligee. 1 1 1 I 1 Labour and Material Payment Bond Page 4 PROVIDED FURTHER and it is hereby agreed and declared that the Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than that specified in this Bond. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Principal and the Suretyhave AFFIXED THEIR SIGNATURES P AND CORPORATE SEALS this day of , 20 I SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE PRINCIPAL ) ) In the presence of: ) ) ) Principal Witness ) ) Occupation ) ) Address ) Surety 111 I i F:\wp\Contracts\Forms\L&M Bond.doc I I SCHEDULE OF PLANS,SPECIFICATIONS,GENERAL CONDITIONS &STANDARDS The work specified in this contract will be performed in strict accordance with the following plans, specifications, General Conditions, standards, etc. for the Municipality of Kincardine, MCR Servicing, Contract No. 17094. A. SPECIAL PROVISIONS - Pages SP-1 to SP-59 B. PLANS - Drawing Nos. 1 to 17 C. INFORMATION TO BIDDERS -Pages lB-1 to IB-13 D. STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS Ontario Provincial Standard Specification Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis mutandis. Only the most recent specifications shall apply to this contract. OPSS—Municipal and Provincial Common 201-Nov/11 301-Nov/09 407-Nov/15 492-Nov/15 504-Nov/09 710-Nov/10 802-Nov/10 312-Nov/09 408-Nov/15 493-Nov/15 511-Nov/13 803-Nov/15 ' 351-Nov/15 OPSS.MUNI—Municipal Oriented 180-Nov/16 310-Nov/17 353-Nov/16 401-Nov/15 421-Nov/15 501-Nov/14 603-Nov/17 ' 206-Nov/13 314-Nov/16 355-Nov/14 402-Nov/16 441-Nov/16 506-Nov/17 706-Apr/17 330-Nov/14 405-Nov/17 442-Nov/16 510-Nov/14 804-Nov/14 409-Nov/17 491-Nov/17 517-Apr/17 410-Nov/15 518-Apr/17 E. STANDARD DRAWINGS ' Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing Numbers shall apply to this contract mutatis mutandis. Only the most recent drawings shall apply to this contract. OPSD-Municipal and Provincial Common 310.010 310.050 400.110 600.040 701.010 802.010 1003.010 310.020 350.010 401.010 600.060 701.021 802.030 1006.010 ' 310.033 351.010 404.020 608.010 704.010 802.031 1104.010 310.039 610.010 705.010 802.032 1104.020 705.020 809.010 1105.010 ' 1109.011 BMROSS-Standard Drawings ' 208 500M 702 1000 1101 1114 222 501M 1002 I Owner-Standard Drawings Figure 1 ' F. FORM OF TENDER G. SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS H. GENERAL CONDITIONS -OPSS.MUNI 100 Rev.Date: 11/2006 I. AGREEMENT J. PERFORMANCE BOND K. LABOUR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND L. CONTRACT RELEASE M. STATUTORY DECLARATION RE: LIENS,LIABILITIES &PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS N. APPENDIX A t � SPECIAL PROVISIONS I INDEX TO SPECIAL PROVISIONS I General Management of Excess Materials-Contractor SP-1 Restoration SP-1 Co-ordination of Work by Others SP-2 Public Notices SP-3 111 Item No. 1 Clearing (Trees All Sizes) SP-3 I Item No. 2 Grubbing(Stumps All Sizes) SP-3 Item No. 3 Earth Excavation SP-3 I Item No. 4 Dust Suppressants and Compaction SP-4 Item Nos. 5 &6 Granular"A" and Granular"B"Type I SP-5 Item No. 7 Hot Mix Asphalt SP-5 I Item No. 8 Removal of Bituminous Pavement(Outside Excavation) SP-9 Item No. 9 Removal of Asphalt Pavement Partial Depth SP-9 I Item No. 10 Full Depth Asphalt Removal SP-10 Item No. 11 Adjust Existing Maintenance Holes and Catch Basins to Grade SP-10 I Item No. 12 Supply Maintenance Hole Covers and/or Catch Basin Frames &Grates SP-10 Item No. 13 Maintenance Hole Lift Rings SP-11 , Item No. 14 Water Valve Lifters SP-11 Item No. 15 Removal of Existing Maintenance Holes &Catch Basins SP-11 Item No. 16 Removal of Concrete Curb or Curb and Gutter SP-11 I Item No. 17 Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems (All Types) SP-12 Item No. 18 Removal of Concrete Sidewalk and Drives SP-12 I Item No.19 Place Concrete Sidewalk and Drives SP-13 Item No. 20 Supply and Install Detectable Warning Surfaces for Pedestrian Crossing SP-14 I Item No. 21 Topsoil (Imported) SP-15 Item No. 22 Topsoil (from Stockpile) SP-16 Item No. 23 Sodding(Nursery,Unstaked) SP-16 I Item No. 24 Seeding and Cover SP-17 Item No. 25 Saw Cutting SP-17 I Item No. 26 Remove and Relay Precast Concrete Unit Pavers SP-17 Item No. 27 Supply and Install Directed Buried 53 mm Type 2 PVC Conduit SP-18 I Item No. 28 Signage SP-18 Item No. 29 Pavement Markings SP-19 Item No. 30 Supply, Excavate for,Place and Backfill Storm Pipe Sewers SP-20 1 I I IItem No. 31 Supply,Excavate for, Place and Backfill 600 mm x 600 mm SP-23 Catch Basins (705.010), 600 mm x 1450 mm Twin Inlet Catch I Basins (705.020), including Frame and Grates Item No. 32 Supply,Excavate for,Place and Backfill 1200 mm Precast, SP-24 Maintenance Holes and Maintenance Hole-Catch Basins, IOPSD 701.010, Including Frames and Grates Item No. 33 Connect to Existing Drains to STCB 1204 SP-25 I Item No. 34 Relocate Existing Catch Basins (Provisional) SP-25 Item No. 35 Supply and Place 150 mm Filter Wrapped Perforated Subdrain SP-25 Item No. 36 Supply and Excavate for, and Place Culverts SP-26 IItem No. 37 Remove Existing Storm Sewer SP-26 Item No. 38 Sanitary Sewer Pipe SP-27 IItem No. 39 Supply, Excavate for,Place and Backfill 1200 mm Precast SP-29 Maintenance Holes, OPSD 701.010 I Item No. 40 Installation of Sanitary Services SP-31 Item No. 41 Supply and Install Safety Platform SP-33 Item No. 42 Sanitary Sewer Service Cleanout SP-33 IItem No. 43 Modifications to Maintenance Hole Drop Structure SP-33 Item Nos. 44-48 Watermain Installation SP-34 IItem No.49 Swabbing, Hydrostatic Pressure Testing,Disinfection and SP-46 Flushing of Watermains I Item No. 50 Additional Trench Excavation SP-51 Item No. 51 Imported Granular Backfill SP-51 Item No. 52 Supply and Place Imported Granular Bedding SP-51 IItem No. 53 Unshrinkable Backfill(Controlled Density Fill) SP-51 Item No. 54 Backfilling of New Water Services During Testing and Disinfecting SP-53 I and Excavation to Connect to Existing Services Where Conditions Warrant and as Directed Item No. 55 Reconnect Existing Drains and Services(up to 250 mm dia.) SP-53 IItem No. 56 Pressure Grout Existing Sewer or Watermain SP-54 Item No. 57 Relocate Canada Post Mailbox and Concrete Slab SP-54 IItem No. 58 Installation of Storm Services SP-54 Item No. 59 Storm Sewer Service Cleanout SP-56 I Item No. 60 Handlaid Rip Rap Including Non-Woven Geotextile SP-57 Item No. 61 Traffic Control and Pedestrian Safety SP-57 Item No. 62 Bonding and Insurance SP-58 IItem No. 63 Contingencies SP-58 Item No. 64 Lump Sum for Other Requirements SP-58 I I SP-1 ' GENERAL ' MANAGEMENT OF EXCESS MATERIALS-CONTRACTOR All excavated material shall become the property of the Contractor, and the Contractor's unit price bid for the item shall include the cost of loading,hauling, dumping. The Contractor's management of excess materials shall be in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 180—General Specification for the Management of Excess Materials with the appropriate OPSF 180 forms being completed and submitted to the Contract Administrator. ' 1. Earth material shall be disposed of by the Contractor, outside the contract limits. 2. Asphalt shall be disposed of by the Contractor, at an approved site outside the contract 111 limits. Asphalt millings shall be disposed of by the Contractor, at an approved site outside the contract limits. 3. Concrete shall be disposed of by the Contractor outside the contract limits. 4. Asbestos Cement Pipe shall be separated and bagged daily be the Contractor and delivered to the Municipal Landfill in Armow. RESTORATION I When noted in the Form of Tender or identified in the Special Provision, the unit price bid for ' the appropriate item(s) shall include complete restoration. All restoration shall be as noted below in the General Restoration Requirements. Restoration Beyond the Limits of General Grading Operations When noted in the Form of Tender or identified in the Special Provisions,the unit price bid for ' the appropriate item(s) shall include restoration beyond the general grading operations. Contract items are provided for the restoration of work within the general grading operations. Restoration of areas beyond the general grading operations shall be included in the unit price of the item. Areas beyond the general grading operations include,but are not limited to, stockpile locations, areas disturbed by equipment or material storage sites or service connections. All restoration shall be as noted below in the General Restoration Requirements. , General Restoration Requirements All restoration shall be in accordance with OPSS 492 and the following: (a) Lawn Areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to conform to the existing , ground, followed by nursery sod approved by the Contract Administrator. (b) Non-lawn,Non-roadway areas -- 100 mm of approved topsoil levelled and graded to conform to the existing ground,followed by an approved seed and mulch application. (c) Where existing roadway/driveway is paved-- 300 mm minimum of imported Granular"B" Type I, 150 mm of imported Granular"A", and 50 mm of HL-3 in driveways, or 1-40 mm lift of HL-3 and 1-50 mm lift of HL-4 minimum in roadways or to match the depth of existing asphalt. Where 2 or more lifts of asphalt are required against existing pavement, a stepped joint shall be prepared by removing 0.5 m wide by the depth of the existing surface course prior to paving. I SP-2 (d) Where existing roadway/driveway is gravel-- 300 mm of imported Granular"B"Type I; and 150 mm of imported Granular"A". (e) Where existing driveway is concrete-- 300 mm minimum of imported Granular"B"Type I and 150 mm of imported Granular"A";for residential drives -- 150 mm of 30 MPa concrete with crushed limestone; and for commercial drives-- 200 mm of 32 MPa concrete with crushed limestone. (f) Where existing driveway is brick or unit pavers—300 mm minimum of imported Granular "B"Type I and 150 mm of imported Granular"A" and 25 mm to 38 mm of limestone ' screening and match existing patterns. (g) All disturbed or damaged concrete structures, such as sidewalks, curbs and gutter, etc., shall be removed and replaced including 125 mm of Granular"A". ' (h) Prior to the expiration of the maintenance holdback,the contractor shall repair all settlements. Settlements of lawns,non-lawns or non-roadway areas shall be restored by applying sufficient topsoil to the settled area followed by an application of approved seed and mulch. Asphalt settlements shall be restored by milling the deficient area followed by the placement Hot Mix Asphalt(HMA). All repairs shall be in accordance with OPSS 802, OPSS.MUNI 804, and OPSS 310. (i) Salvaged granular material shall not be used above sub-grade or re-used as Granular"B" Type I unless a granular analysis is performed at the Contractor's expense. NOTE • In(a) and(b) above, it will be the Contractor's responsibility to ensure a catch of grass at the termination of the contract. • The Contract Administrator/Owner may request the delay of the sod placement during hot and dry weather conditions. No additional payment or penalty will result from the delay. • All asphalt surfaces shall be saw-cut prior to resurfacing. • All concrete structures shall be saw-cut prior to replacement. CO-ORDINATION OF WORK BY OTHERS The Contractor will co-ordinate his work with local utility companies for the installation of new underground ducts. When it is impossible to avoid working in the area at the same time, a ' barrier will have to be maintained to have separation in time or space between the Contractor and the utility company. Where necessary,the Contractor shall move the operation to another part of the contract and give the utility sufficient time to complete any work deemed necessary at that time during the contract. Hurontel Contact: Kevin Galloway,kevin.galloway@hurontel.on.ca Phone: 519-395-3200 (direct line) Bruce Telecom Contact: Bryan Guest, bryan.guest@brucetelecom.com ' Phone: 519-368-1293 Rogers Contact: Peter Gibson,peter.gibson@rci.rogers.com Phone: 519-396-5668 ext. 26 I SP-3 ' PUBLIC NOTICES The Contractor shall notify all impacted property owners/tenants of impending disruptions to services and or access. The Notice shall be delivered 24 hours prior to the disruption and shall include a short description of the disruption,the probable timing and duration of the disruption, alternative actions that the owner/tenant should take while the work is being done ie)parking off site, and a contact person who could address any further questions. ITEM NO. 1 , CLEARING(TREES ALL SIZES) For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall cut down and remove each tree, including all wood, , branches, or debris. The wood shall be disposed of by the Contractor at his own expense or at a place approved by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to all utilities, adjacent property,persons, etc. and shall make restitution for such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. This item shall apply to all trees shown for removal on the plans or designated at the time of construction. OPSS 201 will not apply to the size of the trees. ITEM NO.2 I GRUBBING(STUMPS ALL SIZES) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall completely remove all stumps and roots identified on ' the plans or identified by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor shall dispose of all stumps and debris at a site arranged by him at his own expense and approved ' by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor shall be responsible for damage to all utilities, sidewalks, adjacent property,persons, etc. and shall make restitution for such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. OPSS 201 will not apply to the size of stumps. ITEM NO.3 1 EARTH EXCAVATION For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall excavate to the required line and grade, or to new I limits as established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. All excavated material shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP-Management of Excess Materials. ' The unit price bid shall also include all excavation and grading required for sidewalks and all excavation required at side streets and entrances. The unit price bid shall include the removal and disposal of designated asphalt, including curbs and any other minor structures encountered during the course of construction if not included as a separate item in the contract. The Contractor maybe required to use approved excavated material as fill behind the q pp proposed curbs at sites as established by the Contract Administrator. 1 SP-4 The Contractor may be required to salvage existing granular material to be used as granular backfill to the roadbed and placed as established by the Contract Administrator. ' Payment for this work will be paid as earth excavation per cubic metre based on the theoretical calculated end areas for the roadbed excavation and theoretical volume for entrance excavation. The Contractor shall give the local utility sufficient time after the road excavation is completed to do any work necessary regarding utilities before any granular backfill is placed. The Contractor shall restore each block for traffic before beginning excavation in any other block. Access to commercial establishments will be maintained at all times by a method satisfactory to the Contract Administrator. ITEM NO.4 DUST SUPPRESSANTS AND COMPACTION ' For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the application of water and calcium chloride solids when requested by the Contract Administrator, or upon approval of the Contract Administrator. ' Dust suppressants shall be applied in a manner that avoids ponding,runoff, drifting, and tracking of the material beyond the area of application. ' Water,for compaction shall be applied, as necessary,to achieve the degree of compaction specified. ' General ' The proper use and application of the dust suppressants is the responsibility of the Contractor and is subject to applicable Ministry of Environment and Climate Change requirements under legislation such as the Environmental Protection Act(EPA) and the Ontario Water Resources ' Act. Materials ' Water shall be free of contaminants that could adversely affect fill material or the environment. Calcium chloride solid solution shall be in accordance with OPSS 2501. Should the Contractor choose to use a calcium chloride solution,the Contractor shall submit the mix design indicating the percentage of solid calcium chloride. Dust suppressants containing waste material are not approved for use. Measurement for Payment Measurement for water shall be by cubic meters based on the tank size. Measurement for calcium chloride solid shall be mass in tonnes. Measurement for calcium chloride solution shall be by mass of equivalent solid based on the submitted mix design. SP-5 I ITEM NOS.5 &6 I GRANULAR"A"AND GRANULAR`B"TYPE I For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply to the site,place, fine grade and compact ' Granular"A" and Granular"B"materials required in the roadway for roadbed, subdrains, shouldering, driveways, under the sidewalk and curb and gutter,which are applicable to this contract. All other Granular"A"or Granular"B"Type I materials required shall be included in the unit prices bid for those items where material is required. Granular material shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. ITEM NO.7 , HOT MIX ASPHALT General ' For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials,for the execution of paving work in accordance with OPSS 310 for Marshall mixes of Hot Mix Asphalt (HMA). The Contractor's unit price bid for this item shall also include all ramping, transverse joints, 1 and/or removal of all transverse joints and all deramping at structures, sidewalk drops and driveway entrances, as identified by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. ' If applicable,tack coating will be included and paid as a separate item in the contract. All asphalt plant operations shall comply with municipal regulations and ordinances governing the area in which the plant is located. Prequalification The road paving contractor for this project must have a current Ministry of Transportation ' (MTO)Financial/Qualification Rating of$1M or greater in the General Road Classification of work category. This qualification will not be required for miscellaneous paving of patches, boulevards or driveways. The road paving contractor for this project must be prepared to provide their MTO Financial/Qualification Rating document to the Owner or Contractor Administrator if requested. The Contractor will be required to submit a mix designfor approvalprior q pp to commencing the paving operations. 310.05 Materials Performance graded asphalt cement shall be PG 58-28. The Performance Graded Asphalt Cement(PGAC)will conform to OPSS.MUNI 1101 for the specified grade. i SP-6 310.06 Equipment OPSS 310 is amended in that no surface trial coat area shall be required under this contract. Prior to paving,the Contractor shall submit a list of equipment that will be used. The list shall identify the make&model of the paving equipment and rollers. For the rollers,the Contractor shall also identify the Class of Roller and identify the Minimum Roller Combinations to be used on the contract as per Table 5 of OPSS 310. ' 310.07 Construction The Contractor is responsible for all Quality Control(QC)testing. The QC documentation shall be made available to the Contract Administrator upon request. A through lane paving course shall be completed prior to placement of adjacent side roads, speed change lanes and other paved areas. 310.07.05 Sampling OPSS 310.07.05.01 Asphalt Cement-Asphalt cement sampling and testing is not a requirement of the contract. OPSS 310.07.05.02 Hot Mix Asphalt-When the Hot Mix Price Adjustment is part of the contract,Hot Mix asphalt sampling and testing is a requirement of the contract and all costs are to be paid by the Contractor. Sample sizes and frequency of samples shall be as per Table 6 of OPSS 310. 310.07.08-Widenings and Irregular Sections-450 mm stepped joints are required when placing HMA adjacent to existing paved areas with an existing asphalt depth of 80 mm or more. 310.07.09-Hot Mix Asphalt Padding-Padding shall be placed prior to placing the surface course of asphalt. The tonnage required for HMA padding will be included with the appropriate HMA item. ' 310.07.11.03-Transverse Joints -The third paragraph has been amended as follows: a) When a binder course is placed flush against an existing HMA pavement and a butt joint is to be made,the existing pavement shall be trimmed back to form a straight vertical surface. When the surface course is to be placed at a later date, temporary ramping shall be provided as per BMROSS Standard Drawing 208—Asphalt Joint Detail for Transverse Joints. 310.07.13 Tolerances The paving tolerance of OPSS 310.07.13 shall be reviewed upon completion. Should the ' deviations exceed 6 mm on the binder course or 3 mm on the surface course, as measured in any direction with a 3m straight edge,the Contractor shall correct these deviations to the satisfaction of the Road Authority. Paving tolerances are not applicable to irregular sections of paving,or within 3 m of a butt joint with an existing HMA pavement. I SP-7 I 310.08 Quality Assurance I Quality Control laboratory testing shall be used for acceptance in place of Quality Assurance laboratory test results. All other Quality Assurance testing shall be performed by the Contract Administrator. 111 310.09 Measurement For Payment Measurement for payment of hot mix asphalt shall be by mass in tonnes unless specified otherwise. Tack coat shall be included in the unit price bid unless tack coat is listed as a separate item. Hot Mix Miscellaneous—Driveways and Paved Boulevards The Contractor shall also take note that Hot Mix Miscellaneous paving is to be performed at I designated drives,boulevards and areas behind the curb or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. This hand laid asphalt will only apply to areas that, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, do not permit the operation of a paving machine. The supply of the HL-3 for these areas shall be included under the item for Hot Mix Miscellaneous. Hot Mix Price Adjustment shall not be calculated for Hot Mix Miscellaneous. I Rural entrances shall be graded as per OPSD 301.010 or OPSD 301.020. Hot Mix Miscellaneous shall be measured in square metres. In areas where Hot Mix 111 Miscellaneous is designated on the plans and more than one 50 mm lift of Hot Mix is required, measurement for payment will be made for two single courses of Hot Mix where required. I Hot Mix Price Adjustment for HL-3 and HL-4 Payment to the contractor for hot mix HL-3 and HL-4 to be based on changes to the Ministry of Transportation's performance graded asphalt cement price index as presented herein. The price index will be published monthly in the MTO Contract Bulletin and displayed on the OHMPA(www.ohmpa.org) and the MTO website(www.raqs.mto.gov.on.ca). The price index will be used to calculate the amount of the payment adjustment per tonne of asphalt cement I accepted into the Work. The price index will be based on the price, excluding taxes,FOB the depots in the Toronto area, I of asphalt cement grade PG 58-28 or equivalent. One index will be used to establish and calculate the payment adjustment for all grades. The price index for each month will reflect the average of the same month's prices and be published on the last day of the month and be retroactively applied to HMA laid in the same month. A payment adjustment per tonne of asphalt cement will be established for each month in which , paving occurs when the price index for the month differs by more than$15.00/tonne from the AC price index established by the Contract Administrator. When the price index differential is less than$15.00/tonne,there will be no payment adjustment for that month. Payment adjustments due to changes in the price index are independent of any other payment adjustments made to hot mix tender items. 111 1 I SP-8 IThe payment adjustment per tonne will apply to the quantity of asphalt cement in the hot mix accepted into the Work during the month for which it is established. The payment adjustment Ifor the month will be calculated by the following means: 1. When AC Prices are Rising by more than$15.00/tonne,the payment adjustment to be I paid to the Contractor is the result of subtracting the price index established by the Contract Administrator from the price index in effect when paving takes place,minus the$15.00 float,multiplied by the number of tonnes of PGAC incorporated in the mix(s) Ias determined by the average of field test results. 2. When AC Prices are Falling by more than$15.00/tonne,the payment adjustment made I in favour of the Owner is the result of subtracting the price index in effect when paving takes place,plus the$15.00 float,from the price index established by the Contract Administrator,multiplied by the number of tonnes of PGAC incorporated in the mix(s) as determined by the average of field test results. I 3. When Paving Occurs After the Date of Completion: The price index for the month of I completion shall be used when determining the payment adjustment should the paving be performed after the specified completion date. The calculations used in determining the payment,regardless of rising AC prices or falling AC prices, shall be as indicated above. I4. The tender price and Hot Mix Price Adjustment will be based on$750/tonne liquid asphalt. IFor mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement,the quantity of new asphalt cement will be determined from the difference between the asphalt cement content required by the job mix Iformula and the asphalt cement content of the reclaimed asphalt pavement incorporated into the hot mix, as calculated by the Contract Administrator. IThe quantity of new asphalt cement includes all grades of asphalt cement supplied by the ' Contractor with and without polymer modifiers. For each month in which a payment adjustment has been established, the quantity of the escalation/de-escalation will be calculated using the hot Imix quantity accepted into the Work and its corresponding asphalt cement content as determined by the average of field test results. IFor mixes which contain reclaimed asphalt pavement,the increase due the Contractor or the rebate due the owner will be calculated as if virgin hot mix asphalt has been supplied. This fairly reflects the increasing value of the Contractor's RAP pile when AC prices are increasing and the Iopposite when they are declining. I Example 1—AC Prices Increasing • PGCA 58-28 specified, 1,100 tonnes of HL4 @ 5.2% AC (57.2 tonnes AC) • The Price Index on tender opening is$900/tonne I • The applicable Price Index as published on August 31st effective for the August 17th- 24th, 2009 actual paving dates is $950.00/tonne(PG 58-28) • Payment adjustment to be paid to the Contractor: I ($950 - $15.00) - $900.00 x 57.2 tonnes AC=$35.00 x 57.2 tonnes AC=$2,002.00 SP-9 I Example 2—AC Prices Decreasing I • PGAC 58-28 specified, 1,100 tonnes of HL4 @ 5.2% AC (57.2 tonnes AC) • The Price Index on tender opening is$900.00/tonne(PG 58-28) • The applicable Price Index as published on September 30'effective for the September 11t-18th, 2009 actual paving dates in$775.00/tonne(PG 58-28) • Payment for hot mix items reduced by: $900.00—($775.00+$15.00)x 57.2 tonnes AC=$110 x 57.2 tonnes AC= $6,292.00 I ITEM NO.8 REMOVAL OF BITUMINOUS PAVEMENT (OUTSIDE EXCAVATION) For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour and equipment to remove and dispose of bituminous pavement from those areas shown on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. This item will only be used for removal of asphalt where the earth excavation item is not applicable and will include saw-cutting, if required. I Disposal of asphalt shall be as outlined under the General SP- Management of Excess Materials. I ITEM NO.9 REMOVAL OF ASPHALT PAVEMENT PARTIAL DEPTH I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to remove the bituminous pavement surface course by cold planing to the depth as indicated on the typical I cross-section or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The planing equipment shall be self-propelled with sufficient power, traction and stability to maintain accurate depth of cut and slope. The machine shall be equipped with an integral means for reclaiming and loading the cut material into a hauling unit and a means to control dust created by the cutting,reclaiming and loading operations. I A mechanized sweeper shall be used to clean the roadway surface. This material cut from the roadway surface shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP -Management of Excess Materials. I I I I SP-10 IITEM NO. 10 FULL DEPTH ASPHALT REMOVAL For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove the entire existing bituminous pavement, as indicated on the drawings,typical cross-section or to the limits established by the Contract IAdministrator, in accordance with OPSS 330. Restoration of the roadway surfaces shall be in accordance with OPSS 301. IIPayment at the unit price bid shall be full compensation for all labour and equipment required to remove or pulverize the pavement to a well graded base to the cross-section shown on the typical Isection. I ITEM NO. 11 ADJUST EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS TO GRADE I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to adjust the designated maintenance holes or catch basins to the grade established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The frames and grates shall be adjusted by removing ior placing additional precast concrete adjustment units as per OPSS 408 and OPSD 704.010. Parging I The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. I Restoration Asphalt, curb and gutter and boulevard removal and restoration around structures shall be included in the price bid per each and shall include placing asphalt to the depth of existing I asphalt for all disturbed areas where applicable. All work shall be carried out to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. IITEM NO. 12 SUPPLY MAINTENANCE HOLE AND/OR CATCH BASIN FRAMES AND GRATES I For the unitrice bid, the Contractor shall supply and install maintenance hole or catch basin P frame and covers as specified in the Tender Form, as designated on the drawings or by the IContract Administrator at the time of construction. All existing frames and grates removed, where applicable, are the property of the Owner and shall be delivered to the Owner's yard at the IContractor's expense. All surfaces on the frames and grates shall be painted in the shop with one coat of asphalt or tar based paint having a minimum softening point of 71°C. All joints to be thoroughly coated. I SP-11 I ITEM NO. 13 t MAINTENANCE HOLE LIFT RINGS For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply and install cast iron maintenance hole lift rings I as supplied by the Hopper Foundry Ltd. of Forest, Ontario or approved equal. Installation will be in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. I The Contractor will supply lift rings in sizes available to fit the fmished asphalt grade. I ITEM NO. 14 WATER VALVE LIFTERS For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply and install cast iron valve lifters to the depth required and as indicated by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. I ITEM NO.15 REMOVAL OF EXISTING MAINTENANCE HOLES AND CATCH BASINS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to excavate, remove and dispose of the maintenance holes and catch basins shown on the drawings or as indicated by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor shall backfill the excavation with Granular"B"Type `I', compact the excavation and dispose of all debris to I the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. All existing frames and grates removed are the property of the owner and shall be delivered to the owner's yard at the Contractor's expense. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to seal off any existing pipes or reconnect to new outlets. The Contractor shall note here that catch basins constructed from inverted sewer tile shall not be considered for payment. Management of excess materials shall be as outlined under the General SP- Management of Excess Materials. ITEM NO. 16 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE CURB OR CURB AND GUTTER 1 For the unit price bid the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment, and materials to remove and dispose of existing concrete curb or curb and gutter as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The unit price bid shall include the cost of saw cutting the existing concrete curb to provide a straight joint between the existing and new curb. The unit price bid shall also include the cost of saw cutting the existing asphalt pavement adjacent to the curb and gutter being removed. Management of excess materials shall be as outlined under the General SP-Management of 1 Excess Materials. I I SP-12 ITEM NO. 17 CONCRETE CURB AND GUTTER SYSTEMS (ALL TYPES) For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete construction of the specified style of concrete curb &gutter, in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 353 —Construction Specification for Concrete Curb and Gutter Systems. General Concrete shall conform with CAN/CSA A23.1 and shall be Exposure Class C-2 with the following specifications: • 32 MPa • 0.45 w/c ratio • 5-8% Air Entrainment The submitted concrete mix design shall indicate the expected slump and if it is permitted to add water to the concrete mix on-site without exceeding the specified w/c ratio. When placing concrete curb and gutter by the slip form method, contraction joints shall be saw- cut in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing of the curb and gutter to prevent uncontrolled cracking. The spacing of these joints shall be not more than 5.0 metres. When the concrete sidewalk is to be poured against the curb and gutter, contraction joints shall be saw-cut in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing of the curb and gutter to prevent uncontrolled cracking. The spacing of these joints shall be not more than 3.0 metres. When placing concrete curb and gutter systems by the formwork method,the formwork shall be accordance with OPSS 919-Construction Specification for Formwork and Falsework. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the intent to use formwork at the pre- construction meeting. Termination When required,the Contractor shall provide end termination treatments as per OPSD 608.010. ITEM NO. 18 REMOVAL OF CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVES ' For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to remove and dispose of concrete sidewalks and drives as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The unit price bid shall include saw cutting existing concrete sidewalk or drives at the limits established by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage, including damage to existing buildings, during the removal of existing sidewalks and drives, where applicable. I SP-13 I Excavated material and concrete shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP- Management of Excess Materials. I ITEM NO. 19 PLACE CONCRETE SIDEWALK AND DRIVES For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials to place concrete sidewalks and drives where indicated on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction in accordance with OPSS 351. General I Concrete shall conform with CAN/CSA A23.1 and shall be Exposure Class C-2 with the following specifications: I • 32 MPa • 0.45 w/c ratio • 5-8% Air Entrainment The submitted concrete mix design shall indicate the expected slump and if it is permitted to add water to the concrete mix on-site without exceeding the specified w/c ratio. OPSS 351 is amended to include the following: I 351.05.01 - Concrete- coarse aggregate shall be crushed limestone 351.05.04 - Granular-the granular material shall be Granular"A". 351.07.02.02 - Granular Base-the placement depth of Granular"A" shall be 125 mm minimum or to the same depth as the sidewalk or drive. 351.07.10 - Joints, all longitudinal and transverse joints shall be saw cut contraction joints in the hardened concrete within a sufficient time of placing the sidewalk. These joints shall align with the control joints in the curb when sidewalk is placed against the curb and gutter. 351.07.09 - Sidewalks shall be given a broomed texture after finishing with a float. Driveways' surface texture shall match existing. 351.10 - Basis of Payment- Granular"A"shall be paid under the item Granular"A"as specified in OPSS.MUNI 314. When washing the cement off of the surface,the wash water is extremely high in pH, and has I suspended solids. The Contractor shall ensure that the wash water does not enter the Municipal sewers. The Contractor shall provide and use a sealer for all imprinted concrete. The sealer shall be a clear sealer with a non-slip additive being used—SureGrip or equivalent to be used. The concrete shall be washed prior to sealing. I I I SP-14 IConcrete Colouring I The colouring shall be integrally mixed with the aggregates and cement at the ready mix batch plant. I Care shall be taken to prevent colouring from spreading onto adjacent features. Plastic sheeting to be used to protect adjacent sidewalks,curbs,buildings, etc. I The Contractor shall provide a qualified foreman or supervisor, who has at minimum,five years experience with imprinted and textured concrete, and who has successfully completed imprinted concrete installations of high quality and similar in scope to that specified herein. IThe concrete shall be coloured to match the existing driveway using an approved colour pigment supplied by Bomanite or approved equal. The Contractor is to verify and get approval from the I Contract Administrator and Owner of colour prior to any installations. Samples shall be provided for acceptance. IPattern Concrete The Contractor shall also include in his unit price bid the supply and application of release agents I and sealer. The cast-in-place concrete shall be imprinted on the site by trained and experienced workmen. 111 The pattern to be used shall match the existing driveway slab. The Contractor shall provide a curing compound to be applied to the surface of all imprinted Iconcrete. The curing compound shall be applied as per the manufacturer's specifications. The Contractor shall provide and use a release agent to facilitate the release of the imprinting Itools from the concrete surface and to provide moderate colour variations to the textured surface. The release agent shall be applied evenly to the troweled surface prior to imprinting and applied as per the manufacturer's specifications. i The Contractor shallrovide and use a sealer for all imprinted concrete. The sealer shall be a p P I clear sealer with a non-slip additive being used—SureGrip or equivalent to be used. The concrete shall be washed prior to sealing. IITEM NO.20 SUPPLY AND INSTALL DETECTABLE WARNING SURFACES FOR PEDESTRIAN ICROSSING For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to install I the detectable warning surfaces. The warning surface shall be clay yellow in colour and shall be cast iron. I I SP-15 I References I Canadian Standards Association CSA B651-2012 Accessible Design for the Built Environment American Society of Testing and Materials ASTM A 48 Standard Specification for Grey Iron Castings ASTM C 1028 Standard Test Method for Determining the Static Coefficient of Friction of Ceramic Tile and Other Like Surfaces by the Horizontal Dynamomter Pull-Meter Method ASTM C 501-84 Standard Test Method for Relative Resistance to Wear of Unglazed Ceramic Tile by the Taber Abraser I Ontario Provincial Legislation O. Reg. 191/11 Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, 2005 1 Materials Tactile Walking Surface Indicators shall comply with O. Reg. 191/11 Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, 2005, OPSD 310.039 and meet the following requirements. Standard Property Minimum Result ASTM A 8 Tensile Strength Class 30B ASTM C 1028 Slip Resistance Dry 0.8 min, wet 0.65 min ASTM C 501-84 Wear Resistance Wear Index: >15 The truncated domes shall be of uniform size and shape. Units shall be uniform in texture, be free from pouring faults, sponginess, cracks,blowholes, and other defects, and have clean-cut and well-defined edges. All surfaces shall be uniform and free of flaking rust or mounts of rust or debris. Tactile walking surface indicators shall have ribs cast to the underside of the unit, have vent holes, and have a minimum plate thickness of 5 mm. I Installation Tactile walking surface indicators shall be set and pressed into wet concrete to fmal elevation according to OPSD 310.033 and as per the manufacturer's recommendations. Remove any wet concrete that may spill onto tactile walking surface indicator surface. I ITEM NO.21 TOPSOIL(IMPORTED) I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials to place approved screened topsoil where indicated on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract I Administrator at the time of construction. For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall also fine grade to a uniform surface,the areas to be I topsoiled as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. OPSS 802 shall apply for this item except that 802.09.01.02 shall be amended to make payment as noted in the Form of Tender. The topsoil I I 1 SP-16 Ishall be of good quality, subject to the Contract Administrator's approval. The Contractor shall uniformly spread the topsoil to a depth of not less than 100 mm. The cost of fine grading, 1 supplying,placing and raking the topsoil shall be included in the unit price bid. I ITEM NO.22 TOPSOIL (FROM STOCKPILE) I For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials to place stockpiled topsoil where indicated on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. IFor the unit price bid,the Contractor shall also screen,fine grade to a uniform surface,the areas to be topsoiled as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract 1 Administrator at the time of construction. OPSS 802 shall apply for this item except that 802.09.01.01 shall be amended to make payment as noted in the Form of Tender. The topsoil shall be from the on-site stockpile from stripping operations. The Contractor shall uniformly I spread the topsoil to a depth of not less than 100 mm. The cost of fine grading,placing from stockpile, and raking the topsoil shall be included in the unit price bid. IITEM NO.23 SODDING(NURSERY,UNSTAKED) IFor the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials to place nursery sod where indicated on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. Included in the unit price bid shall be the supply and application of water. All sod shall meet the requirements current at the date of contract, of the Ontario Sod Growers IAssociation for No. 1 Bluegrass Fescue Sod and shall be cut to a minimum thickness of 19 mm. All sod shall be delivered to the site in good condition and placed in a manner satisfactory to the IContract Administrator. The sod shall be watered by the Contractor at his expense using approved equipment and in a Imanner that shall not erode,wash away,or damage the sod or topsoil. The maintenance period for OPSS 803 has been amended. The maintenance period for sod shall jbe one year from the date of completion. I The Contract Administrator may request the delay of sod placement during hot dry weather conditions. No additional payment or penalty will result from this delay. I 1 II SP-17 I ITEM NO.24 SEEDING AND COVER For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all material, equipment and labour to place the 1 fertilizer, seed and bonded fibre matrix where indicated on the drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. Included in the unit price bid shall be the supply and application of water. All material and construction procedures shall be in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 804. Cover material shall be bonded fibre matrix,unless defined elsewhere in the contract. The permanent seed shall be top quality Standard Roadside Mix, consisting of the following: I Creeping Red Fescue 50% Kentucky Bluegrass 10% Perennial Ryegrass 35% White Clover 5% The rate of application for the seed shall be 1.3 kg per 100 m2 as per OPSS.MUNI 804 Table 2. 1 The cover shall be hydraulic mulch and shall be applied at a rate of 2 kg of dry product per 100 m2. The Contractor shall guarantee a catch of grass as per OPSS.MUNI 804 and will be responsible for all reseeding if necessary. OPSS 804.08-Quality Assurance has been amended to evaluate the performance of the seed. In I addition to the 30, 60, and 90 day evaluation,the growth will also be evaluated at the expiration of the guaranteed maintenance period. The performance of the seed will not be evaluated during the winter dormant period or when site conditions prohibit a visual field inspection. I ITEM NO.25 1 SAW CUTTING For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and equipment to saw cut existing I asphalt or concrete at locations and limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The Contractor will be responsible for supplying of water while saw cutting to eliminate dust. ITEM NO.26 1 REMOVE AND RELAY PRECAST CONCRETE UNIT PAVERS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to remove, PPY salvage and re-lay the existing concrete unit pavers as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. When relaying the unit pavers,the Contractor will match the pre-construction pattern. I t SP-18 Salvaged unit pavers are to be stored in a secure manner.Any additional pavers required shall be supplied by the Owner and any surplus pavers shall become the property of the Owner. Construction • Setting bed for the pavers to be 25 mm of limestone screening, • Joint filler to be clean, sharp natural,fme masonry sand or polymetric sand to match existing • Sealer to be applied as per manufacturer's specifications. • Edge restraint shall match existing All materials required for setting bed,joint filler and sealer shall be included in the unit price bid for this item. All other work shall be in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 355. I ITEM NO.27 SUPPLY AND INSTALL DIRECTED BURIED 53 mm TYPE 2 PVC CONDUIT FOR FUTURE STREET LIGHTING For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all the labour, equipment and materials to install 53 mm PVC conduit from Sutton Street to the existing transformer on Philip Street and then from the transformer to the north limit of Gary Street for future street lighting wiring, including all necessary trenching and backfilling. All PVC conduit shall be installed in an envelope of 150 mm fme sand, above and below the conduits. The conduits shall be installed at a depth of one metre and in accordance with OPSS 603 for road crossings and 600 mm depth below finished sidewalk grade. ITEM NO.28 SIGNAGE Ia) Remove Sign at Sta. 1+119(LT) For the 50% of the lump sum bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to carefully remove the Kincardine information sign, including concrete footing, and store it in a secure location. b) Reinstall Sign at Sta. 1+119(LT) For the balance of the lump sum bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to reinstall the Kincardine information sign, including concrete footing, in the approximate same location. The signshall be installed verticallyplumb withgranular backfill beingcompacted around the P footing. I SP-19 I c) New Ground Mounted Signs I For the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour,material and equipment to install the ground mounted signs and equipment for the Level 2 Pedestrian Crossover at Gary Street and Philip Place as noted on the contract drawings. Materials I • sign blank material shall be galvanized steel • Ra-5L(600 x 750) • Ra-5R(600 x 750) • Ra-4t(450 x 600) • We-27R(600 x 600), c/w telesbar post • Rb-55 (300 x 300), c/w telesbar post • Ra-10(600 x 750),c/w telesbar post • Solar-powered dual rectangular, rapid flashing beacons, complete with tell-tale end indicators and solar engine. Model AB-9407 by JSF Technologies,or approved equivalent • Pedestrian push button—Model GEL 295 by Greenlight Traffic • Octagonal, steel,powder-coated black poles ITEM NO.29 1 PAVEMENT MARKINGS For the lump sum price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, material and equipment for I mixing and applying paint pavement markings, as shown on the drawings. The Contractor will mark all lines and symbols in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual Book 11 and MTOD I Standard Drawing MTOD 101.070. Materials I Permanent Pavement Markings • Organic solvent-based traffic paint shall conform to OPSS 1712 , • Water-borne traffic paint shall conform to OPSS 1716 • Colour: to CGSB 1-GP-12C;White 513-301 or Yellow 33538 Execution Equipment I Paint applicator to be an approved pressure type distributor capable of applying paint in single or double and dashed lines and that will ensure uniform application and having a positive shut-off. Conditions of Surface Pavement surface to be free from surface water, frost, ice, dust,oil, grease and other foreign materials. I SP-20 Permanent Pavement Marking Application 1. Pavement marking will be laid out as shown on the drawings and as determined by the Contract Administrator. 2. Unless otherwise approved by the Contract Administrator, apply paint only when air temperature is above 10°C and no rain in forecast. 3. Paint shall be applied at a rate which results in a uniform thickness of 230±25 microns dry film. Reflectorizing glass beads, conforming to OPSS 1750, shall be applied uniformly at the rate noted in OPSS 710.07.09.02. 4. Do not thin paint unless approved by Contract Administrator. 5. Symbols and letters to conform to dimensions indicated on drawings. ' 6. Paint lines to be of uniform colour and density with sharp edges. 7. Pavement marking colour as per contract drawings. 8. Pavement markings to be within±15 mm or dimensions specified. 9. Protect pavement markings until dry. 10. The unit price for pavement markings shall be for one(1) application of paint. All other work shall be in accordance with OPSS 710. ITEM NO.30 SUPPLY,EXCAVATE FOR,PLACE AND BACKFILL STORM PIPE SEWERS For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment and materials for the complete installation and testing of the storm sewers as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. Pipe Material OPSS 410.05 materials is amended to accept the following pipe material for storm sewers: (a) Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe(Flexible) - Class SDR 35 or Class V (320 kPa) -Annular ribbed profile for ribbed pipe (b) Polyethylene Sewer Pipe (Flexible)—CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.6 - 150 mm to 750 mm - smooth inner wall, annular corrugated profile(320 kPa), 15 PSI bell and spigot joints shall have elastomeric gaskets (CSA certified to B 182.6) 1 If pipe material selected differs from that specified in the Form of Tender,the Contractor shall, upon request, supply the Contract Administrator with proof of CSA certification for both the pipe and the elastomeric gaskets, all at the expense of the Contractor. The Contractor shall supply the pipe in the size and strength designated, as noted in the Form of Tender or approved equivalent by the Contract Administrator. I SP-21 I Bedding,Embedment and Backfill I Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. 111 Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular"A". Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified,it shall be 111 compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding, embedment cover material and the backfilling noted herein. All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid of sewer. Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlements;as such,the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. ' OPSS.MUNI 410.07.16—Field Testing has been amended as follows: 410.07.16.02 -Prequalification Leakage Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.03 -Infiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. I 410.07.16.04-Exfiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.05-Deflection Testing of Pipe Sewers is always a requirement when using flexible pipe. The unit price bid for the flexible pipe shall include all costs of this testing. 410.07.16.06-Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines is a requirement of the contract. P p All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the sewer installation shall include the cost of the CCTV inspection. I SP-22 The Contractor will engage a Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract. The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor directly,however,the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video,the deficiencies shall be promptly corrected and re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor. Compaction Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. All costs of compaction and water used for compaction shall be included in the unit price for sewer. Removing Existing Storm Sewer The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sewers, or minor structures encountered in the trench excavation where applicable. Abandoning Sewers The Contractor will be required to plug up,by means of brick and mortar, certain existing sewers that are to be abandoned,to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. The cost of this work is to be included in the Contractor's bid for new sewer intercepting these old sewers or drains. Connecting Sewers For the unit price bid,the Contractor will be required,to make all connections to new and existing catch basins,maintenance holes, culverts, or sewers(regardless of pipe material)in a manner set out in the contract drawings or as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. ' Maintenance of Flow The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow in all sewers and maintenance holes at all times. I SP-23 I Restoration I Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP-Restoration. ITEM NO.31 SUPPLY,EXCAVATE FOR,PLACE AND BACKFILL 600 mm x 600 mm CATCH BASINS (705.010),600 mm x 1450 mm TWIN INLET CATCH BASINS (705.020),INCLUDING FRAME AND GRATES 1 For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the structures as indicated on the contract drawings and in accordance with OPSS 407. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 402. The Contractor shall supply and install frame and grates as listed on the contract drawings to the grade established at the time of construction. Adjustment of the frame and grate to grade shall be achieved using precast concrete adjustment units and shall include the cost of connecting new I basins to existing sewers as determined at the time of construction. All surfaces on the frame and grates shall be painted in the shop with one coat of asphalt or tar base paint having a minimum softening point of 71°C. All joints shall be thoroughly coated. I Parging The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and 111 shall be parged inside and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment I shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and the remaining 20% of the unit price upon completion of parging and removal of debris from the bottom of the structure. I When the surface course of asphalt is to be placed at a later date,the unit price bid shall also include ramping of the structure and the installation of 50 mm diameter PVC drains as per I BMROSS Standard Drawing 702. The installation of the 50 mm dia. drain shall be done prior to or during the concrete curb installation, if applicable. I SP-24 ITEM NO.32 SUPPLY,EXCAVATE FOR,PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES AND MAINTENANCE HOLE-CATCH BASINS,OPSD 701.010,INCLUDING FRAMES AND GRATES For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the structures and in accordance with OPSS 407. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 402. iSteel reinforcement shall be according to OPSS.MUNI.1440. Steel reinforcement for precast concrete components shall be: a) Steel bars,400MPa minimum yield strength b) Welded steel wire, 500 MPa minimum yield strength c) Welded deformed steel wire, 500 MPA minimum yield strength 1 The Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as listed on the drawings to the grade established at the time of construction. Adjustment of the frame and grate to grade shall be achieved using precast concrete adjustment units. The Contractor shall supply ladder rungs and all materials to make all connections to existing sewers. All surfaces on the frames and grates shall be painted in the shop with one coat of asphalt or tar base paint having a minimum softening point of 71°C. All joints shall be thoroughly coated. Also, when required, included in the unit price bid,the Contractor shall include the benching of all storm maintenance holes designated, as per OPSD 701.021. Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers,the Contractor will be required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole location or providing by-pass pumping around the maintenance hole site. Prior to the commencement of work,the Contract Administrator shall approve the method proposed by the Contractor for maintaining flow. The Contractor shall confirm in writing to the Contract Administrator that the means of connecting storm sewers to the storm manholes is appropriate for the materials being used and for the site conditions. Parging The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required, and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. I I SP-25 Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and 20% of unit price I upon completion of parging,removal of debris from the bottom of the structure and benching when applicable. I ITEM NO.33 CONNECT EXISTING DRAINS TO STCB 1204 For the lump sum bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to connect the existing 150 mm dia. storm and the two 125 mm dia. clay drains into STCB 1204 at the James Street and Coulson Lane intersection as shown on the drawings. Pipe material shall be 150 mm dia. PVC SDR 28 or approved equivalent. Embedment material shall be Granular 'A' to 300 mm(min)above the pipe. I ITEM NO.34 RELOCATE EXISTING CATCH BASINS (PROVISIONAL) For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment and materials for the I complete relocation of the structure identified on the contract drawings. The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary bedding and backfill,compact the material and make the connection to existing storm sewer outlet in accordance with OPSS 407, OPSS 402 and OPSD 705.010 or OPSD 705.020. The Contractor shall supply and install new frame and grates as listed on the contract drawings to the grade established at the time of construction. Adjustment of the frame and grates to grade shall be achieved using precast concrete adjustment units. Sewers to be abandoned shall be abandoned as outlined in OPSS 510 and as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The cost of this work is to be included in the Contractor's unit price bid for this item. I ITEM NO.35 1 SUPPLY AND PLACE 150 mm FILTER WRAPPED PERFORATED SUBDRAIN INCLUDING EXCAVATION For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall excavate for, supply and install the subdrain, including filter wrap (non-woven type)Class 1 with a Filter Opening Size(FOS)of 130-100 pm as indicated on the contract drawings or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The supply and backfilling of granular backfill shall be paid for with the granular item for the I roadbed. r I SP-26 1 Pipe Material OPSS 405.05 Materials is amended to accept the following material for pipe subdrains. (a) Polyethylene Big"0"Boss 2000 or equivalent. The filter wrap geotextile shall be in accordance with OPSS 1860. The maximum stone size for the granular backfill shall be 50 mm dia. r ITEM NO.36 SUPPLY,EXCAVATE FOR,AND PLACE CULVERTS For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the installation of the culverts across the roadway or entrance as shown on the plans or at locations established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. ' All work shall be done in accordance with OPSS 421. The bedding and backfill of the pipe shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013 or 802.014,whichever is applicable to the soil type. All bedding and backfill material shall be approved granular material compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. The cost of all granular materials for bedding and backfill shall be included under this item. (a) Concrete Sewer Pipe(Rigid) - 300 mm or greater,reinforced as specified in the tender form—CSA certified to A2S57.2 (b) Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)Pipe(flexible) - Class SDR 35 or Class V(320 kPa) ' - Annular ribbed profile for ribbed pipe (c) Polyethylene Sewer Pipe(flexible)—CSA certified to B 182.8 - 150mmto750mm - smooth inner wall, annular corrugated profile(320 kPa), 10.8 psi bell and spigot joints shall have water tight elastomeric gaskets(Certified to CSA B 182.8). ITEM NO.37 REMOVE EXISTING STORM SEWER For the unit price bid the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to remove and backfill existing storm sewers as indicated on the contract drawings and as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The unit price bid shall also include the granular backfill material. Backfill to be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Payment of this item will only be made where the existing sewer being removed is outside of the excavated trench for the other proposed works in the opinion of 111 the Contract Administrator. I SP-27 I Excavated material and storm sewer pipe shall be managed by the Contractor with the cost of I this work being included in the unit price bid. I ITEM NO.38 SANITARY SEWER PIPE For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation and testing of the sanitary sewers as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the sewers as well as the backfill material are as noted on the Form of Tender and/or on the contract drawing. Pipe Material I Pipe material for sanitary sewers shall be as noted in the Form of Tender. Where required and/or shown on the drawings, end caps, adapters,reducers, etc. shall be provided and the cost included in the unit price bid for this item. Bedding,Embedment and Backfill Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid I pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013 or 802.014 for flexible pipe and whichever I soil type is applicable. Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular"A". Cover material shall be approved I granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall ' be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. The unit price bid shall include the cost of all granular bedding or embedment, cover material ' and the backfilling noted herein. All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the t General SP- Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid of sewer. Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlements; as such,the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. I SP-28 Maintenance of Flow The Contractor shall provide for the maintenance of flow of sanitary sewage in the sewers and in any maintenance holes being connected by this work. 1 The Contractor shall provide adequate pumping and power facilities to maintain operation of the sewer system on a continuous basis. The method of maintaining flow shall be approved by the Contract Administrator in advance of construction proceeding. All cost of maintaining sewage flow, where required, shall be included in the unit price bid for these items. Temporary Sanitary Connection(Sutton and Mechanics Intersection) For the lump sum bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment and material to provide a temporary connection between the existing sewer on Sutton Street and the new sanitary on Mechanics Ave. The lump sum bid shall also include the costs associated with the removal of the temporary connection. Payment for this item will be 50% for the installation and 50% for the removal. A camera inspection must be done after the removal to ensure a proper seal. Connecting Sewers and Modifying Benching The cost of breaking into, connecting, sealing and modifying the existing benching to accommodate the new sewer pipe size shall be included in the unit price bid. Removing Existing Sanitary Sewer The unit price bid shall include the cost of removing existing sewers, or minor structures encountered in the trench excavation where applicable. jOPSS.MUNI 410.07.16 -Field Testing has been amended as follows: 410.07.16.02-Prequalification Leakage Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. ' 410.07.16.03- Infiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. j410.07.16.04-Exfiltration Tests are not a requirement when sewers are active. 410.07.16.05-Deflection Testing of Pipe Sewers is always a requirement when using flexible pipe. The unit price bid for the flexible pipe shall include all costs of this testing. 410.07.16.06-Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines is a requirement of the contract. All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the sewer installation shall include the 111 cost of the CCTV inspection. I SP-29 I The Contractor will engage a Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate I the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract. The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor directly,however,the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out to the satisfaction of,the Contract Administrator. 1 Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video,the deficiencies shall be promptly corrected and a re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor. Compaction I Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, I degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. I Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. I Cleaning and flushing Pipe Sewers OPSS.MUNI 410.07.17 is to be included in the unit price bid for this item. Restoration I Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP-Restoration. Part 3—James Street(Mechanics Ave to Williamsburg) For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to relay the sanitary sewer from SMH 323 to Sta. 1+166±and from Sta. 1+210±to SMH 324. Upon completion of the work, a camera inspection from SMH 323 to SMH 324 is to be performed. ITEM NO.39 SUPPLY,EXCAVATE FOR,PLACE AND BACKFILL 1200 mm PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLES,OPSD 701.010 For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the I complete installation of the structures. The sizes of the structures are as noted on the Form of Tender and on the contract drawing. I I SP-30 Steel reinforcement shall be according to OPSS.MUNI.1440. Steel reinforcement for precast concrete components shall be: ' a) Steel bars,400MPa minimum yield strength b) Welded steel wire, 500 MPa minimum yield strength c) Welded deformed steel wire, 500 MPA minimum yield strength The Contractor shall excavate to the required grade, supply the necessary granular bedding and ' backfill and compact the material in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 402. For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply and install frames and grates as shown on the ' drawings to the grade established by the Contract Administrator. The Contractor shall supply ladder rungs and all materials to make all connections to existing sewers. All surfaces on the frames and grates shall be painted in the shop with one coat of asphalt or tar based black paint having a minimum softening point of 71°C. All joints shall be thoroughly coated. Also included in the unit price bid,the Contractor shall include the benching of all sanitary ' maintenance holes designated in accordance with standard drawing OPSD 701.021. Where new maintenance holes are to be constructed on existing sewers, the Contractor will be required to maintain the sewage flow by either piping through the maintenance hole location or providing bypass pumping around the maintenance hole site. Prior to the commencement of work,the Contract Administrator shall approve the method proposed by the Contractor for ' maintaining flow. The Contractor shall confirm in writing to the Contract Administrator that the means of connecting sanitary sewers to the sanitary manholes is appropriate for the materials being used and for the site conditions. LParging The precast adjustment units will be grouted into place by means of an approved mortar mix and shall be parged inside and outside with 12 mm thick mortar coat. ' Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specificationfor Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. 1 Payment for the structure shall be 80% of the unit price for the installation and 20% of unit price upon completion of parging,removal of debris from the bottom of the structure and benching when applicable. I 1 I SP-31 I ITEM NO.40 1 INSTALLATION OF SANITARY SERVICES For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment and materials for the I complete installation of the sanitary services as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the services are as noted on the Form of Tender. The unit price bid shall also include the cost of the main line service tee and end cap required for each service. Service tees for use with flexible mainline sewer pipe shall be factory manufactured tees. Service tees for use with rigid mainline sewer to be factory installed"Inserta"tees or approved equal. Inserta tees to be the same diameter or larger than the service piping. All required reducers shall be included in the unit price bid for this item. I The service connections shall be as per OPSD 1006.010 for sewer service connections for main pipe sewer. I Pipe Material Pipe material for sanitary sewer services shall be polyvinyl chloride(PVC) SDR-28. Bedding and Backfill I Embedment material shall be Granular"A"to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Embedment material shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. I Backfill of sanitary service under the road platform shall match the mainline sanitary sewer backfill material. Backfill beyond the road platform shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. Compaction , Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of the pipe before power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. I I SP-32 Installation of Services For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall include the cost of connecting to existing sanitary services with the approved fittings and material to make the connection(Fernco or equivalent). The unit price bid shall include all restoration outside the limits of the grading operations of the ' road reconstruction part of the project, when applicable. All services to vacant lots and previously unserviced properties shall include an end cap and the ' ends of all services shall be marked by a 50 mm x 100 mm wood post extending from the service to 300 mm above the surface of the ground with the top section painted fluorescent green. The post shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor. Controlled Settlement Joint When deep services are encountered with near vertical risers extending out of the service tee, controlled settlement joints shall be used, as per OPSD 1006.010. The controlled settlement joint(C.S.J.) shall be installed as per the manufacturer's recommendations and the following: • Service pipe and controlled settlement joint, shall be surrounded by compacted bedding material. • Controlled settlement joint shall be inserted into fitting branch. For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour,equipment and material for the complete installation of the controlled settlement joint. 1 Closed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the service installation shall include the cost of the CCTV inspection. The Contractor will engage a Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract. The General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor directly,however,the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out to the satisfaction of,the Contract Administrator. 1 Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video,the deficiencies shall be promptly corrected and a re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor. Restoration Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP-Restoration. I SP-33 ITEM NO.41 SUPPLY AND INSTALL SAFETY PLATFORM For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials required to install aluminium safety platforms. The safety platforms shall be aluminium and as per OPSD 404.020. , The installation shall be in accordance with OPSS 407. ITEM NO.42 SANITARY SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUT I For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the complete installation of service cleanouts as shown on the detail drawing. 1 Cleanouts located within a lawn area, shall have a 100 mm diameter,cast iron Malcolm Bolted Cover(Bell end) as supplied by Crowle Fittings Ltd.,or approved equivalent. Adaptors to be provided as required. Cleanouts located within driveways or sidewalks, shall have a cast iron, 100 mm diameter, Sigma Corporation Model No. VB-SCO4L cover or approved equivalent that meets H2O Loading Standards. Adaptors to be provided as required. Each cleanout,for a vacant lot or previously unserviced lot, shall be clearly marked with a I minimum of 2.0 m of 50 x 100 wooden post. Each cleanout,for an occupied property, shall be terminated with the cover flush to the surrounding surface. Basis of Payment Payment shall be as follows: ' • 80%for all piping • 20%for the installation of the cleanout cap to finished grade I ITEM NO. 43 MODIFICATIONS TO MAINTENANCE HOLE DROP STRUCTURE For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to modify the existing drop structures on sanitary manhole SMH 337 to provide for a 300 mm dia. drop pipe. The modification for the drop structures shall be as per OPSD 1003.010 for external drops on , Cast-In-Place structures. The required pipe,tees and bends shall be the same class as that used for sewers. External drop structure shall be encased in 150 mm thickness of 15 MPa concrete as shown on the drawing OPSD 1003.010. I SP-34 iITEM NOS. 44-48 WATERMAIN INSTALLATION Work Plan ' Prior to site activities, the Contractor shall submit a Work Plan for review by the Contract Administrator. The Work Plan shall provide the following construction details: • connection point(s)between existing and new watermains • source water connection(s) • cross-connection prevention procedures and equipment ' . temporary watermains, if any • swabbing details • hydrostatic pressure test details 1 • disinfection details • dechlorination details • flushing water disposal details I .1 details of fmal connection to existing watermain • details of final connection to existing services • Emergency/unplanned repairs . Tracer Wire conductivity testing procedures Figure No. 1 has been included to assist the Contractor with the development of the watermain plan and the temporary watermain plans. The Contractor shall allow two weeks for the review and approval of the Work Plan. No site work shall proceed until the Work Plan has been approved by the Contract Administrator. The Work Plan shall be submitted no later than at the pre-construction meeting. Watermain Construction and Materials The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Operating Authority of the proposed disruption of service to make all connections to the existing distribution system. The watermain construction shall be staged so as to minimize water service disruption to ' residences. Property owners shall be informed by the Contractor a minimum of 24 hours in advance, as to when these disruptions will occur. All costs associated with providing notice to the property owners shall be borne by the Contractor. Only authorized Operating Authority personnel shall operate valves on existing watermains for the purpose of controlling water. No person other than the authorized Operating Authority personnel shall shut down or charge any section of existing watermain or operate any valve for the purpose of controlling water from existing watermains. The Contractor shall provide the Operating Authority at least 48 hours advance notice when a change in control of the water is required. All necessary water supply interruptions shall be scheduled in co-operation with the local operating authority. 1 SP-35 1 The Contractor shall comply with the Safe Drinking Water Act(SDWA)and all applicable I regulations made in accordance with that act, including but not limited to the Drinking Water Works Permit(DWWP), the Municipal Drinking Water License(MDWL) and the most current version of ANSI/AWWA C651. Both the DWWP and the MDWL can be made available to the Contractor by the Contract Administrator upon request.For the purpose of the DWWP Condition 2.3,the most recent version of the Ministry of Environment and Climate Change"Watermain Disinfection Procedure",replaces ANSI/AWWA C651-Standard for disinfecting watermains with respect to cleaning,tapping,maintenance and repairs of watermains, appurtenances and fittings. , The Contractor shall operate only those valves,hydrants and curb stops installed in their contract during the construction period and only prior to the date of acceptance of the Contractor's work. After the works are accepted, only the local operating authority may operate the system. Basis of Payment i The unit price bid for each item shall include all costs incurred in excavating for, placing, restraining, connecting, testing,flushing and disinfecting all watermain and fittings, as outlined in OPSS.MUNI 441 and restoration outside general grading operations. The unit price bid per lineal metre shall include the cost of all granular bedding and backfill up to subgrade and/or original ground. All costs of compaction and water shall be borne by the Contractor. Watermain Materials -- Kincardine Materials All materials for watermains,valves, valve boxes, etc., shall be supplied by the Contractor. All materials supplied under this contract shall comply with the latest edition of the applicable AWWA standard. Oils and lubricants used in assembly shall be 'Food Grade' and shall comply with the latest edition of NSF/ANSI Standard 61. No substitutes without Operating Authority approval or the approval of the Operating Authority. Watermain Watermain material shall be Polyvinyl Chloride PVC DR18—AWWA C900 or C905 or Bionax ' CIOD gasketed PVCO watermain certified to CSA B 137.3.1 and AWWA C909. Pipe joints shall be bell and spigot with rubber gaskets. Gate Valves and Boxes Valves shall be resilient seated gate valves. Main line valves to be MJ type with standard I operating nut. Hydrant valves to be MJ to MJ gate valve with standard operating nut. All valves to be supplied with"0"ring packing for water use and open counter-clockwise. 1 Valve boxes shall be Canada Valve slide type with guide plate. I SP-36 Tapping valves and sleeves must meet with approval of the Operating Authority. Resilient-seated gate valves shall be in accordance with AWWA C509. Fittings All fittings shall be ductile iron cement mortar lined mechanical joint(M7)type with adaptors to suit other materials, where necessary. All fittings including hydrants must be suitably restrained with approved mechanical restraints. Ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C110 and the rubber-gasket joints for ductile iron fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C111,pressure rating 1035 kPa. 1 If Bionax watermain is used, the Contractor shall ensure that pipe restraints are also approved by the pipe manufacturer. 1 Hydrants Fire hydrants shall be the Mueller Canada Valve New Century type. Hydrant specifications as follows: ' • 2-64 mm hose connections (Ontario standard thread) • 1 - 100 mm"Storz"type pumper connection painted black • Hydrants shall open counter-clockwise • Colour shall be RED • Operating nut shall be 32 mm square • Hydrant length shall be such that the bottom of the upper barrel shall be 100 mm above finished grade • Cover of hydrant lead to match cover on watermain Dry-barrel fire hydrants shall be in accordance with AWWA C502. All hydrant leads shall be 150 mm diameter and shall be supplied from watermain of not less than 150 mm diameter. Services - Min. 19 mm,Max.50 mm ' • Corporation stops—Mueller, C.C. thread inlet/compression joint outlet. • Curb Stop—Mueller, compression joint inlet/compression joint outlet or approved equivalent. • Pipe-to be Cross-linked polyethylene(PEX) conforming to AWWA C904. The unit price shall include the cost of supply and installation of tracer wire on non-metallic piping. ' • Service tubing shall be installed to a minimum depth of 1.7 m cover. • Service Boxes—Model No. D-1 by Concord-Clow or Mueller equivalent. Service box and stem(1.4 m to 1.7 m) with 25 mm dia. steel upper section. Box lids shall be regular ribbed ' with brass pentagon plug c/w standard stationary rod. • Service saddles—Model No. 2616 by Robar Industries Inc., stainless steel, double bolted, broad band. I SP-37 1 Underground service line valves and fittings shall be in accordance with AWWA C800. j Model numbers shall be stamped on all valves and materials. Design It is the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure the performance of the pipe and the I restraining systems. Design of the pipe joint restraining systems shall consider the pressures that the system will be 1 subjected to as well as any expansion and contraction due to temperature changes during and following construction of the works. Cathodic Protection a) Polyvinyl Chloride(PVC)or Polyethylene (PE)Mainline Piping as per OPSD 1109.011. ' Appurtenance Method of Protection Piping Not required 111 Hydrants One anode per each Services ' • Each copper service One anode per each service • Each non-metallic service One anode per each main stop and curb stop Valves Sacrificial zinc nuts Fittings One anode per each and sacrificial zinc nuts , Mechanical Restraints Sacrificial zinc nuts • Anode sizes shall be 5.5 kg for watermain appurtenances up to and including 300 mm diameter and 11.0 kg for watermain appurtenances greater than 300 mm. • Anodes for steel pipe encasement shall be 11.0 kg for all sizes. • Sacrificial zinc nuts shall be of the Protecto-Cap type and installed on each bolt. ' b) Ductile Iron(DI) Mainline Piping i) All buried ductile iron piping and all buried fittings, valves,hydrants, etc. shall be ' polyethylene encased in accordance with the latest revision of ANSI/AWWA C 105/AA21.5 Standard. Encasement material shall be tube or sheet, either low density polyethylene film, 8 mil thickness, or high density or cross laminated polyethylene film, 4 mil thickness, in accordance with Section 4.1 of AWWA C105. Installation shall be in accordance with AWWA C105 and manufacturer's specifications. Care shall be taken to ensure that the encasement is not damaged during installation. Cuts, tears,punctures, or other damage to the polyethylene shall be repaired prior to backfilling. I SP-38 Excavation 1 All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed of as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the bid per metre of watermain. Removal of Existing Mains,Services,Hydrants and Fittings ' For the unit prices bid for watermain construction,the Contractor shall include the removal of existing mains and services when required, and/or as determined by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. These mains shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from the site of the work. Any fittings deemed salvageable shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's Workshop. Remove and Salvage Existing Hydrant For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall remove the existing hydrant as directed by the ' Contract Administrator and the hydrant shall be delivered to the Operating Authority's Work's Shop in good order. ' Abandoning For the unit price bid for watermain construction,the Contractor shall seal the ends of the ' existing watermain with grout when being abandoned. Bedding,Embedment and Backfill Bedding shall be Class B as per OPSD 802.030, 802.031, 802.032, 802.033 or 802.034 for rigid pipe and whichever soil type is applicable. ' Beddingand embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, 802.013, or 802.014 for flexible pipe for whichever soil type is applicable. ' Beddingand embedment material shall be Granular"A". Cover material shall be approved PP granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding ' and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness,loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. Backfill shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. I SP-39 I All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid. I Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlement of the installed piping; as such,the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. 111 Tracer Wire I All PVC watermain and all non-metallic services shall have a Type TWU,No. 12/7 stranded copper conductor with thermoplastic insulation, in accordance with CSA C22.2 No. 75, colour shall be blue,rated for underground use, installed as a tracer wire with the pipe, each main line valve box or chamber. The tracer wire shall be laid along the top of the pipe, strapped every 5.0 metres. The tracer wire shall be looped at every valve,hydrant, and fitting. The tracer wire shall be secured within the valve boxes and chambers to 300 mm of fmal grade with a minimum 600 mm of loose wire. All spliced or repaired wire connections, in the tracer wire system, shall be made with 111 manufactured,approved waterproof connectors specifically designed for underground tracer wire use. , Compaction Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment 111 shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. Backfill shall be placed to a minimum depth of 900 mm above the crown of thePip e before power operated rolling equipment shall be used for compacting. Installation of Services For the unit price bid per each,the Contractor shall include the cost of tapping the main, ' installing saddles where applicable, corporation stops and curb stops c/w service box, including all connections to new and existing mains and services. Existing services are 19 mm dia.or 16 mm unless noted otherwise. For the unit price bid per lineal metre, the Contractor shall include the cost of installing water service tubing by means of trenching and/or boring. All services shall be installed to a depth as noted on the Watermain Materials Specification. For connections to existing service tubing,the excavation for the curb stop shall not be backfilled , until the new service has been connected to the existing. The Contract Administrator may request the Contractor backfill certain services before the connection is made. Payment for SP-40 re-excavating the service for the connection will be in accordance with the unit price bid for Provisional Work. iAll servicing tubing shall be disinfected in the presence of the Contract Administrator before installation. The Contractor shall provide 48 hours' notice before making these connections. ' At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions extending above the ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations. At vacant lot locations,these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed. The cost of providing for such extensions is to be included in the unit price bid for testing, flushing, swabbing and disinfection of watermains. At vacant lots,the ends of all services shall be marked by a 38 mm x 89 mm wood post extending from the service to 300 mm above the surface of the ground and top section painted fluorescent blue. The post shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor. The unit price bid shall include all restoration beyond the general grading limits. Restoration shall be as outlined under the General SP-Restoration. Tapping of Watermains ' Where existing watermains are to be tapped,the pipe surface at the location of the tap shall be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution. Where applicable, the drill/cutting/tapping bits and all surfaces of mainstops, service saddles, tapping sleeves and valves which will come into contact with drinking water shall likewise be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution immediately prior to installation. If any of the disinfected surfaces come into contact with the soil and/or water in the excavation prior to use,the cleaning and disinfection procedure shall be repeated. Conductivity Test ' Before the fmal connection to the existingmain,the Contractor shall demonstrate the integrity of � Y ' the new underground tracer wire by applying a conductivity signal and confirming the signal correlation on all watermains and services. The Contract Administrator must witness the conductivity test(s). Connection to Existing Main For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to reconnect the existing main to the new main with the proper fittings to make the connection. The length of the reconnection shall not exceed one standard pipe length(i.e. 6 metres). ' After the pressure, leakage, chlorine residual and bacteriological tests have passed, the Contractor shall obtain written approval from the Contract Administrator to make the fmal watermain connection to the existing water distribution system. SP-41 I The Operating Authority shall be contacted 48 hours prior to the final connection to determine if I any special measures must be taken and/or an appropriately licensed operating authority employee is required to oversee the works. The Contractor will be liable for all costs for callouts of Operating Authority staff if the Contractor fails to notify the Operating Authority that the connection will not take place. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the fmal connection of the new watermain to the existing water distribution system to enable the Contract Administrator to witness the entire process. Watermains shall be cut back to remove all temporary taps. The Contractor shall disinfect the connection watermain as outlined below and shall,using all means possible, dewater the watermains and trench in a controlled manner to not allow backflow into any existing watermains. The Contract Administrator at their discretion may require the Contractor to flush water through a nearby fire hydrant to remove water with elevated chlorine residual. If trench water, dirt or debris has entered the watermain during the fmal connection,the I watermain shall be aggressively flushed and additional bacteriological samples shall be taken as determined by the Contract Administrator or the Operating Authority. The Contract Administrator reserves the right to request the above steps be taken regardless. ' The new piping,fittings and valves required for the connection shall be spray-disinfected and swabbed with a sodium hypochlorite solution of minimum 1% and maximum 5% chlorine just , prior to being installed. During the fmal connection,the Contractor shall connect new tracer wire to the existing tracer ' wire or CADWELD to existing main to provide conductivity. Anode Installation For all mechanical joint fittings and couplings used with either ductile iron or PVC pipe, a sacrificial zinc nut shall be installed on each bolt. For buried anodes, connect anode copper lead wire to pipe, valve, fitting,hydrant,etc., with "double nut"type connection. Connect to main stops or curb stops with the electrical ground connections supplied. Place anode in trench a minimum of 500 mm from pipe,valve,fitting, etc. Complete installation shall conform to anode manufacturer's recommendations. Emergency/Unplanned Re airs P Should there be the need for an emergency or unplanned repair,the Contractor shall immediately ' contact the Operating Authority and the Operator-In-Charge shall conduct a visual inspection to determine the nature of the break. The Operator-In-Charge will assess the evidence of Contamination or potential Contamination of the watermain before and during the repair procedure, and shall classify the break as a Category 1 break or a Category 2 break. SP-42 TEMPORARY POTABLE WATER DISTRIBUTION ' If the Contractor proposes to supply, install,maintain and remove a temporary water distribution system, or if a temporary system has been identified in the Schedule of Items and Prices,the Contractor shall follow the requirements of OPSS 493-CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION ' FOR TEMPORARY POTABLE WATER SUPPLY and the following: Submission Requirements ' Prior to installing the temporary water distribution system, a detailed plan of the system shall be provided by the Contractor and approved by the Contract Administrator. The plan shall detail the following: ' a) Temporary potable water supply services plans including installation, operation,testing procedures, and a list of material and equipment to be used b) Temporary hydrant details c) connection points d) materials e) mainline and service sizes f) sampling points g) emergency procedures h) and other related information about the temporary water system The Contractor shall demonstrate that the level of service to the water users will not be impacted and that the temporary system will supply water demands at pressures normal to the existing ' system. The Contractor shall identify large or exceptional water users and incorporate their needs into the temporary water distribution system. ' MATERIALS 493.05.01 General ' All materials for watermains, and appurtenances shall be supplied by the Contractor. All materials shall comply with the latest edition of the applicable AWWA standard. Oils and ' lubricants used in assembly shall be 'Food Grade' and shall comply with the latest edition of NSF/ANSI Standard 61. No substitutions without the Contract Administrator's approval or the approval of the Operating Authority. ' • Watermain material shall comply with AWWA C900 for PVC pressure pipe sizes between 100 mm dia. and 300 mm dia. or AWWA C901 for PE pressure pipe sizes between 50 mm and 76 mm. • The minimum pipe size shall be as follows for mainlines: James Street 50 mm dia. Mechanics Ave. 100 mm dia. Sutton Street 100 mm dia. ' Gary Street 50 mm dia. Residential Individual Service Connections 19 mm dia. Commercial Services 38 mm dia. • The maximum pipe size shall be that of the watermain being placed. SP-43 I 493.05.04 1 Temporary hydrants are not a requirement of this contract. CONSTRUCTION ' 493.07.01 General Connection to the private plumbing system of a residential unit shall be via a wye at an outside tap. Should an outside tap not be available,the Contractor shall contact the resident to arrange a suitable alternative connection point. ' Connection to commercial, industrial or other buildings shall be determined on-site. An adequate water supply shall be available at all times. If the temporary potable water supply fails, it shall be restored within 24 hours. A supply of potable water shall be made available by the Contractor to the customer in the interim. 111 493.07.03 Service Connections The service connection piping shall be installed at the same time as the main line in order that disinfection is accomplished on the service piping. Connection shall not be made to the water user until the chlorine residual and bacteriological testing requirements have been satisfied. ' A check valve shall be installed on the service connection between the mainline and the connection to the water user. ' Prior to connection to water users, individual service lines shall be thoroughly flushed. A typical service connection to a private building shall be at an outside hose bib. An individual wye type connector shall be installed. A vacuum breaker shall be installed on the side opposite the service connection. In the event that this scenario is not possible, it is the responsibility of , the Contractor to determine how to provide temporary water service to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator and property owner. Any excavation on private property or internal plumbing modifications must only be done after written approval is obtained from the property I owner and applicable plumbing permits obtained. A copy of any written approvals must be provided to the Contract Administrator. The property owner is under no obligation to allow the temporary water system to be connected to their internal system at any location other than on the public side of the curb stop. In the event that a property owner will not permit an above ground connection as a typical, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to make alternate arrangements to service the property. In lieu of making above-ground temporary servicing,the Contractor has the option to connect the temporary distribution system to the public side of the existing curb stop. I SP-44 ILocation I The temporary distribution piping shall be installed behind the sidewalk or at the property line and service piping shall be installed along the edge of existing driveways to avoid grass-cutting conflicts. IAll above ground piping shall be installed with appropriate ramping or burial such that the piping will: I • not to be endangered by equipment or vehicular traffic • not pose a hazard for pedestrians (tripping,etc.) I . provide a bather-free access • be constructed to safeguard against vandalism and tampering. I Isolation Valves Isolation valves are required at the source water connection,branches (2 on 3 way, 3 on 4 way) II and at every service. 493.07.02 Temporary Watermains I In addition to the requirements of 493.07.02,the connection of the temporary water system to the existing distribution system must be done in a secure location and be vandal and tamper resistant. I A cross-connection control device is required to separate the two systems as long as the temporary system is in service. The cross-connection control device shall be a double check or a reduced pressure type assembly and shall be installed, maintained, and field-tested in accordance I with the latest edition of CAN/CSA-B64 Series Manual and disinfected prior to installation. Source water connections to fire hydrants are discouraged unless the Contractor can demonstrate I that the hydrant has been disinfected and thoroughly flushed. The Owner assumes no responsibility for the quality of water obtained from a hydrant. After disinfection,the hydrant must be pressurized at all times that it serves as a source of potable water. I 493.07.04 Temporary Hydrants P r3' Y IIf Temporary Hydrants are specified under 493.05.04,then the Contractor shall include a maintenance program in with the Temporary Watermain Submission Plan. 1 493.07.07 Pressure Testing and Leakage ' All above ground piping must be regularly inspected to ensure leak tight connections at the beginning and during the period that the temporary water distribution is in use. I At the discretion of the Contract Administrator,buried temporary water distribution piping must satisfy hydrostatic pressure testing. SP-45 I Operation The temporary water distribution system must be continually pressurized after the bacteriological testing is completed and be capable of supplying normal water demands throughout its installation. All service connections shall be disinfected in the presence of the Contract Administrator before connecting. 493.07.08 Chlorine Residual and Bacteriological Testing After the temporary water system is installed(mainlines and services) in its final location but before service piping is connected to the water users,the temporary water distribution system must be disinfected to satisfy the chlorine residual and bacteriological testing standards specified under the Swabbing,Hydrostatic Pressure Testing,Disinfection and Flushing of Watermains Special Provision. Samples must be collected at the end of each branch (individual services under 50 mm are exempt unless determined otherwise by the Contract Administrator)and at maximum 350 m intervals. I If a water sample is shown adverse in accordance with O.Reg. 170/03 after the temporary water distribution system is in service,the Contract Administrator will notify the Contractor as soon as possible. The severity of the problem will be assessed and corrective action determined by the Contract Administrator. If the temporary water system must be disconnected,the Contractor must supply bottled water or an alternate water supply to the interrupted water users. Before the ' temporary water system can be placed back into operation,it must satisfy the chlorine residual and bacteriological testing standards and protocols used to initially commission the temporary system. ' Analytical fees and cost of gathering samples for the temporary system will be the Contractor's responsibility. 1 Off-Hours Corrective Action In the event that corrective action is needed to the temporary water distribution system outside of 111 P arY Y normal working hours,the Contract Administrator and/or the Owner will attempt to contact the Contractor to take corrective actions. If, in the sole opinion of the Owner, the Contractor is unable to make the corrections in a timely manner,the Owner may direct their own forces to take corrective steps. The Contractor will be liable for any costs incurred by the Owner. Relocation of Temporary System The relocation of the temporary water system either in whole or parts by any means without ' conducting and passing the chlorine residual and bacteriological requirements shall not be permitted. Relocation here is defined as depressurizing and moving the pipework in order to service other water users. SP-46 Basis of Payment for Temporary Watermain ' If a separate item is provided for in the Tender Form,payment shall be as follows: (a) 60%for initial installation,flushing, disinfecting,testing and connections (b) 30%for maintenance to be paid in proportion to the permanent work completed 111 (c) 10% for removal ' ITEM NO.49 SWABBING,HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TESTING,DISINFECTION AND FLUSHING OF WATERMAINS For the lump sum bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the temporary connection,testing,flushing, swabbing and disinfection of watermains,services and ' appurtenances in accordance with the following specifications, OPSS.MUNI 441 for pressure testing,AWWA C651 for disinfection and connection to waterworks system with the exception of the cleaning, tapping, maintenance and repair of watermains, appurtenances and fittings as these procedures shall follow the most recent version of the Ministry of the Environment and Climate Change document"Watermain Disinfection Procedure". ' General The new watermain shall be isolated from the existing waterworks system using a physical ' separation until satisfactory bacteriological testing has been completed and accepted by the Contract Administrator and the Operating Authority. Water required to fill the new main for hydrostatic pressure testing,disinfection, and flushing shall be supplied through a temporary ' connection between the existing water system and the new main. The temporary connection shall include an appropriate cross-connection control device consistent with the degree of hazard (a double check valve assembly, used above or below ground level)or a reduced pressure ' principle backflow preventer(used above ground level ONLY). The cross-connection control device operation shall be in accordance with CAN/Canadian Standards Association-B64 Series Manual and disinfected prior to installation. The backflow preventer shall be disconnected ' (physically separated)from the new main during the hydrostatic pressure test. It will be necessary to re-establish the temporary connection after completion of the hydrostatic pressure ' test to swab, chlorinate and flush out the disinfectant water prior to fmal connection of the new main to the waterworks system. (Refer to both AWWA C651 and the most recent version of the MOECC document "Watermain Disinfection Procedure"). At each service location, the Contractor shall provide service tubing extensions to above the ground surface to accommodate flushing of the services following the disinfection operations. At vacant lot locations, these extensions shall be cut off and crimped below ground as directed. The cost of providing for such extensions is to be included in the unit price bid. ' Materials All chemicals and materials used in the disinfecting and testing of the drinking water system shall conform to the following standards: SP-47 I • AWWA B300 for Hypochlorites • AWWA B301 for Liquid Chlorine • NSF/ANSI 60,Drinking Water Treatment Chemicals—Health Effects • NSF/ANSI 61,Drinking Water System Components—Health Effects Construction I The sequence of events for this item shall be 1) Swabbing, 2)Hydrostatic Pressure Testing, 3) Disinfection,4)Flushing and Dechlorination 5)Bacteriological Testing i 1. Swabbing Swabbing will be required prior to pressure testing,disinfection and commissioning of the main. A minimum of two (2)new swabs shall be passed through each section of main line pipe, hydrant lead and all services larger than 75 mm,to ensure that there is no blockage, debris,etc. The Contractor shall note that auxiliary equipment may be required for the swabbing operation. Swabs shall be polyurethane with a density of 24.7 kg/m3 and shall have a minimum diameter , 50 mm larger than the diameter of the watermain and have a minimum length of one and one half times its diameter. Swabs shall be propelled throughthe watermain at a speed of 0.5 to 1.0 m/s usingpotable P P p water. The Contractor shall discharge water to an approved outlet ensuring all required erosion and sediment control and dechlorination measures are followed. The swabbing shall be repeated until the discharge water runs clear within ten seconds of the last swab exiting the discharge point or until the Operating Authority is satisfied with the clarity of the water. The Contractor shall mark,number and demonstrate to the Contract Administrator that all swabs, , or parts thereof,have been retrieved. The Contractor shall be liable for costs associated with damage caused by and retrieving swabs that, for whatever reasons, escape into the existing water distribution system. All swab launch or swab retrieval locations shall extend above the finished grade elevation and be capped when not in use to prevent debris and contaminants from entering the system. 2. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing i The pressure testing shall be in accordance with OPSS 441.07.24 Hydrostatic Testing and under the supervision of the Contract Administrator. ' All hydrant leads, services, stubs,blow-offs etc. shall be subject to the hydrostatic pressure testing. Hydrant valves shall be in the open position to subject the hydrant to the test as well. I SP-48 3. Disinfection ' Service pipes of 50 mm diameter and greater shall be considered as watermains for the purposes of this procedure. For service pipes of diameters less than 50 mm,the Contractor shall maintain sanitary conditions during installation and/or repairs, and shall clean and flush prior to placing in service. The Contractor shall provide the Operating Authority 48 hours' notice before making the service connections. The method of disinfecting the main shall be identified on the Testing Submission plan submitted to the Contract Administrator. ' Where the Contractor is chlorinating using the tablet or continuous feed chlorination method for disinfecting newly constructed watermains as per the procedures in ANSI/AWWA Standard C651,the minimum contact times, initial chlorine concentrations, and maximum allowable decreases in chlorine concentration shall be as listed in Table 1 below taken from the most recent version of the MOECC "Watermain Disinfection Procedure". ' Table 1: Chlorine Concentrations and Contact Times for New Watermains * Disinfection Method Minimum Contact Initial Chlorine Maximum Time Concentration Allowable Decrease in Chlorine Concentration Tablet or Continuous 24 hours >25mg/L 40% of the Initial ' Feed Chlorine Concentration to a ' Maximum of 50 mg/L *At levels over 10 milligrams per litre, a measurement of total chlorine shall be deemed to be ' equivalent to a measurement of free chlorine Where copper pipe is used for smaller diameter watermains, Table 1 does not apply. Copper watermains shall be disinfected using the Continuous Feed method, with an Initial Chlorine Concentration of>50mg/L. Due to the chlorine demand exerted by the copper,no minimum chlorine concentration is required following the 24 hour contact time, and the effectiveness of ' the disinfection process shall be demonstrated by the Microbiological sampling referred to in Construction Sequence 5 below. 4. Flushing and Dechlorination Following disinfection of the watermains and watermain branches, the heavily chlorinated water ' shall be expelled and managed as per the MOECC document"Watermain Testing Procedure" to prevent damage to the pipe lining or to prevent corrosion damage to the pipe itself and disposed of in accordance with OPSS 441.07.25. ' Flushing shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing reaches at least 0.2mg/L free chlorine in a chlorinated system or 1.0mg/L combined chlorine in a ' chloraminated system. If these disinfectant concentrations cannot be achieved,flushing shall SP-49 I continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing is representative of the 1 system residual in the break/connection area, determined by sampling upstream of the break/connection area and downstream at the flushing location,or by using documented benchmarks for the area, as long as free chlorine concentrations are at least 0.05 mg/L in a chlorinated system and combined chlorine concentrations are at least 0.25 mg/L in a chloraminated system. I Dechlorination of discharged water is required for any water that is discharged into surface water or if the discharge into the natural environment causes or is likely to cause an adverse effect,as per Condition 10 of Schedule B of the Municipal Drinking Water Licence. The discharged water is deemed to be a Class H spill for the purposes of O.Reg. 675/98 (Classification and Exemption of Spills and Reporting of Discharges)made under the Environmental Protection Act. Discharges of flushed water are also regulated under Condition 4.5 of newer Municipal Drinking Water Licences. In all cases,the wasted water must be neutralized to provide a total chlorine residual of less than 2 pg/L(0.002 ppm) (O.Reg. 170/03 -Procedure for Disinfection of Drinking Water in Ontario- AWWA C651)at the outfall where detrimental effects maybe suffered by plants and/or animals , in the natural environment. The Contract Administrator will monitor the discharge of wastewater. Should tests show a residual greater than 2 pg/L,the discharge shall be ceased immediately and the procedure modified to meet the less than 2 pg/L objective. I Sites within 100 m of natural drainage, or with direct discharge to a water body, should be considered high risk. In such instances, the Owner may request an enhanced dechlorination plan along with contingency and mitigation plans in the event that the chlorine residuals exceed those specified. The Contract Administrator will monitor the discharge of wastewater to ensure the chlorine residual and discharge limits are not exceeded. 5. Bacteriological Testing � g After disinfection in accordance with AWWA C651,two consecutive sets of water samples, ' taken at least 24 hours apart, shall be collected from every 350 metres of watermain or part thereof, from the ends of the main line and from each branch line off the main line(50 mm dia. or greater). If requested by the Operating Authority,the Contractor shall assist with the sampling of the existing water system at a location(s)near the construction. For new watermains with limited sampling points available, an alternative method of collecting ' Microbiological samples is Staged Sampling. Staged Sampling shall be performed as follows: • A flow meter shall be installed to measure flow through the new watermain 1 • A sampling point shall be installed at the end of the new watermain(additional sampling points may also be installed along the length of the watermain); and • Flow shall be established and samples shall be collected from the sampling point(s) at intervals that are calculated to represent the lengths of the watermain as required by ANSI/AWWA C651,based on the pipe size and measured flow rate. SP-50 ' Certified municipal staff or trained designate only(OWRA Reg. 170/03) shall collect samples for bacteriological testing. All water samples are to be analyzed by a provincially accredited ' laboratory. One 200 mL bacteriological sample(bottles supplied by the Labs ONLY)must be obtained from each location. The sample form is to be filled out requesting E. coli,Total Coliform and is to include the sampler's license number. Each sample collected must include a "Total and Free Chlorine residual"reading. The Owner will pay Laboratory expenses for microbiological testing of the initial first 2 sets of water samples required for commissioning the new mains. If the disinfection fails to produce satisfactory sample test results, disinfection, sampling and testing shall be repeated at the Contractor's expense. ' The minimum requirements for acceptability of bacteriological tests are: Escherichia coli Not detectable Total Coliform Not detectable Commissioning of New Main and Services Once a complete set of bacteriological samples produce satisfactory test results,the Contractor must request approval from the Operating Authority for the new watermain to be connected to the existing water system. The Operating Authority and/or the Contract Administrator must be present on site during the removal of the temporary connection and until the connection of the ' new main to the existing waterworks has been completed. Where existing watermains are to be tapped or cut for connection purposes,the pipe surface at the location of the connection shall be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution. Where applicable, the drill/cutting/tapping bits and all surfaces of ' maintops, service saddles,tapping sleeves and valves which will come into contact with drinking water shall likewise be cleaned and disinfected using a minimum 1% sodium hypochlorite solution immediately prior to installation. If any of the disinfected surfaces come ' into contact with the soil and/or water in the excavation prior to use,the cleaning and disinfection procedure shall be repeated. ' Flushing of services shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing reaches at least 0.2mg/L free chlorine in a chlorinated system or 1.0mg/L combined chlorine in a chloraminated system. If these disinfectant concentrations cannot be achieved,flushing shall continue until the disinfectant concentration at the point of flushing is representative of the system residual in the break/connection area, determined by sampling upstream of the break/connection area and downstream at the flushing location,or by using documented benchmarks for the area, as long as free chlorine concentrations are at least 0.05 mg/L in a chlorinated system and combined chlorine concentrations are at least 0.25 mg/L in a chloraminated system. 1 SP-51 I ITEM NO.50 1 ADDITIONAL TRENCH EXCAVATION When unsuitable soils are encountered and where conditions warrant, and to the limits as 1 established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction,the Contractor shall excavate below the proposed trench bottom. Payment shall be at the unit price bid for this item and shall include the removal and disposal of this material. Disposal shall be as outlined under the General SP-Management of Excess Materials. ITEM NO.51 IMPORTED GRANULAR BACKFILL , For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply to the site,place and compact approved imported granular material in the sewer and/or watermain trenches,whichever is applicable, where native material is unsuitable. The removal and disposal of a similar amount of unsuitable excavated material shall be included in the unit price bid for this item. Disposal shall be as outlined under the General SP- Management of Excess Materials. Payment under this item will only be made in areas where native backfill has been specified,and in the opinion of the Contract Administrator,the native material is unsuitable for backfill. In all areas where granular backfill is specified,the cost of this material shall be included in the unit price bid for the item. ITEM NO.52 SUPPLY AND PLACE IMPORTED GRANULAR BEDDING ' For the unit price bid, the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material, to place, fme grade, and compact approved imported Granular 'A' bedding required in the sewer trench. Payment for this item shall only occur when the soil conditions warrant it, and upon consultation and approval from the Owner and Contract Administrator. The removal and disposal of a similar amount of unsuitable excavated material shall be included ' in the unit price bid for this item. Disposal shall be as outlined under the General SP- Management of Excess Material. Payment under this item will only be made in areas where,in the opinion of the Contract Administrator,it is necessary to excavate below the proposed trench bottom and provide additional granular bedding to provide a proper foundation. ITEM NO. 53 1 UNSHRINKABLE BACKFILL (Controlled Density Fill) For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour,material and equipment for the , placing of the unshrinkable backfill to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. I 1 SP-52 ' Materials ' The controlled density fill material used shall be a ready mixed flowable fill as manufactured by local ready mixed concrete producers. The controlled density fill shall consist of and meet the following requirements: ' Cement • Type 10 Portland Cement- 25 kg/m3 Aggregates • In accordance with OPSS 1002,maximum size 25 mm ' Slump • 150 mm minimum at point of discharge Strength • 0.07 MPa within 24 hours • maximum 0.4 MPa at 28 days Air Entrainment • In accordance with CSA(CAN3-A23.1) ' Construction Methods (1) Placing ' The controlled density fill is to be placed in the trench so as not to displace any conduits or pipes and shall be vibrated to ensure elimination of all voids. The surface shall be trowelled to leave a uniform fmish. ' (2) Steel Plating If traffic must be allowed to pass over the trench into which controlled density fill has been placed, steel plating, supplied by the Contractor, shall be placed across the trench until the controlled density fill has reached sufficient strength to allow for placement of asphalt and the subsequent passage of traffic. The steel plating used by the Contractor shall be physically ' restrained to prevent it from slipping or lifting away from the trench and to prevent excessive rattling. The steel plates shall have sufficient strength and width to carry the traffic safely over the trench. The Contractor shall note that any trench shall be steel plated for no more than four ' days before the asphalt is placed. 1 SP-53 I ITEM NO.54 , BACKFILLING OF NEW WATER SERVICES DURING TESTING AND DISINFECTING AND EXCAVATION TO CONNECT TO EXISTING SERVICES WHERE CONDITIONS WARRANT AND AS DIRECTED For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall backfill the new water services during testing and disinfecting where conditions warrant(i.e. drives, commercial areas, etc.)as established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The unit price will also include the re- excavation and backfilling following the testing and disinfection to allow connection of the new service to the existing service. All work shall be in accordance with the OPSS.MUNI 206 and OPSS.MUNI 401 for grading, excavation and backfilling. ITEM NO.55 RECONNECT EXISTING DRAINS AND SERVICES (up to 250 mm dia.) 1 For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to excavate for, supply and install,reconnect and backfill all existing drains and/or services encountered at the time of construction. All connections shall be made with approved couplings (Femco or equivalent). Payment under this item will only be paid when it is determined by the Contract Administrator that the work is required to: • Relocate drains and services that conflict with the sewer and/or watermain in horizontal or vertical alignment. • Repair any drains and services encountered that have not been shown on the drawings. ' The Contractor is responsible for replacing all other broken or damaged drains and services encountered in the excavation. ' Pipe Material Pipe material for repairs shall be Polyethylene Sewer Pipe(flexible)—CSA certified Sewer Class to B 182.6 or PVC SDR-28 for 100 mm— 150 mm diameter and PVC SDR-35 for 200 mm—250 mm diameter. ' Bedding,Embedment and Backfill Embedment shall be as per OPSD 802.010, OPSD 802.013 or 802.014 for flexible pipe and , whichever soil type is applicable. Embedment material shall be Granular 'A"to 300 mm(min)above the top of the pipe. ' 1 I SP-54 IITEM NO.56 PRESSURE GROUT EXISTING SEWER OR WATERMAIN IFor the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the injection of grout to completely fill the existing sewers or watermain that cannot be removed. IAny grout spilled shall be cleaned up by the Contractor immediately. Measurement for payment shall be made on the theoretical calculated volume of grout required I to fill the pipe. No payment will be made based on truck ticket quantity. I ITEM NO.57 RELOCATE CANADA POST MAILBOX AND CONCRETE SLAB I For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials to temporarily relocate the existing Canada Post mailbox and the attached concrete slab to an alternate location while servicing work is being performed. IThe unit price bid shall include the moving of the Canada Post mailbox to an accessible location and the fmal placement of the postal box back to its original location. Canada Post to be Iconsulted,by the Contractor, on the temporary and fmal locations. I Canada Post to be notified, by the Contractor,prior to any movement of the postal box. Payment for this item shall be 50% for the temporary relocation and 50% for the return of the mailbox it its original location. I ITEM NO.58 INSTALLATION OF STORM SERVICES I For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and materials for the complete installation of the storm services as indicated on the contract drawings. The sizes of the services are as noted on the Form of Tender. The unit price bid shall also include the cost of Ithe main line service tee and end cap required for each service. ervice tees for use with flexible mainline sewer pipe shall be factory manufactured tees. Service I tees for use with rigid mainline sewer to be factory installed"Inserta"tees or approved equal. Insterta tees to be the same diameter or larger than the servicing piping. All required reducers shall be included in the unit price bid for this item. IThe service connections shall be as per OPSD 1006.010 for sewer service connections for main pipe sewer. IPipe Material IPipe material for storm sewer services shall be polyvinyl chloride(PVC) SDR-28. I SP-55 I Bedding and Backfill Bedding and cover shall be as per OPSD 1006.010 for service connections. Backfill shall be as noted on the Form of Tender. Bedding and embedment material shall be Granular"A". Cover material shall be approved granular material or select native granular material to 300 mm above the top of pipe. Bedding, embedment and cover shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 200 mm in thickness, loose measurement, and compacted to 95% of the maximum dry density before a subsequent layer is placed. Backfill of storm service under the road platform shall match mainline storm sewer backfill material. Backfill beyond the road platform shall be as specified in the Form of Tender. If select native material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 95%. If granular material is specified, it shall be compacted to a minimum dry density of 100%. Backfill shall be placed in uniform layers not exceeding 300 mm in thickness for the full width of the trench and compacted to the specified density before a subsequent layer is placed. All excavated material not required for backfill shall be disposed as outlined under the General SP—Management of Excess Materials. The cost of this work shall be included in the unit price bid. ' Should the Contractor decide to use stone bedding to assist with trench stabilization it shall be at the Contractor's expense. It is also to be noted that the use of stone may result in settlement of , the installed piping; as such,the Contractor shall assume all risk in its use. Compaction shall be as per OPSS.MUNI 501—Construction Specification for Compacting. The type of compaction equipment used shall be suited to the material to be compacted, degree of compaction required,and space available. Selection of compaction equipment shall be determined by the Contractor with a list of the proposed equipment being submitted at the pre-construction meeting. All bedding, embedment, cover and backfill materials shall be placed in layers prior to ' compacting in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 401.07.10. Installation of Services 1 For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall include the cost of connecting to existing storm services with the approved fittings and material to make the connection(Fernco or equivalent). The unit price bid shall include all restoration outside the limits of the grading operations of the road reconstruction part of the project, when applicable. All services to vacant lots or previously unserviced lots, shall include an end cap and the ends of all services shall be marked by a 50 mm x 100 nun wood post extending from the service to 300 mm above the surface of the ground with the top section painted fluorescent green. The post shall be supplied and placed by the Contractor. I i I SP-56 IClosed Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines I All work shall be in accordance with OPSS 409-Construction Specification for Closed-Circuit Television Inspection of Pipelines. The unit price bid for the service installation shall include the cost of the CCTV inspection. IThe Contractor will engage a Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor and co-ordinate the work to have it completed prior to achieving substantial performance for the contract. IThe General Contractor will be responsible for hiring the Closed Circuit Television Inspection Contractor directly;however,the Closed Circuit Television inspection work will be carried out I to the satisfaction of,the Contract Administrator. Should deficiencies be identified upon review of the camera inspection video,the deficiencies I shall be promptly corrected and a re-inspected with CCTV inspection. All costs associated with the CCTV inspections shall be borne by the Contractor. IRestoration Restoration shall be as outlined under General SP-Restoration. I ITEM NO.59 ISTORM SEWER SERVICE CLEANOUT For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour and materials for the complete Iinstallation of service cleanouts as shown on the detail drawing. Cleanouts located within a lawn area, shall have a 100 mm diameter, cast iron Malcolm Bolted ICover(Bell end)as supplied by Crowle Fittings Ltd., or approved equivalent. Adaptors to be provided as required. ICleanouts located within driveways or sidewalks, shall have a cast iron, 100 mm diameter, Sigma Corporation Model No. VB-SCO4L cover or approved equivalent that meets H2O ILoading Standards. Adaptors to be provided as required. Each cleanout,for a vacant lot or previously unserviced lot, shall be clearly marked with a I minimum of 2.0 m of 50 x 100 wooden post. Each cleanout for an occupied property shall be terminated with the cover flush to the surrounding surface. IBasis of Payment Payment shall be as follows: I • 80% for all piping • 20% for the installation of the cleanout cap to finish grade I I SP-57 ' ITEM NO.60 HANDLAID RIP RAP INCLUDING NON-WOVEN GEOTEXTILE For the unit price bid,the Contractor shall supply all labour, equipment and material to place the ' handlaid rip rap and geotextile fabric as indicated on the contract drawings,OPSD 810.010 for Sewer and Culvert Outlets, OPSD 810.020 for Ditch Inlets, or to the limits established by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction. The installation shall include the geotextile being keyed into the surrounding soil. ' Materials • Rip Rap Classification shall be R-10 as per OPSS.MUNI 1004-Table 8, Gradation Requirements for Gabion Stone and Rip-Rap. • The Geotextile shall be a non-woven,Class II, according to OPSS 1860, with a FOS of 75 to 150 gm. ITEM NO.61 TRAFFIC CONTROL AND PEDESTRIAN SAFETY For the lump sum price bid,the Contractor shall include the cost of traffic control and pedestrian safety as specified below and in accordance with OPSS.MUNI 706 and in accordance with the Ministry of Labour,through the Occupational Health and Safety Act(OHSA) and Regulations for Construction Projects,R.S.O. 1990 and R.R.O. 213/91 as amended by 631/94 and 145/00, and as amended from time to time thereafter. The Contractor shallare re and submit a Temporary Conditions Control Plan, that is in P P P �'Y conformance with the Ontario Traffic Manual(OTM)Book 7-Temporary Conditions (latest edition), to the Contract Administrator at the pre-construction meeting. The Temporary Conditions Control Plan shall reference the OTM Typical Layout used as a basis for the submission. General In addition to the requirements in the Information to Bidders for Contractors to control traffic and provide signage, in accordance with the Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7 -Temporary Conditions(latest edition),the following conditions will apply: • At all times of construction, a minimum of one lane for traffic shall be open and maintained using appropriate traffic control measures and signage. • At the end of each working day,two lane traffic, controlled by barricades, delineators, etc., shall be maintained. Entrances to commercial establishments shall be maintained. • Pedestrian Safety Considerations as per 2.6.2 of Ontario Traffic Manual Book 7. r SP-58 Restrictions on Construction Operations Construction operations adversely affecting public traffic and the loading or unloading of materials and construction equipment onto and from the travelled portion of the road shall not be carried out during the following periods: I • 4:00 p.m.Friday to 7:00 a.m. Monday, for normal weekends I . All Canadian statutory holidays. Basis of Payment for Traffic Control and Pedestrian Safety IPayment for this item shall be as follows: (a) 60% for the submission of a Traffic Control Plan and initial installation. (b) 30% for maintenance and continual implementation of the Traffic Control Plan including, but not limited to, signage,flag persons,barricades,fencing etc.This portion of the lump sum bid shall be paid in proportion to the permanent work completed. (c) 10% for removal of signs,barricades, fencing etc. ITEM NO. 62 BONDING AND INSURANCE IFor the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall include the cost of bonding and insurance as specified in the Information to Bidders and the General Conditions of Contract. Payment under this item will be made after mobilization and included with the first payment certificate. ' ITEM NO.63 CONTINGENCIES A lump sum allowance has been made for contingencies in the contract. Only those additional items approved in writing on behalf of the Owner,by the Contract Administrator,will be expended from this allowance. I ITEM NO.64 ILUMP SUM FOR OTHER REQUIREMENTS For the lump sum price bid, the Contractor shall enter an amount for additional labour, I equipment or material required to complete the contract but not specifically covered by or related to the other items in the Schedule of Items and Prices. The lump sum bid may include,but is not limited to,the following: watchmen, on-site washroom ' facilities, permits and approvals (other than those to be paid for by the Owner) or acquiring the services of the local operating authorities. I SP-59 This item shall also include attendance by a representative of the Contractor at a 2 hour I public information evening meeting(Monday to Thursday)that will be held at the Kincardine Municipal Office prior to commencing with any construction activities. 111 Each progress payment certificate will include a percentage of the tender price for this item in proportion to the percentage of the permanent works completed. The submission by a tenderer of an unbalanced price for this item renders the tender liable to disqualification. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 ' SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS ' The following items shall supplement the OPS General Conditions of Contract, latest edition. 1.0 Section GC 1.04.01,Definitions, shall be amended with the inclusion of the following definitions: Provisional means that the use of this item is conditional on the circumstances determined ' by the Contract Administrator at the time of construction and that authorization to proceed must be granted to the Contractor prior to proceeding with the work. ' Shop Drawings means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for components that will form a permanent part of the Work and may,without limiting the generality thereof, include mechanical and electrical equipment or components permanently embedded in the work. Working Drawings or Working Plans means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the Work and may,without limiting the generality thereof, ' include formwork, falsework, and shoring plans; Roadway protection plans; or erection diagrams. ' 2.0 Section GC 2.01,Reliance on Contract Documents,paragraph 2.01.01 a) shall be revised as follows: a) The location and depth of all utilities shown on the contract drawings are based on information obtained from the applicable operating authority. Neither the Owner nor the Contract Administrator can warrant the locations of the utilities. ' 3.0 Section GC 2.02, Order of Precedence, shall be revised such that documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order: ' a) Agreement b) Addenda ' c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings e) Information to Bidders Standard Specifications If) g) Standard Drawings h) Tender i) Supplemental General Conditions ' j) General Conditions k) Working Drawings 4.0 Section GC 3.05.01. Layout, shall be revised as follows: The Contract Administrator shall, on behalf of the Owner,provide baseline and benchmark information for the location,alignment, and elevation of the work including: F SGC-2 • Offset stakes for road centreline alignment • Offset stakes for storm sewer structures and sanitary sewer structures • Final curb grade and alignment • Alignment for bridge foundations One week advance notice is required by the Contract Administrator to schedule the construction layout. • 5.0 Section GC 8.02.02,Advance Payments for Materials,the first sentence of paragraph GC 8.02.02.01 shall be revised as follows: .01 The Owner maymake advance payment for material intended for incorporation in P Ym rp the work upon written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions: 6.0 Section GC 8.02.08.02,Taxes, shall be revised as follows: "Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor. Such claims for additional tax costs shall be submitted not later than 120 days after completion." 7.0 Section GC 8.02.08.03,Taxes, shall be revised as follows: "Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes,the Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator,on forms provided by the Contract Administrator,a statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than 120 days after completion." 8.0 Section GC 3.02.06, shall be revised as follows: "Work related to the Shop Drawings shall not proceed until the Shop Drawings have been signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with the word,"Reviewed"." I Y:\Project Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Supp Gen Conditions-17Feb8.doex , 1 ' ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARDS ' FOR ' ROADS AND PUBLIC WORKS ir ��0 srgN4q 9 o p p > Ito S „.4\ GENERAL CpA4L-PF1QJ GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT NOVEMBER 2006 I I ¢io srgNo Ontario Provincial Standards METRIC r'� for OPSS.MUNI 100 I :y .. Roads and Public Works November 2006 c1p!iL-PP°a OPS GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT Table of Contents ISECTION GC 1.0-INTERPRETATION I GC 1.01 Captions 6 GC 1.02 Abbreviations 6 IGC 1.03 Gender and Singular References 6 GC 1.04 Definitions 6 IGC 1.05 Substantial Performance 11 GC 1.06 Completion 11 IGC 1.07 Final Acceptance 11 GC 1.08 Interpretation of Certain Words 11 I SECTION GC 2.0-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IGC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents 12 GC 2.02 Order of Precedence 12 SECTION GC 3.0-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT IGC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority 14 GC 3.02 Working Drawings 15 IGC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment 16 GC 3.04 Emergency Situations 16 IGC 3.05 Layout 16 GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time 16 IGC 3.07 Delays 17 I GC 3.08 Assignment of Contract 17 GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor 18 Page 1 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 3.10 Changes 18 GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work 18 I GC 3.10.02 Extra Work 19 GC 3.10.03 Additional Work 19 1 GC 3.11 Notices 19 I GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance 19 GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation 20 I GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work 20 GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping 20 1 GC 3.13.03 Claims Procedure 20 GC 3.13.04 Negotiations 21 I GC 3.13.05 Mediation 21 GC 3.13.06 Payment 21 1 GC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties 21 GC 3.14 Arbitration 21 1 GC 3.14.01 Conditions for Arbitration 21 I GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure 22 GC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator 22 1 GC 3.14.04 Costs 22 GC 3.14.05 The Decision 23 1 GC 3.15 Archaeological Finds 23 SECTION GC 4.0-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS 1 GC 4.01 Working Area 24 1 GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits 24 GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials 24 1 GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property 25 GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor 25 1 GC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default 25 I Page 2 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 I GC 4.07 Owner's Right to Correct a Default 26 IGC 4.08 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work 26 GC 4.09 Final Payment to Contractor 26 I. GC 4.10 Termination of the Contract 26 GC 4.11 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations 27 IGC 4.12 Use of Performance Bond 27 I GC 4.13 Payment Adjustment 27 SECTION GC 5.0-MATERIAL IGC 5.01 Supply of Material 28 I GC 5.02 Quality of Material 28 GC 5.03 Rejected Material 28 IGC 5.04 Substitutions 29 GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material 29 IGC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material 29 GC 5.05.02 Care of Material 29 ISECTION GC 6.0-INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE IGC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons, and Property 31 GC 6.02 Indemnification 31 IGC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance 32 GC 6.03.01 General 32 IGC 6.03.02 General Liability Insurance 32 GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance 33 IGC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance 33 GC 6.03.04.01 Aircraft Liability Insurance 33 GC 6.03.04.02 Watercraft Liability Insurance 33 I GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance 33 GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance 33 I GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance 34 GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion 34 GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage 34 I IPage 3 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance 35 GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration 35 I GC 6.04 Bonding 35 GC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board 36 I SECTION GC 7.0-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK I GC 7.01 General 37 GC 7.02 Layout 39 1 GC 7.03 Working Area 39 GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment 40 1 GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles 40 GC 7.06 Condition of the Working Area 40 GC 7.07 Maintaining Roadways and Detours 40 I GC 7.08 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services 41 GC 7.09 Approvals and Permits 41 I GC 7.10 Suspension of Work 42 GC 7.11 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract 42 I GC 7.12 Notices by the Contractor 42 GC 7.13 Obstructions 43 I GC 7.14 Limitations of Operations 43 GC 7.15 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance 43 GC 7.16 Warranty 43 I GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers 44 GC 7.18 Drainage 44 I SECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT GC 8.01 Measurement 45 GC 8.01.01 Quantities 45 I GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities 45 I Page 4 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 I I GC 8.02 Payment 46 IGC 8.02.01 Price for Work 46 GC 8.02.02 Advance Payments for Material 46 IGC 8.02.03 Certification and Payment 47 GC 8.02.03.01 Progress Payment Certificate 47 GC 8.02.03.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion 47 I GC 8.02.03.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment 47 GC 8.02.03.04 Certification of Substantial Performance 48 GC 8.02.03.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory I Holdback Release Payment Certificates 48 GC 8.02.03.06 Certification of Completion 49 GC 8.02.03.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates 49 I GC 8.02.03.08 Interest 50 GC 8.02.03.09 Interest for Late Payment 50 GC 8.02.03.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims 51 I GC 8.02.03.11 Owner's Set-Off 51 GC 8.02.03.12 Delay in Payment 51 GC 8.02.04 Payment on a Time and Material Basis 51 I GC 8.02.04.01 Definitions 51 GC 8.02.04.02 Daily Work Records 52 GC 8.02.04.03 Payment for Work 53 GC 8.02.04.04 Payment for Labour 53 I GC 8.02.04.05 Payment for Material 53 GC 8.02.04.06 Payment for Equipment 53 GC 8.02.04.06.01 Working Time 53 I GC 8.02.04.06.02 Standby Time 53 GC 8.02.04.07 Payment for Hand Tools 54 GC 8.02.04.08 Payment for Work by Subcontractors 54 GC 8.02.04.09 Submission of Invoices 54 I GC 8.02.04.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis 55 GC 8.02.04.11 Payment Inclusions 55 GC 8.02.05 Final Acceptance Certificate 55 I GC 8.02.06 Payment of Workers 55 IGC 8.02.07 Records 55 GC 8.02.08 Taxes 56 IGC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages 56 I I I Il Page 5 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 r I SECTION GC 1.0 -INTERPRETATION GC 1.01 Captions .01 The captions appearing in these General Conditions have been inserted as a matter of convenience and for ease of reference only and in no way define, limit, or enlarge the scope or meaning of the General Conditions or any provision hereof. GC 1.02 Abbreviations ' .01 The abbreviations on the left below are commonly found in the Contract Documents and represent the organizations and phrases listed on the right: "AASHTO" - American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials "ACI" - American Concrete Institute "ANSI" - American National Standards Institute "ASTM" - American Society for Testing and Materials "AWG" - American Wire Gauge "AWWA" - American Water Works Association "CCIL" - Canadian Council of Independent Laboratories "C ESA" - Canadian Engineering Standards Association "CGSB" - Canadian General Standards Board "CSA" - Canadian Standards Association "CWB" - Canadian Welding Bureau "GC" - General Conditions "ISO" - International Organization for Standardization "MOE" - Ontario Ministry of the Environment "MTO" - Ontario Ministry of Transportation "MUTCD" - Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices(Replaced by OTM) "OPS" - Ontario Provincial Standard "OPSD" - Ontario Provincial Standard Drawing "OPSS" - Ontario Provincial Standard Specification "OTM" - Ontario Traffic Manual "PEO" - Professional Engineers Ontario 111"SAE" - Society of Automotive Engineers "SCC" - Standards Council of Canada "SSPC" - Structural Steel Painting Council "UL" - Underwriters Laboratories "ULC" - Underwriters Laboratories Canada GC 1.03 Gender and Singular References .01 References to the masculine or singular throughout the Contract Documents shall be considered to include the feminine and the plural and vice versa, as the context requires. GC 1.04 Definitions .01 For the purposes of this Contract the following definitions apply: Actual Measurement means the field measurement of that quantity within the approved limits of the Work. Addendum means an addition or change in the tender documents issued by the Owner prior to tender closing. Page 6 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 ' Additional Work means work not provided for in the Contract and not considered by the Contract Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope. - Agreementagreement between the Owner and the Contractor for the performance of the means the g Work that is included in the Contract Documents. Base means a layer of material of specified type and thickness placed immediately below the pavement wearing surface layers,curb and gutter,or sidewalk. Business Day means any Day except Saturdays, Sundays,and statutory holidays. Certificate of Subcontract Completion means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator in accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.02,Certification of Subcontract Completion. Certificate of Substantial Performance meansthe certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Substantial Performance. ' Change Directive means any written instruction signed by the Owner, or by the Contract Administrator where so authorized,directing that a Change in the Work or Extra Work be performed. Change in the Work means the deletion, extension, increase, decrease, or alteration of lines; grades; dimensions; quantities; methods;drawings; substantial changes in geotechnical,subsurface, surface, or other conditions; changes in the character of the Work to be done; or materials of the Work or part thereof,within the intended scope of the Contract Change Order means a written amendment to the Contract signed by the Contractor and the Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, covering contingencies, a Change in the Work, Extra ' Work,Additional Work, and changed subsurface conditions; and establishing the basis for payment and the time allowed for the adjustment of the Contract Time. ' Completion Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at completion. Constructor means, for the purposes of, and within the meaning of the Occupational Health and Safety Ac4 R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended and amendments thereto, the Contractor who executes the Contract. Contract means the undertaking by the Owner and the Contractor to perform their respective duties, responsibilities, and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents. Contract Administrator means the person, partnership, or corporation designated by the Owner to be the Owner's representative for the purposes of the Contract. Contract Documents mean the executed Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor,Tender, General Conditions of Contract, Supplemental General Conditions of Contract, Standard Specifications, Special Provisions, Contract Drawings, addenda incorporated in a Contract Document before the execution of the Agreement, such other documents as may be listed in the Agreement,and subsequent amendments to the Contract Documents made pursuant to the provisions Of the Agreement. Contract Drawings or Contract Plans mean drawings or plans, any Geotechnical Report, any ' Subsurface Report, and any other reports and information provided by the Owner for the Work, and without limiting the generality thereof, may include soil profiles, foundation investigation reports, reinforcing steel schedules,aggregate sources lists,Quantity Sheets,and cross-sections. Contract Time means the time stipulated in the Contract Documents for Substantial Performance of the Work,including any extension of Contract Time made pursuant to the Contract Documents. ' Page 7 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 -1 Contractor means the person, partnership, or corporation undertaking the Work as identified in the Agreement. --I II Controlling Operation means any component of the Work that, if delayed, may delay the completion of the Work. Cost Plus has the same meaning as'Time and Material." ' Cut-Off Date means the date up to which payment shall be made for work performed. Daily Work Records mean daily Records detailing the number and categories of workers and hours ' worked or on standby,types and quantities of Equipment and number of hours in use or on standby, and description and quantities of Material utilized. p Day means a calendar day. Drawings or Plans mean any Contract Drawings or Contract Plans,or any Working Drawings or Working j ' Plans,or any reproductions of drawings or plans pertaining to the Work. 1 End Result Specification means specifications that require the Contractor to be responsible for supplying a product or part of the Work. The Owner accepts or rejects the final product or applies a price t adjustment that is commensurate with the degree of compliance with the specification. Equipment means all machinery and equipment used for preparing, fabricating, conveying or erecting I the Work and normally referred to as construction machinery and equipment. Estimate means a calculation of the quantity or cost of the Work or part of it depending on the context. Extra Work means work not provided for in the Contract as awarded but considered by the Contract Administrator to be essential to the satisfactory completion of the Contract within its intended scope, including unanticipated work required to comply with legislation and regulations that affect the Work. I Final Acceptance Certificate means the certificate issued by the Contract Administrator at Final Acceptance of the Work. Final Detailed Statement means a complete evaluation prepared by the Contract Administrator showing I the quantities, unit prices, and final dollar amounts of all items of work completed under the Contract, including variations in tender items and Extra Work, all as set out in the same general form as the monthly estimates. Force Account has the same meaning as"Time and Material." Geotechnical Report means a report or other information identifying soil, rock, and ground water ' conditions in the area of any proposed Work. Grade means the required elevation of that part of the Work. Hand Tools means tools that are commonly called tools or implements of the trade and include small power tools. Highway means a common and public highway any part of that is intended for or used by the general I public for the passage of vehicles and includes the area between the lateral property lines thereof. Lot means a specific quantity of material or a specific amount of construction normally from a single I source and produced by the same process. I Page 8 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 I Lump Sum Item means a tender item indicating a portion of the Work for which payment will be made at I a single tendered price. Payment is not based on a measured quantity, although a quantity may be given in the Contract Documents. Major Item means any tender item that has a value, calculated on the basis of its actual or estimated tender quantity, whichever is the larger, multiplied by its tender unit price, which is equal or greater than the lesser of, I a) $100,000, or b) 5% of the total tender value calculated on the basis of the total of all the estimated tender quantities and the tender unit prices. 1 Material means material, machinery, equipment and fixtures forming part of the Work. Owner means the party to the Contract for whom the Work is being performed, as identified in the I Agreement, and includes,with the same meaning and import, "Authority." Pavement means a wearing course or courses placed on the Roadway and consisting of asphaltic I concrete, hydraulic cement concrete, Portland cement concrete, or plant or road mixed mulch. Performance Bond means the type of security furnished to the Owner to guarantee completion of the Work in accordance with the Contract and to the extent provided in the bond. IPlan Quantity means that quantity as computed from within the boundary lines of the Work as shown in the Contract Documents. I Project means the construction of the Work as contemplated by this Contract. Quantity Sheet means a list of the quantities of Work to be done. IQuarried Rock means material removed from an open excavation made in a solid mass of rock that, prior to removal,was integral with the parent mass. I Quarry means a place where Aggregate has been or is being removed from an open excavation made in a solid mass of igneous, sedimentary, or metamorphic rock or any combination of these that, prior to removal,was integral with the parent areas. I Rate of Interest means the rate of interest as determined under the Financial Administration Act by the Minister of Finance of Ontario and issued by, and available from,the Owner. I Records mean any books, payrolls, accounts, or other information that relate to the Work or any Change in the Work or claims arising therefrom. Roadway means that part of the Highway designed or intended for use by vehicular traffic and includes 1 the Shoulders. Shoulder means that portion of the Roadway between the edge of the travelled portion of the wearing I surface and the top inside edge of the ditch or fill slope. Special Provisions mean directions containing requirements specific to the Work. I Standard Drawing or Standard Specification means a standard practice required and stipulated by the Owner for performance of the Work. Subbase means a layer of material of specified type and thickness between the Subgrade and the Base. 1 I Page 9 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I Subcontractor means a person, partnership or corporation undertaking the execution of a part of the Work by virtue of an agreement with the Contractor. , Subgrade means the earth or rock surface, whether in cut or fill, as prepared to support the pavement structure, consisting of Base, Subbase, and Pavement. Subsurface Report means a report or other information identifying the location of Utilities, concealed and adjacent structures, and physical obstructions that fall within the influence of the Work. Superintendent means the Contractor's authorized representative in responsible charge of the Work. Surety means the person, partnership or corporation, other than the Contractor, licensed in Ontario to transact business under the Insurance Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.I.8, as amended, executing a bond provided by the Contractor. Tender means an offer in writing from the Contractor, submitted in the format prescribed by the Owner,to complete the Work. Time and Material means costs calculated according to clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. Where"Cost Plus"and"Force Account"are used they shall have the same meaning. Utility means an aboveground or underground facility maintained by a municipality, public utility authority or regulated authority and includes services such as sanitary sewer, storm sewer, water, electric, gas, oil, steam, data transmission,telephone, and cable television. ' Warranty Period means the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance or such longer period as may be specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or some or all of the Work. Where a date of Substantial Performance is not established, the Warranty Period shall commence on the date of Completion. Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. Working Area means all the lands and easements owned or acquired by the Owner for the construction of the Work. Working Day means any Day, a) except Saturdays, Sundays and statutory holidays; b) except a Day as determined by the Contract Administrator, on which the Contractor is prevented by inclement weather or conditions resulting immediately therefrom, from proceeding with a Controlling Operation. For the purposes of this definition, this shall be a Day during which the Contractor cannot proceed with at least 60% of the normal labour and Equipment force effectively engaged on the Controlling Operation for at least 5 hours; c) except a Day on which the Contractor is prevented from proceeding with a Controlling Operation, as determined by the Contract Administrator by reason of, i. any breach of the Contract by the Owner or if such prevention is due to the Owner, another contractor hired by the Owner, or an employee of any one of them, or by anyone else acting on behalf of the Owner. ii. non-delivery of Owner supplied Materials. iii. any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Contractor that can be substantiated by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. I Page 10 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 ' I Working Drawings or Working Plans means any Drawings or Plans prepared by the Contractor for the execution of the Work and may, without limiting the generality thereof, include formwork, falsework, and shoring plans; Roadway protection plans; shop drawings; shop plans; or erection diagrams. GC 1.05 Substantial Performance 1 .01 The Work is substantially performed, ' a) when the Work to be performed under the Contract or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended; and b) when the Work to be performed under the Contract is capable of completion or, where there is a known defect,the cost of correction, is not more than i. 3%of the first$500,000 of the Contract price, ii. 2%of the next$500,000 of the Contract price,and • iii. 1% of the balance of the Contract price. .02 For the purposes of this Contract, where the Work or a substantial part thereof is ready for use or is ' being used for the purposes intended and the remainder of the Work cannot be completed expeditiously for reasons beyond the control of the Contractor or, where the Owner and the Contractor agree not to complete the Work expeditiously, the price of the services or materials remaining to be supplied and required to complete the Work shall be deducted from the Contract price in determining Substantial Performance. GC 1.06 Completion ' .01 The Work shall be deemed to be completed and services or Materials shall be deemed to be last supplied to the Work when the price of completion, correction of a known defect, or last supply is not more than the lesser of, Ia) 1% of the Contract price; or b) $1,000. tGC 1.07 Final Acceptance ' .01 Final Acceptance shall be deemed to occur when the Contract Administrator is satisfied that, to the best of the Contract Administrator's knowledge at that time, the Contractor has rectified all imperfect work and has discharged all of the Contractor's obligations under the Contract. 1 GC 1.08 Interpretation ofCertain Words .01 The words "acceptable," "approval," authorized, "considered necessary," "directed," "required," "satisfactory," or words of like import, shall mean approval of, directed, required, considered necessary, or authorized by and acceptable or satisfactory to the Contract Administrator, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. I Page 11 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 SECTION GC 2.0-CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GC 2.01 Reliance on Contract Documents .01 The Owner warrants that the information furnished in the Contract Documents can be relied upon with the following limitations or exceptions: I I a) The location of all mainline underground Utilities that may affect the Work shall be shown to a tolerance of: i. 1 m horizontal, and ii. 0.3 m vertical .02 The Owner does not warrant or make any representation with respect to: 1 a) interpretations of data or opinions expressed in any Subsurface Report available for the perusal of the Contractor,whether or not such report is included as part of the Contract Documents, and b) other information specifically excluded from this warranty. GC 2.02 Order of Precedence ' .01 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of the following documents, such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following descending order: I a) Agreement b) Addenda ' c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings I e) Standard Specifications f) Standard Drawings g) Instructions to Tenderers h) Tender i) Supplemental General Conditions I j) General Conditions k) Working Drawings I Later dates shall govern within each of the above categories of documents. .02 In the event of any conflict among or inconsistency in the information shown on Drawings, the following rules shall apply: a) Dimensions shown in figures on a Drawing shall govern where they differ from dimensions scaled from the same drawing; b) Drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale; Page 12 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 ' 1 I c) Detailed Drawings shall govern over general Drawings; and d) Drawings of a later date shall govern over those of an earlier date in the same series. .03 In the event of any inconsistency or conflict in the contents of Standard Specifications the following Idescending order of pre.cedence shall govern: a) Owner's Standard Specifications 1 b) Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications c) Other Standard Specifications, such as those produced by CSA, CGSB, ASTM, and ANSI and 1 referenced in the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications .04 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by any one shall be as binding as if required by all. 111 I 1 i I I I 1 1 1 I 1 Page 13 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I SECTION GC 3.0-ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 3.01 Contract Administrator's Authority .01 The Contract Administrator shall be the Owner's representative during construction and until the issuance of the Completion Certificate or the issuance of the Final Acceptance Certificate,whichever is later. All instructions to the Contractor, including instructions from the Owner, shall be issued by the Contract Administrator. The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. .02 All claims, disputes and other matters in question relating to the performance and the quality of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents shall be referred to the Contract Administrator in writing by the Contractor. ' .03 The Contract Administrator may inspect the Work for its conformity with the Plans and Standard Specifications, and to record the necessary data to establish payment quantities under the schedule of tender quantities and unit prices or to make an assessment of the value of the work completed in the case of a lump sum price Contract. .04 The Contract Administrator shall determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract and shall issue certificates for payment in such amounts as provided for in Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. .05 The Contract Administrator shall, with reasonable promptness, review and take appropriate action 111 upon the Contractor's submissions such as shop drawings, product data, and samples in accordance with the Contract Documents. .06 The Contract Administrator shall investigate all allegations of a Change in the Work made by the 1 Contractor and issue appropriate instructions. .07 The Contract Administrator shall prepare Change Directives and Change Orders for the Owner's approval. .08 Upon written application by the Contractor,the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall jointly conduct an inspection of the Work to establish the date of Substantial Performance of the Work or the date of Completion of the Work or both. .09 The Contract Administrator shall be, in the first instance, the interpreter of the Contract Documents and the judge of the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract. Interpretations and decisions of the Contract Administrator shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and, in making these decisions,the Contract Administrator shall not show partiality to either party. .10 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to reject part of the Work or Material that does not conform to the Contract Documents. .11 In the event that the Contract Administrator determines that any part of the Work performed by the I Contractor is defective, whether the result of poor workmanship; the use of defective material; or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor and whether or not incorporated in the Work; or otherwise fails to conform to the Contract Documents, then the Contractor shall if directed by the Contract Administrator promptly remove the Work and replace, make good, or re-execute the Work at no additional cost to the Owner. .12 Any part of the Work destroyed or damaged by such removals, replacements, or re-executions shall be made good, promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner. I Page 14 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 ' I I .13 If, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, it is not expedient to correct defective work or work I not performed in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from monies otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that called for by the Contract Documents, the amount that will be determined in the first instance by the Contract Administrator. I .14 Notwithstanding any inspections made by the Contract Administrator or the issuance of any certificates or the making of any payment by the Owner, the failure of the Contract Administrator to Ireject any defective work or Material shall not constitute acceptance of defective work or Material. .15 The Contract Administrator shall have the authority to temporarily suspend the Work for such reasonable time as may be necessary: Ia) to facilitate the checking of any portion of the Contractor's construction layout; b) to facilitate the inspection of any portion of the Work; or Ic) for the Contractor to remedy non-compliance in the case of such non-compliance with the provisions of the Contract by the Contractor. IThe Contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for suspension of the Work in these circumstances. I .16 The Owner has the right to terminate the Contract for wilful or persistent violation by the Contractor or its workers of the Occupational Health and Safety Act legislation and regulations, Workplace Safety and Insurance Board Act, and Regulation 309 of the Environmental Protection Act. I .17 If the Contract Administrator determines that any worker employed on the Work is incompetent, as defined by the Occupational Health and Safety Act, or is disorderly, then the Contract Administrator shall provide written notice to the Contractor and the Contractor shall immediately remove the I worker from the Working Area. Such worker shall not return to the Working Area without the prior written consent of the Contract Administrator. GC 3.02 Working Drawings .01 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified and dated Working Drawings as I called for by the Contract Documents. .02 The Contractor shall submit Working Drawings to the Contract Administrator with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to not cause delay in the Work. If either the Contractor or I the Contract Administrator so requests, they shall jointly prepare a schedule fixing the dates for submission and return of Working Drawings. Working Drawings shall be submitted in printed form. At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any deviations from the Contract requirements that exist in the Working Drawings. I .03 The Contract Administrator shall review and return Working Drawings in accordance with an agreed upon schedule, or otherwise,with reasonable promptness so as not to cause delay. I .04 The Contract Administrator's review shall be to check for conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the Working Drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the I Contract Documents, unless a deviation on the Working Drawings has been approved in writing by the Contract Administrator. I IPage 15 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .05 The Contractor shall make any changes in Working Drawings that the Contract Administrator may require to make the Working Drawings consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit, unless otherwise directed by the Contract Administrator. When resubmitting, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator in writing of any revisions other than those requested by the Contract Administrator. .06 Work related to the Working Drawings shall not proceed until the Working Drawings have been • I signed and dated by the Contract Administrator and marked with the words "Reviewed. Permission to construct granted." .07 The Contractor shall keep one set of the reviewed Working Drawings, marked as above, at the site at all times. GC 3.03 Right of the Contract Administrator to Modify Methods and Equipment , .01 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, make alterations in the method, Equipment,or work force at any time the Contract Administrator considers the Contractor's actions to be unsafe, or damaging to either the Work or existing facilities or the environment. .02 The Contractor shall, when requested in writing, alter the sequence of its operations on the Contract so as to avoid interference with work being performed by others. .03 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall ensure that all necessary safety precautions and protection are maintained throughout the Work. I GC 3.04 Emergency Situations .01 The Contract Administrator has the right to determine the existence of an emergency situation and, when such an emergency situation is deemed to exist, the Contract Administrator may instruct the Contractor to take action to remedy the situation. If the Contractor does not take timely action or, if the Contractor is not available,the Contract Administrator may direct others to remedy the situation. .02 If the emergency situation was the fault of the Contractor, the remedial work shall be done at the Contractor's expense. If the emergency situation was not the fault of the Contractor,the Owner shall pay for the remedial work. I GC 3.05 Layout .01 The Contract Administrator shall provide baseline and benchmark information for the general location, alignment, and elevation of the Work. The Owner shall be responsible only for the correctness of the information provided by the Contract Administrator. GC 3.06 Extension of Contract Time 1 .01 An application for an extension of Contract Time shall be made in writing by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator as soon as the need for such extension becomes evident and at least 15 Days prior to the expiration of the Contract Time. The application for an extension of Contract Time shall enumerate the reasons, and state the length of extension required. .02 Circumstances suitable for consideration of an extension of Contract Time include the following: ' a) Delays, subsection GC 3.07. b) Changes in the Work, clause GC 3.10.01. 1 c) Extra Work, clause GC 3.10.02. Page 16 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 ' I I d) Additional Work,clause GC 3.10.03. .03 The Contract Administrator shall, in considering an application for an extension to the Contract Time, take into account whether the delays, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, or Additional Work involve a Controlling Operation. 1 .04 The Contract Time shall be extended for such additional time as may be recommended by the Contract Administrator and deemed fair and reasonable by the Owner. .05 The terms and conditions of the Contract shall continue for such extension of Contract Time. GC 3.07 Delays .01 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by, a) war, blockades, and civil commotions, errors in the Contract Documents; b) an act or omission of the Owner or Contract Administrator, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents; c) a stop work order issued by a court or public authority, provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or omission of the Contractor or anyone employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly; d) the Contract Administrator giving notice under subsection GC 7.10, Suspension of Work; e) abnormal inclement weather; or f) archaeological finds in accordance with subsection GC 3.15,Archaeological Finds, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay, provided that in the case of an application for an extension of Contract Time due to abnormal inclement weather, the Contractor shall, with the Contractor's application, submit evidence from Environment Canada in support of such application. Extension of Contract Time may be granted in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .02 If the Work is delayed by labour disputes, strikes or lock-outs, including lock-outs decreed or recommended to its members by a recognized contractor's association, of which the Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound, are beyond the Contractor's control, which then the Contract Time shall be extended in accordance with subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. In no case shall the extension of Contract Time be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless a shorter extension is agreed to by the Contractor. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred as the result of such delays unless such delays are the result of actions by the Owner. .03 The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for the cost of delays incurred as a result of a dispute between the Contractor and Owner. The Contractor shall execute the Work and may pursue resolution of the dispute in accordance with subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediations. GC 3.08 Assignment of Contract .01 The Contractor shall not assign the Contract, either in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the Owner. I Page 17 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 3.09 Subcontracting by the Contractor .01 The Contractor may subcontract any part of the Work, subject to these General Conditions and any 1 limitations specified in the Contract Documents. .02 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator 10 Days prior to the start of construction, in writing, of the intention to subcontract. Such notification shall identify the part of the Work, and the Subcontractor with whom it is intended. .03 The Contract Administrator shall, within 5 Days of receipt of such notification, accept or reject the intended Subcontractor. The rejection shall be in writing and shall include the reasons for the rejection. .04 The Contractor shall not, without the written consent of the Owner, change a Subcontractor who has been engaged in accordance with this subsection. .05 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to that part of the Work to be performed under subcontract and shall, 111 a) enter into agreements with the intended Subcontractors to require them to perform their work in accordance with the Contract Documents; and b) be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's Subcontractors and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persons directly employed by the Contractor. .06 The Owner's consent to subcontracting by the Contractor shall not be construed to relieve the Contractor from any obligation under the Contract and shall not impose any liability upon the Owner. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create a contractual relationship between a Subcontractor and the Owner. GC 3.10 Changes 1 GC 3.10.01 Changes in the Work .01 The Owner, or the Contract Administrator where so authorized, may, by order in writing, make a Change in the Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with a Change in the Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon the receipt of such Change Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Change in the Work. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .03 If the Change in the Work relates solely to quantities, payment for that part of the Work shall be made according to the conditions specified in clause GC 8.01.02,Variations in Tender Quantities. If the Change in the Work does not solely relate to quantities, then either the Owner or the Contractor may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the adjustment of the Contract price in respect of the Change in the Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. 1 Page 18 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I I GC 3.10.02 Extra Work .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may instruct the Contractor to perform Extra Work without invalidating the Contract. The Contractor shall not be required to proceed with the Extra Work until in receipt of a Change Order or Change Directive. Upon receipt of such Change ' Order or Change Directive the Contractor shall proceed with the Extra Work. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. .03 Either the Owner or Contractor may initiate negotiations upwards or downwards for the payment for the Extra Work pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. GC 3.10.03 Additional Work .01 The Owner, or Contract Administrator where so authorized, may request the Contractor to perform Additional Work without invalidating the Contract. If the Contractor agrees to perform Additional Work,the Contractor shall proceed with such Additional Work upon receipt of a Change Order. .02 The Contractor may apply for an extension of Contract Time according to the terms of subsection GC 3.06, Extension of Contract Time. 1 .03 Payment for the Additional Work may be negotiated pursuant to subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, or payment may be made according to the conditions contained in clause I GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis. .11 Notices .01 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent in respect of the Work shall be deemed to have been given to and received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered by hand, email, or by facsimile transmission and on the fifth Day after the date of mailing, if sent by mail. I .02 The Contractor and the Owner shall provide each other with the mail and email addresses; pager, cell phone, and telephone numbers; and facsimile terminal numbers for the Contract Administrator I and the Superintendent at the commencement of the Work, and update as necessary. .03 In the event of an emergency situation or other urgent matter the Contract Administrator or the Superintendent may give a verbal notice, provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 1 2 Days. .04 Any notice permitted or required to be given to the Owner or the Contractor shall be given in accordance with the notice provision of the Contract. GC 3.12 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Substantial Performance I .01 Where it is not contemplated elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner may use or occupy the Work or any part thereof prior to Substantial Performance, provided that at least 30 Days written notice has been given to the Contractor. I .02 The use or occupancy of the Work or any part thereof by the Owner prior to Substantial Performance shall not constitute an acceptance of the Work or parts so occupied. In addition, the use or occupancy of the Work shall not relieve the Contractor or the Contractor's Surety from any liability that has arisen, or may arise, from the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract Page 19 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for any damage that occurs because of the Owner's use or occupancy. Such use or occupancy of any part of the Work by the Owner does not waive the Owner's right to charge the Contractor liquidated damages in accordance with the terms of the Contract. GC 3.13 Claims, Negotiations, Mediation 1 GC 3.13.01 Continuance of the Work .01 Unless the Contract has been terminated or completed, the Contractor shall in every case, after serving or receiving any notification of a claim or dispute, verbal or written, continue to proceed with the Work with due diligence and expedition. It is understood by the parties that such action shall not jeopardize any claim it may have. I GC 3.13.02 Record Keeping .01 Immediately upon commencing work that may result in a claim,the Contractor shall keep Daily Work Records during the course of the Work, sufficient to substantiate the Contractor's claim, and the Contract Administrator shall keep Daily Work Records to be used in assessing the Contractor's claim, all in accordance with clause GC 8.02.07, Records. .02 The Contractor and the Contract Administrator shall attempt to reconcile their respective Daily Work Records on a daily basis, to simplify review of the claim, when submitted. If the Contractor and the Contract Administrator fail to reconcile their respective Daily Work Records, then the Contractor shall submit its Daily Work Records as part of its claim, whereby the resolution of the dispute about the Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there is a resolution of the claim. .03 The keeping of Daily Work Records by the Contract Administrator or the reconciling of such Daily Work Records with those of the Contractor shall not be construed to be acceptance of the claim. GC 3.13.03 Claims Procedure 111 .01 The Contractor shall give verbal notice of any situation that may lead to a claim for additional payment immediately upon becoming aware of the situation. .02 The Contractor shall provide written notice in the standard form "Notice of Intent to Claim" within j 7 Days of the commencement of any part of the Work that may be affected by the situation. .03 The Contractor shall submit detailed claims as soon as reasonably possible and in any event no later than 30 Days after completion of the work affected by the situation. The detailed claim shall: a) identify the item or items in respect of which the claim arises; b) state the grounds, contractual or otherwise, upon which the claim is made; and c) include the Records maintained by the Contractor supporting such claim. I In exceptional cases, the 30 Days may be increased to a maximum of 90 Days with approval in writing from the Contract Administrator. .04 Within 30 Days of the receipt of the Contractor's detailed claim, the Contract Administrator may request the Contractor to submit any further and other particulars as the Contract Administrator considers necessary to assess the claim. The Contractor shall submit the requested information within 30 Days of receipt of such request. I Page 20 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 .05 Within 90 Days of receipt of the detailed claim, the Contract Administrator shall advise the Contractor, in writing, of the Contract Administrator's opinion with regard to the validity of the claim. GC 3.13.04 Negotiations ' .01 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to provide, without prejudice, open and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information, and documents to facilitate these negotiations. .02 Should the Contractor disagree with the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.13.03.05, with respect to any part of the claim, the Contract Administrator shall enter into negotiations with the Contractor to resolve the matters in dispute. Where a negotiated settlement cannot be reached and it is agreed that payment cannot be made on a Time and Material basis in accordance with clause GC 8.02.04, Payment on a Time and Material Basis, the parties shall proceed in accordance with clause GC 3.13.05, Mediation, or subsection GC 3.14,Arbitration. GC 3.13.05 Mediation .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04, Negotiations,within a period of 30 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.13.03.05, and the Contractor wishes to pursue the issue further, the parties may, upon mutual agreement, utilize the services of an independent third party mediator. .02 The mediator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor. .03 The mediator shall be knowledgeable regarding the area of the disputed issue. The mediator shall meet with the parties together or separately, as necessary, to review all aspects of the issue. In a 1 final attempt to assist the parties in resolving the issue themselves prior to proceeding to arbitration the mediator shall provide,without prejudice, a non-binding recommendation for settlement. .04 The review by the mediator shall be completed within 90 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.13.03.05. .05 Each party is responsible for its own costs related to the use of the third party mediator process. The cost of the third party mediator shall be equally shared by the Owner and Contractor. GC 3.13.06 Payment .01 Payment of the claim shall be made no later than 30 Days after the date of resolution of the claim or dispute. Such payment shall be made according to the terms of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. GC 3.13.07 Rights of Both Parties .01 It is agreed that no action taken under subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, by either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any of the rights or recourse available to the parties, provided that the requirements set out in this subsection are fulfilled. 1 GC 3.14 Arbitration GC 3.14.01 Conditions of Arbitration .01 If a claim is not resolved satisfactorily through the negotiation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.04, ( Negotiations, or the mediation stage noted in clause GC 3.13.05, Mediation, either party may invoke the provisions of subsection GC 3.14,Arbitration, by giving written notice to the other party. i Page 21 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 .02 Notification that arbitration shall be implemented to resolve the issue shall be communicated in writing as soon as possible and no later than 60 Days following the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.13.03.05. Where the use of a third party mediator was implemented, notification shall be within 120 Days of the opinion given in paragraph GC 3.13.03.05. .03 The parties shall be bound by the decision of the arbitrator. , .04 The rules and procedures of the Arbitration Act, 1991, S.O. 1991, c.17, as amended, shall apply to any arbitration conducted hereunder except to the extent that they are modified by the express provisions of subsection GC 3.14,Arbitration. GC 3.14.02 Arbitration Procedure .01 The following provisions are to be included in the agreement to arbitrate and are subject only to such right of appeal as exist where the arbitrator has exceeded his or her jurisdiction or have otherwise disqualified him or herself: a) All existing actions in respect of the matters under arbitration shall be stayed pending arbitration; b) All outstanding claims and matters to be settled are to be set out in a schedule to the agreement. Only such claims and matters as are in the schedule shall be arbitrated; and c) Before proceeding with the arbitration, the Contractor shall confirm that all matters in dispute are set out in the schedule. I GC 3.14.03 Appointment of Arbitrator .01 The arbitrator shall be mutually agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor to adjudicate the dispute. , .02 Where the Owner and Contractor cannot agree on a sole arbitrator within 30 Days of the notification of arbitration noted in paragraph GC 3.14.01.02, the Owner and the Contractor shall each choose an appointee within 37 Days of the notice of arbitration. .03 The appointees shall mutually agree upon an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 15 Days after the last appointee was chosen or they shall refer the matter to the Arbitration and Mediation Institute of Ontario Inc., which may select an arbitrator to adjudicate the dispute within 7 Days of being requested to do so. .04 The arbitrator shall not be interested financially in the Contract nor in either party's business and shall not be employed by either party. .05 The arbitrator may appoint independent experts and any other persons to assist him or her. .06 The arbitrator is not bound by the rules of evidence that govern the trial of cases in court but may hear and consider any evidence that the arbitrator considers relevant. .07 The hearing shall commence within 90 Days of the appointment of the arbitrator. i GC 3.14.04 Costs .01 The arbitrator's fee shall be equally shared by the Owner and the Contractor. .02 The fees of any independent experts and any other persons appointed to assist the arbitrator shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor. 1 Page 22 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I I .03 The arbitration hearing shall be held in a place mutually agreed upon by both parties or in the event I the parties do not agree, a site shall be chosen by the arbitrator. The cost of obtaining appropriate facilities shall be shared equally by the Owner and the Contractor. .04 The arbitrator may, in his or her discretion, award reasonable costs, related to the arbitration. IGC 3.14.05 The Decision I .01 The reasoned decision shall be made in writing within 90 Days of the conclusion of the hearing. An extension of time to make a decision may be granted with consent of both parties. Payment shall be made in accordance with clause GC 3.13.06, Payment. IGC 3.15 Archaeological Finds .01 If the Contractor's operations expose any items that may indicate an archaeological find, such as building remains, hardware, accumulations of bones, pottery, or arrowheads, the Contractor shall I immediately notify the Contract Administrator and suspend operations within the area identified by the Contract Administrator. Notification may be verbal provided that such notice is confirmed in writing within 2 Days. Work shall remain suspended within that area until otherwise directed by the Contract Administrator in writing, in accordance with subsection GC 7.10, Suspension of Work. .02 Any delay in the completion of the Contract that is caused by such a suspension of Work shall be considered to be beyond the Contractor's control in accordance with paragraph GC 3.07.01. I .03 Any work directed or authorized in connection with an archaeological find shall be considered as Extra Work in accordance with clause GC 3.10.02, Extra Work. I .04 The Contractor shall take all reasonable action to minimize additional costs that may accrue as a result of any work stoppage. I I I I I I I I IPage 23 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 SECTION GC 4.0-OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND RIGHTS GC 4.01 Working Area I .01 The Owner shall acquire all property rights that are deemed necessary by the Owner for the construction of the Work, including temporary working easements, and shall indicate the full extent of the Working Area on the Contract Drawings. .02 The Geotechnical Report and Subsurface Report that may be provided by the Owner as part of the tender documents shall form part of the Contract Drawings. GC 4.02 Approvals and Permits .01 The Owner shall pay for all plumbing and building permits. I .02 The Owner shall obtain and pay for all permits, licences, and certificates solely required for the design of the Work. I GC 4.03 Management and Disposition of Materials .01 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents the materials to be moved within or removed from the Working Area and any characteristics of those materials that necessitates special materials management and disposition. .02 In accordance with regulations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.0.1, 111 as amended, the Owner advises that, a) the designated substances silica, lead, and arsenic are generally present throughout the Working Area occurring naturally or as a result of vehicle emissions; b) the designated substance asbestos may be present in cement products, asphalt, and conduits for Utilities; c) the following hazardous materials are ordinarily present in construction activities: limestone, gypsum, marble, mica,and Portland cement; and I d) exposure to these substances may occur as a result of activities by the Contractor such as sweeping, grinding, crushing, drilling, blasting, cutting, and abrasive blasting. .03 The Owner shall identify in the Contract Documents any designated substances or hazardous materials other than those identified above and their location in the Working Area. .04 If the Owner or Contractor discovers or is advised of the presence of designated substances or hazardous materials that are in addition to those listed in paragraph GC 4.03.02, or not clearly identified in the Contract Documents according to paragraph GC 4.03.03, then verbal notice shall be provided to the other party immediately with written confirmation within 2 Days. The Contractor shall stop work in the area immediately and shall determine the necessary steps required to complete the work in accordance with applicable legislation and regulation. .05 The Owner shall be responsible for any reasonable additional costs of removing, managing and disposing of any material not identified in the Contract Documents, or where conditions exist that could not have been reasonably foreseen at the time of tendering. All work under this paragraph shall be deemed to be Extra Work. I Page 24 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 1 .06 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Owner shall provide to the Contractor a list of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS), that the Owner may supply or use on the Contract, together with copies of the Materials Safety Data Sheets for these products. All containers used in the application of products controlled under WHMIS shall be labelled. The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of changes to the list and provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets. . GC 4.04 Construction Affecting Railway Property .01 The Owner shall pay the costs of all flagging and other traffic control measures required and provided by the railway company unless such costs are solely a function of the Contractor's chosen method of completing the Work. 111 .02 Every precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to protect all railway property at track crossings; or otherwise, on which construction operations are to take place in accordance with the terms of this 1 Contract. .03 The Contractor shall be required to conduct the construction operations in such a manner as to avoid a possibility of damaging any railway property in the vicinity of the works. Every reasonable precaution shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure the safety of the workers, Subcontractors, and Equipment, as well as railway property throughout the duration of the Contract. GC 4.05 Default by the Contractor 1 .01 If the Contractor fails to commence the Work within 14 Days of a formal order to commence work signed by the Contract Administrator or, upon commencement of the Work, should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract and, if the Contract Administrator has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, notify the Contractor in writing that the Contractor is in default of the Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the default in the 5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such notice. .02 If the Contractor is adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Contractor's insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's insolvency, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, by giving the Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing,terminate the Contract. GC 4.06 Contractor's Right to Correct a Default .01 The Contractor shall have the right within the 5 full Working Days following the receipt of a notice of default to correct the default and provide the Owner with satisfactory proof that appropriate corrective measures have been taken. .02 If the correction of the default cannot be completed within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of the notice, the Contractor shall not be in default if the Contractor, a) commences the correction of the default within the 5 full Working Days following receipt of the notice; b) provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for the progress of such correction; and c) completes the correction in accordance with such schedule. i Page 25 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 4.07 Owner's Right to Correct Default .01 If the Contractor fails to correct the default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06, Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may correct such default and deduct the cost thereof, as certified by the Contract Administrator, from any payment then or thereafter due to the Contractor. GC 4.08 Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work .01 Where the Contractor fails to correct a default within the time specified in subsection GC 4.06, Contractor's Right to Correct a Default, or subsequently agreed upon, the Owner, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, may terminate the Contractor's right to continue the Work in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Contractor. .02 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part, the Owner shall be entitled to, I a) take possession of the Working Area or that portion of the Working Area devoted to that part of the Work terminated; b) use the Equipment of the Contractor and any Material within the Working Area that is intended to be incorporated into the Work, the whole subject to the right of third parties; c) withhold further payments to the Contractor with respect to the Work or the portion of the Work I withdrawn from the Contractor until the Work or portion thereof withdrawn is completed; d) charge the Contractor the additional cost over the Contract price of completing the Work or portion thereof withdrawn from the Contractor, as certified by the Contract Administrator and any additional compensation paid to the Contract administrator for such additional service arising from the correction of the default; e) charge the Contractor a reasonable allowance, as determined by the Contract Administrator, to cover correction to the Work performed by the Contractor that may be required under subsection GC 7.16,Warranty; I f) charge the Contractor for any damages the Owner sustained as a result of the default; and g) charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Work under subsection I GC 7.16,Warranty, exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections. GC 4.09 Final Payment to Contractor .01 If the Owner's cost to correct and complete the Work in whole or in part is less than the amount withheld from the Contractor under subsection GC 4.08, Termination of Contractor's Right to Continue the Work, the Owner shall pay the balance to the Contractor as soon as the final accounting for the Contract is complete. GC 4.10 Termination of the Contract .01 Where the Contractor is in default of the Contract the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, terminate the Contract by giving written notice of termination to the Contractor, the Surety, and any trustee or receiver acting on behalf of the Contractor's estate or creditors. I Page 26 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I 1 .02 If the Owner elects to terminate the Contract,the Owner may provide the Contractor and the trustee or receiver with a complete accounting to the date of termination. GC 4.11 Continuation of Contractor's Obligations .01 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction, and warranty of the Work performed prior to the time of termination of the Contract or termination of the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part shall continue to be in force after such termination. GC 4.12 Use of Performance Bond .01 If the Contractor is in default of the Contract and the Contractor has provided a Performance Bond, the provisions of Section GC 4.0, Owner's Responsibilities and Rights, shall be exercised in accordance with the conditions of the Performance Bond. GC 4.13 Payment Adjustment 1 .01 If any situation should occur in the performance of the Work that would result in a Change in the Work, the Owner shall be entitled to an adjustment and those adjustments shall be managed in accordance with subsection GC 3.10.01, Changes in the Work. I 1 I t I 1 1 I 1 Page 27 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 r SECTION GC 5.0-MATERIAL GC 5.01 Supply of Material I .01 All Material necessary for the proper completion of the Work, except that listed as being supplied by the Owner, shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contract price for the appropriate tender items shall be deemed to include full compensation for the supply of such Material. GC 5.02 Quality of Material .01 All Material supplied by the Contractor shall be new, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. .02 Material supplied by the Contractor shall conform to the requirements of the Contract. i .03 As specified in the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall make available, for inspection or testing, a sample of any Material to be supplied by the Contractor. .04 The Contractor shall obtain for the Contract Administrator the right to enter onto the premises of the Material manufacturer or supplier to carry out such inspection, sampling, and testing as specified in the Contract Documents or as requested by the Contract Administrator. .05 The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the sources of supply sufficiently in advance of the Material shipping dates to enable the Contract Administrator to perform the required inspection, sampling, and testing. .06 The Owner shall not be responsible for any delays to the Contractor's operations where the Contractor fails to give sufficient advance notice to the Contract Administrator to enable the Contract Administrator to carry out the required inspection, sampling, and testing before the scheduled shipping date. .07 The Contractor shall not change the source of supply of any Material without the written authorization of the Contract Administrator. .08 Material that is not specified shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required, and the use of such Material shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator. .09 All Material inspection, sampling, and testing shall be carried out on random basis in accordance with the standard inspection or testing methods required for the Material. Any approval given by the Contract Administrator for the Materials to be used in the Work based upon the random method shall not relieve the Contractor from the responsibility of incorporating Material that conforms to the Contract Documents into the Work or properly performing the Contract and of any liability arising111 from the failure to properly perform as specified in the Contract Documents. GC 5.03 Rejected Material I .01 Rejected Material shall be removed from the Working Area expeditiously after the notification to that effect from the Contract Administrator. Where the Contractor fails to comply with such notice, the Contract Administrator may cause the rejected Material to be removed from the Working Area and disposed of, in what the Contract Administrator considers to be the most appropriate manner, and the Contractor shall pay the costs of disposal and the appropriate overhead charges. I 1 Page 28 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 i r GC 5.04 Substitutions .01 Where the Contract Documents require the Contractor to supply a Material designated by a trade or other name, the Tender shall be based only upon supply of the Material so designated, that shall be regarded as the standard of quality required by the Contract Documents. After the acceptance of 1 the Tender, the Contractor may apply to the Contract Administrator to substitute another Material identified by a different trade or other name for the Material designated as aforesaid. The application shall be in writing and shall state the price for the proposed substitute Material designated as aforesaid,and such other information as the Contract Administrator may require. .02 Rulings on a proposed substitution shall not be made prior to the acceptance of the Tender. Substitutions shall not be made without the prior approval of the Contract Administrator. The approval or rejection of a proposed substitution shall be at the discretion of the Contract Administrator. 1 .03 If the proposed substitution is approved by the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall be entitled to the first$1,000 of the aggregate saving in cost by reason of such substitution and to 50% of any additional saving in cost in excess of such $1,000. Each such approval shall be conveyed to the Contractor in writing or by issuance of a Certificate of Equality on the Owner's standard form of "Certification of Equality" and, if any adjustment to the Contract price is made by reason of such substitution, a Change Order shall be issued as well. GC 5.05 Owner Supplied Material GC 5.05.01 Ordering of Excess Material .01 Where Material is supplied by the Owner and where this Material is ordered by the Contractor in excess of the amount specified to complete the Work, such excess Material shall become the property of the Contractor on completion of the Work and shall be charged to the Contractor at cost plus applicable overheads. 1 GC 5.05.02 Care of Material .01 The Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of shipments of Material supplied by the Owner, provide 1 adequate and proper storage facilities acceptable to the Contract Administrator, and on the receipt of such Material shall promptly place it in storage, except where it is to be incorporated forthwith into the Work. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for acceptance of Material supplied by the Owner, at the specified delivery point and for its safe handling and storage. If such Material is damaged while under the control of the Contractor, it shall be replaced or repaired by the Contractor at no expense to the Owner, and to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. If such Material is rejected by the Contract Administrator for reasons that are not the fault of the Contractor, it shall remain in the care and at the risk of the Contractor until its disposition has been determined by the Contract Administrator. .03 Where Material supplied by the Owner arrives at the delivery point in a damaged condition or where there are discrepancies between the quantities received and the quantities shown on the bills of 1 lading, the Contractor shall immediately report such damage or discrepancies to the Contract Administrator who shall arrange for an immediate inspection of the shipment and provide the Contractor with a written release from responsibility for such damage or deficiencies. Where damage or deficiencies are not so reported, it shall be assumed that the shipment arrived in good condition and order, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. i Page 29 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I r .04 The full amount of Material supplied by the Owner in each shipment shall be accounted for by the Contractor and such Material shall be at the risk of the Contractor after taking delivery. Such Material shall not, except with the written permission of the Contract Administrator, be used by the Contractor for purposes other than the performance of the Work under the Contract. .05 Empty reels, crates, containers, and other type of packaging from Material supplied by the Owner shall become the property of the Contractor when they are no longer required for their original purpose and shall be disposed of by the Contractor, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. .06 Immediately upon receipt of each shipment, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator copies of bills of lading, or such other documentation the Contract Administrator may require to substantiate and reconcile the quantities of Material received. .07 Where Material supplied by the Owner is ordered and stockpiled prior to the award of the Contract, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, immediately upon commencement of operations, check the Material, report any damage or deficiencies to the Contract Administrator and take charge of the Material at the stockpile site. Where damage or deficiencies are not so recorded by the Contractor, it shall be assumed that the stockpile was in good condition and order when the Contractor took charge of it, and any damage or deficiencies reported thereafter shall be made good by the Contractor at no extra cost to the Owner. I I I I I r r I 1 Page 30 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 t 1 SECTION GC 6.0-INSURANCE, PROTECTION AND DAMAGE GC 6.01 Protection of Work, Persons and Property .01 The Contractor, the Contractor's agents, and all workers employed by or under the control of the Contractor, including Subcontractors, shall protect the Work, persons, and property from damage or injury. The Contractor shall be responsible for all losses and damage that may arise as the result of the Contractor's operations under the Contract, unless indicated to the contrary below. .02 The Contractor is responsible for the full cost of any necessary temporary protective work or works and the restoration of all damage where the Contractor damages the Work or property in the performance of the Contract. If the Contractor is not responsible for the damage that occurs to the Work or property, the Contractor shall restore such damage, and such work and payment shall be administered according to these General Conditions. .03 The Contractor shall immediately inform the Contract Administrator of all damage and injuries that occur during the term of the Contract. The Contractor shall then investigate and report back to the Contract Administrator within 15 Days of occurrence of incident, or as soon as possible. .04 The Contractor shall not be responsible for loss and damage that occurs as a result of, a) war; ' b) blockades and civil commotions; c) errors in the Contract Documents; or d) acts or omissions of the Owner, the Contract Administrator, their agents and employees, or others not under the control of the Contractor, but within the Working Area with the Owner's permission. .05 The Contractor and the Contractor's Surety shall not be released from any term or provision of any responsibility, obligation, or liability under the Contract or waive or impair any of the rights of the Owner, except by a release duly executed by the Owner. GC 6.02 Indemnification .01 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Contract Administrator, their elected officials, agents, officers, and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings by third parties, hereinafter called"claims", directly or indirectly arising or alleged to arise out of the performance of or the failure to perform the Work, provided such claims are, a) attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death or to damage to or destruction of tangible property; b) caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable; and c) made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work or,where so specified in the IContract Documents, from the date of certification of Final Acceptance. I Page 31 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I .02 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner from all and every claim for damages, royalties or fees for the infringement of any patented invention or copyright occasioned by the Contractor in connection with the Work performed or Material furnished by the Contractor under the Contract. .03 The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in paragraphs GC 6.02.01 and GC 6.02.02. .04 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, their elected officials, agents, officers, and employees from and against all claims, demands, losses, expenses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract that are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Working Area. .05 The Contractor expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated in paragraph GC 6.02.04. GC 6.03 Contractor's Insurance GC 6.03.01 General .01 Without restricting the generality of subsection GC 6.02, Indemnification, the Contractor shall provide, maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages listed under clauses GC 6.03.02 and GC 6.03.03. Insurance coverage in clauses GC 6.03.04, GC 6.03.05, and GC 6.03.06 shall only apply when so specified in the Contract Documents. .02 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with an original Certificate of Insurance for each type of insurance coverage that is required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall ensure that the Contract Administrator is, at all times in receipt of a valid Certificate of Insurance for each type of insurance coverage, in such amounts as specified in the Contract Documents. The Contractor will not be permitted to commence work until the Contract Administrator is in receipt of such proof of insurance. The Contract Administrator may withhold payments of monies due to the Contractor until the Contractor has provided the Contract Administrator with original valid Certificates of Insurance as required by the provisions of the Contract Documents. GC 6.03.02 General Liability Insurance 1 .01 General liability insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, with limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, with a property damage deductible of not more than $5,000. The form of this insurance shall be the Insurance Bureau of Canada Form IBC 2100. .02 Another form of insurance equal to or better than that required in IBC Form 2100 may be used, provided all the requirements listed in the Contract are included. Approval of this insurance shall be conditional upon the Contractor obtaining the services of an insurer licensed to underwrite insurance in the Province of Ontario and obtaining the insurer's certificate of equivalency to the required insurance. .03 The Contractor shall maintain in force such policies of insurance specified by the Contract Documents at all times from the commencement of the Work until the end of any Warranty Period or as otherwise required by the Contract Documents. .04 The Contractor shall submit annually to the Owner, proof of continuation of the completed operations coverage and, if the Contractor fails to do so, the limitation period for claiming indemnity described in paragraph GC 6.02.01 c), shall not be binding on the Owner. I Page 32 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I .05 Should the Contractor decide not to employ Subcontractors for operations requiring the use of explosives for blasting, pile driving or caisson work, removal or weakening of support of property building or land, IBC Form 2100 as required shall include the appropriate endorsements. .06 The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in . , advance of cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage. .07 "Claims Made"insurance policies shall not be permitted. GC 6.03.03 Automobile Liability Insurance .01 Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death and damage to property, in the following forms endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of any cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage: a) standard non-owned automobile policy including standard contractual liability endorsement, and b) standard owner's form automobile policy providing third party liability and accident benefits insurance and covering licensed vehicles owned or operated by the Contractor. GC 6.03.04 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance GC 6.03.04.01 Aircraft Liability Insurance ' .01 Aircraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof, and limits of not less than five million dollars for aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. 6.03.04.02 Watercraft Liability Insurance .01 Watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned watercraft used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not less than five million dollars inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. GC 6.03.05 Property and Boiler Insurance 111 GC 6.03.05.01 Property Insurance .01 All risks property insurance shall be in the name of the Contractor, with the Owner and the Contract Administrator named as additional insureds, insuring not less than the sum of the amount of the Contract price and the full value, as may be stated in the Contract Documents, of Material that is specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work, with a deductible not exceeding 1% of the amount insured at the site of the Work. This insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall be maintained continuously until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate. 111 Page 33 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I GC 6.03.05.02 Boiler Insurance .01 Boiler insurance insuring the interests of the Contractor, the Owner and the Contract Administrator for not less than the replacement value of boilers and pressure vessels forming part of the Work, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. This insurance shall be maintained continuously from commencement of use or operation of the property insured until 10 Days after the date of Final 111 Acceptance of the Work,as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate. GC 6.03.05.03 Use and Occupancy of the Work Prior to Completion .01 Should the Owner wish to use or occupy part or all of the Work prior to Substantial Performance, the Owner shall give 30 Days written notice to the Contractor of the intended purpose and extent of such use or occupancy. Prior to such use or occupancy, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of the additional premium cost, if any, to maintain property and boiler insurance, which shall be at the Owner's expense. If because of such use or occupancy the Contractor is unable to provide coverage, the Owner upon written notice from the Contractor and prior to such use or occupancy shall provide, maintain, and pay for property and boiler insurance insuring the full value of the Work, including coverage for such use or occupancy, and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage. .02 The policies shall provide that, in the event of a loss or damage, payment shall be made to the Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on behalf of both the Owner and the Contractor for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party under the Contract, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Contract Administrator may decide in consultation with the Contractor. GC 6.03.05.04 Payment for Loss or Damage .01 The Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has been appraised, such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds, and in accordance with the requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. In addition, the Contractor shall be entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurers the amount of the Contractor's interest in the restoration of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies, except where such amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of this Contract. .03 In the event of a loss or damage to the Work arising from the action or omission of the Owner or others, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the Work proceeds and in accordance with the requirements of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment. I Page 34 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I GC 6.03.06 Contractor's Equipment Insurance .01 All risks Contractor's equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 Days written notice in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance of the Contractor's Equipment, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement, and for the purpose of this Contract, the Contractor shall be deemed to be insured. This policy shall be amended to provide permission for the Contractor to grant prior releases with respect to damage to the Contractor's Equipment. GC 6.03.07 Insurance Requirements and Duration I .01 Unless specified otherwise, the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of commencement of the Work until 10 Days after the date of Final Acceptance of the Work, as set out in the Final Acceptance Certificate. .02 The Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, proof of insurance prior to commencement of the Work and signed by an officer of the Contractor and either the underwriter or the broker. ' .03 The Contractor shall, on request, promptly provide the Owner with a certified true copy of each insurance policy exclusive of information pertaining to premium or premium bases used by the insurer to determine the cost of the insurance. The certified true copy shall include a signature by an officer of the Contractor and, in addition, a signature by an officer of the insurer or the underwriter or the broker. .04 Where a policy is renewed, the Contractor shall provide the Owner, on a form acceptable to the Owner, renewed proof of insurance immediately following completion of renewal. .05 Unless specified otherwise, the Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of deductible amounts under the policies. .06 If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required in subsection GC 6.03, Contractor's Insurance, or elsewhere in the Contract Documents,then the Owner shall have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence thereof to the Contractor. The Owner's cost thereof shall be payable by the Contractor to the Owner on demand. .07 If the Contractor fails to pay the cost of the insurance placed by the Owner within 30 Days of the ' date on which the Owner made a formal demand for reimbursement of such costs, the Owner may deduct the costs thereof from monies which are due or may become due to the Contractor. GC 6.04 Bonding 1 .01 The Contractor shall provide the Owner with the surety bonds in the amount required by the tender documents. .02 Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship in the Province of Ontario and shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner. The bonds shall be maintained in good standing until the fulfilment of the Contract. I Page 35 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I GC 6.05 Workplace Safety and Insurance Board .01 The Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with a copy of a Certificate of Clearance indicating the Contractor's good standing with the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, as follows: a) Immediately prior to the Contract Administrator authorizing the Contractor to commence Work. b) Prior to issue of the Certificate of Substantial Performance. c) Prior to expiration of the Warranty Period. d) At any other time when requested by the Contract Administrator. ' 1 1 1 I Page 36 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 r r SECTION GC 7.0-CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES AND CONTROL OF THE WORK GC 7.01 General .01 The Contractor warrants that the site of the Work has been visited during the preparation of the ' Tender and the character of the Work and all local conditions that may affect the performance of the Work are known. .02 The Contractor shall not commence the Work nor deliver anything to the Working Area until the Contractor has received a written order to commence the Work, signed by the Contract Administrator. .03 The Contractor shall have complete control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for coordinating the various parts of the Work. .04 The Contractor shall provide adequate labour, Equipment, and Material to ensure the completion of the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Work shall be performed as vigorously and as continuously as weather conditions or other interferences may permit. .05 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance, and removal of temporary structures and other temporary facilities and the design and execution of construction methods required in their use. .06 Notwithstanding paragraph GC 7.01.05, where the Contract Documents include designs for temporary structures and other temporary facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work, and the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or ' specified method of construction in the same manner that the Contractor is responsible for the execution of the Work. .07 The Contractor shall execute the terms of the Contract in strict compliance with the requirements of ' the Occupational Health and Safety Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.O.1, as amended, (the "Act") and Ontario Regulation 213/91, as amended, (that regulates Construction Projects) and any other regulations as amended under the Act (the "Regulations") that may affect the performance of the Work, as the ' "Constructor"or"employer,"as defined by the Act, as the case may be. The Contractor shall ensure that: a) worker safety is given first priority in planning, pricing, and performing the Work; b) its officers and supervisory employees have a working knowledge of the duties of a "Constructor" and "employer" as defined by the Act and the provisions of the Regulations applicable to the Work, and a personal commitment to comply with them; c) a copy of the most current version of the Act and the Regulations are available at the Contractor's office within the Working Area, or, in the absence of an office, in the possession of the supervisor responsible for the performance of the Work; d) workers employed to carry out the Work possess the knowledge, skills, and protective devices required by law or recommended for use by a recognized industry association to allow them to work in safety; e) its supervisory employees carry out their duties in a diligent and responsible manner with due consideration for the health and safety of the workers; and Page 37 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 f) all Subcontractors and their workers are properly protected from injury while they are at the Work Area. .08 The Contractor, when requested, shall provide the Owner with a copy of its health and safety policy and program at the pre-start meeting and shall respond promptly to requests from the Owner for confirmation that its methods and procedures for carrying out the Work comply with the Act and Regulations. The Contractor shall cooperate with representatives of the Owner and the inspectors appointed to enforce the Act and the Regulations in any investigations of worker health and safety in the performance of the Work. The Contractor shall indemnify and save the Owner harmless from any additional expense that the Owner may incur to have the Work performed as a result of the Contractor's failure to comply with the requirements of the Act and the Regulations. .09 Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor shall provide to the Contract Administrator a list of those products controlled under the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System or WHMIS,which the Contractor expects to use on the Contract. Related Materials Safety Data Sheets shall accompany the submission. All containers used in the application of products controlled under WHMIS shall be labelled. The Contractor shall notify the Contractor Administrator in writing of changes in the products to be used and provide relevant Material Safety Data Sheets. .10 The Contractor shall have an authorized representative on the site while any Work is being 111performed, to supervise the Work and act for or on the Contractor's behalf. Prior to commencement of construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the names; addresses; positions; and cell phone, pager, and telephone numbers of the Contractor's representatives who can be contacted at any time to deal with matters relating to the Contract,and update as necessary. .11 The Contractor shall designate a person to be responsible for traffic control and work zone safety. The designated person shall be a competent worker who is qualified because of knowledge,training, and experience to perform the duties; is familiar with Book 7 of the Ontario Traffic Manual; and has knowledge of all potential or actual danger to workers and motorists. Prior to the commencement of construction, the Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of the name; address; position; cell phone, pager, and telephone numbers of the designated person, and update as necessary. The designated person may have other responsibilities, including other construction sites, and need not be present in the Working Area at all times. .12 The Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, furnish all reasonable aid, facilities, and assistance required by the Contract Administrator for the proper inspection and examination of the Work or the taking of measurements for the purpose of payment. .13 The Contractor shall prepare and update, as required, a construction schedule of operations, indicating the proposed methods of construction and sequence of work and the time the Contractor proposes to complete the various items of work within the time specified in the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be submitted to the Contract Administrator within 14 Days from the Contract award. If the Contractor's schedule is materially affected by changes, the Contractor shall submit an updated construction schedule, if requested by the Contract Administrator, within 7 Days of the request. This updated schedule shall show how the Contractor proposes to perform the balance of the Work, so as to complete the Work within the time specified in the Contract Documents. I .14 Where the Contractor finds any error, inconsistency, or omission relating to the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly report it to the Contract Administrator and shall not proceed with the activity affected until receiving direction from the Contract Administrator. , .15 The Contractor shall promptly notify the Contract Administrator in writing if the subsurface conditions observed in the Working Area differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents. 1 Page 38 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 .16 The Contractor shall arrange with the appropriate Utility authorities for the stake out of all underground Utilities and service connections that may be affected by the Work. The Contractor shall observe the location of the stake outs prior to commencing the Work and in the event that there is a discrepancy between the location of the stake outs and the locations shown on the Contract Documents, that may affect the Work, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contract Administrator and the affected Utility companies, in order to resolve the discrepancy. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage done to the underground Utilities and service connections by the Contractor's forces during construction if the stake out locations are within the tolerances given 1in paragraph GC 2.01.01 a). GC 7.02 Layout .01 Prior to commencement of construction, the Contract Administrator and the Contractor shall locate on site those property bars, baselines, and benchmarks that are necessary to delineate the Working Area and to lay out the Work, all as shown on the Contract Drawings. .02 The Contractor shall be responsible for the preservation of all property bars while the Work is in progress, except those property bars that must be removed to facilitate the Work. Any other property bars disturbed, damaged, or removed by the Contractor's operations shall be replaced under the supervision of an Ontario Land Surveyor, at the Contractor's expense. .03 At no extra cost to the Owner, the Contractor shall provide the Contract Administrator with such materials and devices as may be necessary to lay out the baseline and benchmarks, and as may be ' necessary for the inspection of the Work. .04 The Contractor shall provide qualified personnel to lay out and establish all lines and grades necessary for construction. The Contractor shall notify the Contract Administrator of any layout work carried out, so that the same may be checked by the Contract Administrator. .05 The Contractor shall install and maintain substantial alignment markers and secondary benchmarks ' as may be required for the proper execution of the Work. The Contractor shall supply one copy of all alignment and grade sheets to the Contract Administrator. .06 The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for alignment, elevations, and dimensions of each ' and all parts of the Work, regardless of whether the Contractor's layout work has been checked by the Contract Administrator. ' .07 All stakes, marks, and reference points shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal, such stakes, marks, and reference points shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense. .08 Benchmarks and survey monuments identified in the Contract Documents shall be protected by the Contractor. In the case of their destruction or removal, such benchmarks and survey monuments shall be replaced by the Owner at the Contractor's expense. GC 7.03 Working Area .01 The Contractor's sheds, site offices, toilets, other temporary structures, and storage areas for Material and Equipment shall be grouped in a compact manner and maintained in a neat and orderly condition at all times. .02 The Contractor shall confine the construction operations to the Working Area. Should the Contractor require more space than that shown on the Contract Drawings, the Contractor shall obtain such space at no additional cost to the Owner. 111 Page 39 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 .03 The Contractor shall not enter upon or occupy any private property for any purpose, unless the Contractor has received prior written permission from the property owner. ' GC 7.04 Damage by Vehicles or Other Equipment .01 If at any time, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, damage is being done or is likely to be done to any Roadway or any improvement thereon, outside the Working Area, by the Contractor's vehicles or other Equipment, whether licensed or unlicensed Equipment,the Contractor shall, on the direction of the Contract Administrator, and at no extra cost to the Owner, make changes or substitutions for such vehicles or Equipment, and shall alter loadings, or in some other manner, remove the cause of such damage to the satisfaction of the Contract Administrator. GC 7.05 Excess Loading of Motor Vehicles 111 .01 Where a vehicle is hauling Material for use on the Work, in whole or in part; upon a Highway; and where motor vehicle registration is required for such vehicle,the Contractor shall not cause or permit such vehicle to be loaded beyond the legal limit specified in the Highway Traffic Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.H.8, as amended, whether such vehicle is registered in the name of the Contractor or otherwise, except where there are designated areas within the Working Area where overloading is permitted. The Contractor shall bear the onus of weighing disputed loads. GC 7.06 Condition of the Working Area .01 The Contractor shall maintain the Working Area in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of debris and prevent dust nuisance, mud, and ponding water, other than that caused by the Owner or others. GC 7.07 Maintaining Roads and Detours , .01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, if an existing Roadway is affected by construction, it shall be kept open to both vehicular and pedestrian traffic. .02 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall, at no additional cost to the Owner, be responsible for providing and maintaining for the duration of the Work an alternative route for both pedestrian and vehicular traffic through the Working Area in accordance with the OTM, whether along the existing Highway under construction or on a detour road beside or adjacent to the Highway under construction. .03 Subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator, the Contractor may block traffic for short periods of time to facilitate construction of the Work in accordance with the OTM. Any temporary lane closures shall be kept to a minimum. .04 The Contractor shall not be required to maintain a road through the Working Area until such time as the Contractor has commenced operations or during seasonal shut down or on any part of the Contract that has been accepted in accordance with these General Conditions. The Contractor shall not be required to apply de-icing chemicals or abrasives or carry out snowplowing. , .05 Where localized and separated sections of the Highway are affected by the Contractor's operations, the Contractor shall not be required to maintain intervening sections of the Highway until such times as these sections are located within the limits of the Highway affected by the Contractor's general operations under the Contract. .06 Where the Contract Documents provide for or the Contract Administrator requires detours at specific locations, payment for the construction of the detours and, if required, for the subsequent removal of the detours, shall be made at the Contract prices appropriate to such work. 1 Page 40 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I .07 Compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Materials to do this Work shall be at the Contract prices appropriate to the Work and, where there are no such prices, at negotiated prices. Notwithstanding the foregoing,the cost of blading required to maintain the surface of such roads and detours shall be deemed to be included in the prices bid for the various tender items and no ' additional payment shall be made. .08 Where work under the Contract is discontinued for any extended period, including seasonal shutdown, the Contractor shall, when directed by the Contract Administrator, open and place the ' Roadway and detours in a passable, safe, and satisfactory condition for public travel. .09 Where the Contractor constructs a detour that is not specifically provided for in the Contract Documents or required by the Contract Administrator,the construction of the detour and, if required, the subsequent removal shall be performed at the Contractor's expense. The detour shall be constructed and maintained to structural and geometric standards approved by the Contract Administrator. Removal and site restoration shall be performed as directed by the Contract Administrator. .10 Where, with the prior written approval of the Contract Administrator, the Highway is closed and the traffic diverted entirely off the Highway to any other Highway, the Contractor shall, at no extra cost to the Owner, supply, erect, and maintain traffic control devices in accordance with the OTM. .11 Compliance with the foregoing provisions shall in no way relieve the Contractor of obligations under subsection GC 6.01, Protection of Work, Persons, and Property, dealing with the Contractor's ' responsibility for damage claims, except for claims arising on sections of Highway within the Working Area that are being maintained by others. ' GC 7.08 Access to Properties Adjoining the Work and Interruption of Utility Services .01 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner, a) adequate pedestrian and vehicular access; and b) continuity of Utility services to properties adjoining the Working Area. .02 The Contractor shall provide at all times and at no extra cost to the Owner access to fire hydrants, water and gas valves, and all other Utilities located in the Working Area. .03 Where any interruptions in the supply of Utility services are required and are authorized by the ' Contract Administrator, the Contractor shall give the affected property owners notice in accordance with subsection GC 7.12, Notices by the Contractor, and shall arrange such interruptions so as to create a minimum of interference to those affected. GC 7.09 Approvals and Permits .01 Except as specified in subsection GC 4.02, Approval and Permits, the Contractor shall obtain and pay for any permits, licences, and certificates, which at the date of tender closing, are required for the performance of the Work. .02 The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary inspections required by the approvals and permits specified in paragraph GC 7.09.01. Page 41 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I GC 7.10 Suspension of Work .01 The Contractor shall, upon written notice from the Contract Administrator, discontinue or delay any , or all of the Work and work shall not be resumed until the Contract Administrator so directs in writing. Delays, in these circumstances, shall be administered according to subsection GC 3.07, Delays. GC 7.11 Contractor's Right to Stop the Work or Terminate the Contract .01 If the Owner is adjudged bankrupt or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of insolvency or if a receiver is appointed because of insolvency, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy written notice, terminate the Contract. .02 If the Work is stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 Days or more under an order of a court or other public authority and provided that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner written notice,terminate the Contract. .03 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Contract Administrator, that the Owner is in default of contractual obligations if, a) the Contract Administrator fails to issue certificates in accordance with the provisions of Section GC 8.0, Measurement and Payment; ' b) the Owner fails to pay the Contractor, within 30 Days of the due dates identified in clause GC 8.02.03, Certification and Payment, the amounts certified by the Contract Administrator or within 30 Days of an award by an arbitrator or court; or c) the Owner violates the requirements of the Contract. .04 The Contractor's written notice to the Owner shall advise that if the default is not corrected in the 7 Days immediately following receipt of the written notice, the Contractor may,without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract. .05 If the Contractor terminates the Contract under the conditions set out in subsection GC 7.11, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed according to the Contract Documents and for any losses or damage as the Contractor may sustain as a result of the termination of the Contract. I GC 7.12 Notices by the Contractor .01 Before work is carried out that may affect the property or operations of any Ministry or agency of government or any person; company; partnership; or corporation, including a municipal corporation or any board or commission thereof, and in addition to such notices of the commencement of specified operations as are prescribed elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall give at least 48 hours advance written notice of the date of commencement of such work to the person,company, partnership, corporation, board, or commission so affected. .02 In the case of damage to or interference with any Utilities, pole lines, pipe lines, conduits, farm tiles, or other public or privately owned works or property, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Owner, Contract Administrator, and the owner of the works of the location and details of such damage or interference. Page 42 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 I GC 7.13 Obstructions .01 Except as otherwise noted in these General Conditions, the Contractor assumes all the risks and responsibilities arising out of any obstruction encountered in the performance of the Work and any traffic conditions, including traffic conditions on any Highway or road giving access to the Working Area caused by such obstructions, and the Contractor shall not make any claim against the Owner for any loss, damage, or expense occasioned thereby. .02 Where the obstruction is an underground Utility or other man-made object, the Contractor shall not be required to assume the risks and responsibilities arising out of such obstruction, unless the location of the obstruction is shown on the Plans or described in the Contract Documents and the location so shown is within the tolerance specified in paragraph GC 2.01.01 a), or unless the presence and location of the obstruction has otherwise been made known to the Contractor or could have been determined by the visual site investigation made by the Contractor in accordance with these General Conditions. .03 During the course of the Contract, it is the Contractor's responsibility to consult with Utility companies or other appropriate authorities for further information in regard to the exact location of these Utilities, to exercise the necessary care in construction operations, and to take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard the Utilities from damage. GC 7.14 Limitations of Operations .01 Except for such work as may be required by the Contract Administrator to maintain the Work in a safe and satisfactory condition, the Contractor shall not carry out operations under the Contract on Saturdays, Sundays, and Statutory Holidays without permission in writing from the Contract ' Administrator. .02 The Contractor shall cooperate and coordinate the Work with other Contractors, Utility companies, and the Owner and they shall be allowed access to their work or plant at all reasonable times. ' GC 7.15 Cleaning Up Before Acceptance .01 Upon attaining Substantial Performance of the Work, the Contractor shall remove surplus materials, tools, construction machinery and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining Work. The Contractor shall also remove all temporary works and debris other than that caused by the Owner or others and leave the Work and Working Area clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner, unless otherwise specified. .02 The Work shall not be deemed to have reached Completion until the Contractor has removed surplus materials, tools, construction machinery, and equipment. The Contractor shall also have removed debris, other than that caused by the Owner, or others. GC 7.16 Warranty ' .01 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or components of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work only to the extent that the design and standards permit such performance. ' .02 Subject to the previous paragraph the Contractor shall correct promptly, at no additional cost to the Owner, defects or deficiencies in the Work that appear, a) prior to and during the period of 12 months from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, as set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, 1 Page 43 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 r b) where the work is completed after the date of Substantial Performance, 12 months after Completion of the Work, c) where there is no Certificate of Substantial Performance, 12 months from the date of Completion of the Work as set out in the Completion Certificate, or d) such longer periods as may be specified in the Contract Documents for certain Materials or 111 some of the Work. The Contract Administrator shall promptly give the Contractor written notice of observed defects or deficiencies. .03 The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of paragraph GC 7.16.02. GC 7.17 Contractor's Workers .01 The Contractor shall only employ orderly, competent, and skillful workers to do the Work and whenever the Contract Administrator shall inform the Contractor in writing that any worker or workers involved in the Work are, in the opinion of the Contract Administrator, incompetent, or disorderly such worker or workers shall be removed from the work and shall not be employed on the work again without the consent in writing of the Contract Administrator. GC 7.18 Drainage , .01 During construction and until the Work is completed,the Contractor shall make all reasonable efforts to keep all portions of the Work properly and efficiently drained, to at least the same degree as that of the existing drainage conditions. I 1 r 1 Page 44 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 , I SECTION GC 8.0-MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT GC 8.01 Measurement ' GC 8.01.01 Quantities .01 The Contract Administrator shall make an Estimate once a month, in writing, of the quantity of Work performed. The first Estimate shall be the quantity of Work performed since the Contractor ' commenced the Contract, and every subsequent Estimate, except the final one, shall be of the quantity of Work performed since the preceding Estimate was made. The Contract Administrator shall provide the copy of each Estimate to the Contractor within 10 Days of the Cut-Off Date. .02 Such quantities for progress payments shall be construed and held to approximate. The final quantities for the issuance of the Completion Payment Certificate shall be based on the measurement of Work completed. ' .03 Measurement of the quantities of the Work performed may be either by Actual Measurement or by Plan Quantity principles as indicated in the Contract. Adjustments to Plan Quantity measurements shall normally be made using Plan Quantity principles but may, where appropriate, be made using ' Actual Measurements. Those items identified on the Tender by the notation (P) in the unit column shall be paid according to the Plan Quantity. Items where the notation (P) does not occur shall be paid according to Actual Measurement or lump sum. GC 8.01.02 Variations in Tender Quantities .01 Where it appears that the quantity of Work to be done or Material to be supplied or both by the Contractor under a unit price tender item may exceed or be less than the tender quantity, the Contractor shall proceed to do the Work or supply the Material or both required to complete the tender item and payment shall be made for the actual amount of Work done or Material supplied or both at the unit prices stated in the Tender except as provided below: a) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by the Contractor exceeds the tender quantity by more than 15%, either party to the Contract may make a written request to the other party to negotiate a revised unit price for that portion of the Work performed or Material supplied or both which exceeds 115% of the tender quantity. The negotiation shall be carried out as soon as reasonably possible. Any revision of the unit price shall be based on the actual cost of doing the Work or supplying the Material or both under the ' tender item plus a reasonable allowance for profit and applicable overhead. b) In the case of a Major Item where the quantity of Work performed or Material supplied or both by the Contractor is less than 85% of the tender quantity, the Contractor may make a written request to negotiate for the portion of the actual overheads and fixed costs applicable to the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity. For purposes of the negotiation, the overheads and fixed costs applicable to the item are deemed to have been prorated uniformly over 100% of the tender quantity for the item. Overhead costs shall be ' confirmed by a statement certified by the Contractor's senior financial officer or auditor and may be audited by the Owner. Alternatively,where both parties agree, an allowance equal to 10% of the unit price on the amount of the underrun in excess of 15% of the tender quantity shall be I paid. rtten requests for compensation must be received no later than 60 Days after the issuance of the Completion Payment Certificate. 1 Page 45 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 GC 8.02 Payment GC 8.02.01 Price for Work I .01 Prices for the Work shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment and Material required in its performance. The term"all labour, Equipment, and Material"shall include Hand Tools, supplies, and other incidentals. .02 Payment for work not specifically detailed as part of any one item and without specified details of payment shall be deemed to be included in the items with which it is associated. GC 8.02.02 Advance Payments for Material .01 The Owner shall make advance payments for Material intended for incorporation in the Work upon ' the written request of the Contractor and according to the following terms and conditions: a) The Contractor shall deliver the Material to a site approved by the Contract Administrator and 111 the Contractor shall, in advance of receipt of the shipment of the Material, arrange for adequate and proper storage facilities. b) The value of aggregates, processed and stockpiled, shall be assessed by the following procedure: i. Sources Other Than Commercial (1) Granular A, B, BI, BII, BIII, M, and 0 shall be assessed at the rate of 60% of the Contract price. (2) Coarse and fine aggregates for hot mix asphaltic concrete, surface treatment and Portland cement concrete shall be assessed at the rate of 25% of the Contract price for each aggregate stockpiled. ii. Commercial Sources Payment for separated coarse and fine aggregates shall be considered at the above rate when such materials are stockpiled at a commercial source where further processing is to be carried out before incorporating such materials into a final product. Advance payments for other materials located at a commercial source shall not be made. c) Payment for all other materials, unless otherwise specified elsewhere in the Contract , Documents, shall be based on the invoice price, and the Contractor shall submit proof of cost to the Contract Administrator before payment can be made by the Owner. d) The payment for all Materials shall be prorated against the appropriate tender item by paying for sufficient units of the item to cover the value of the material. Such payment shall not exceed 80% of the Contract price for the item. e) All Materials for which the Contractor wishes to receive advance payment shall be placed in the designated storage location immediately upon receipt of the material and shall thenceforth be held by the Contractor in trust for the Owner as collateral security for any monies advanced by the Owner and for the due completion of the Work. The Contractor shall not exercise any act of ownership inconsistent with such security, or remove any Material from the storage locations, except for inclusion in the Work,without the consent, in writing, of the Contract Administrator. f) Such materials shall remain at the risk of the Contractor who shall be responsible for any loss, damage,theft, improper use, or destruction of the material however caused. .02 Where the Owner makes advance payments subject to the conditions listed in paragraph GC 1 8.02.02.01, such payment shall not constitute acceptance of the Material by the Owner. Acceptance shall only be determined when the material meets the requirements of the appropriate specification. Page 46 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 , GC 8.02.03 Certification and Payment GC 8.02.03.01 Progress Payment Certificate .01 The value of the Work performed and Material supplied shall be calculated once a month by the I . Contract Administrator in accordance with the Contract Documents and clause GC 8.01.01, Quantities. ' .02 The progress Payment Certificate shall show, a) the quantities of Work performed; b) the value of Work performed; c) any advanced payment for Material; d) the amount of statutory holdback, liens, Owner's set-off; e) the amount of GST, as applicable; and f) the amount due to the Contractor. .03 One copy of the progress Payment Certificate shall be sent to the Contractor. 1 .04 Payment shall be made within 30 Days of the Cut-Off Date. GC 8.02.03.02 Certification of Subcontract Completion .01 Before the Work has reached the stage of Substantial Performance, the Contractor may notify the Contract Administrator, in writing that a subcontract is completed satisfactorily and ask that the ' Contract Administrator certify the completion of such subcontract. .02 The Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of Subcontract Completion, if the subcontract ' has been completed satisfactorily, and all required inspection and testing of the works covered by the subcontract have been carried out and the results are satisfactory. .03 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Certificate of Subcontract Completion the date on which the subcontract was completed and, within 7 Days of the date the subcontract is certified complete, the Contract Administrator shall give a copy of the certificate to the Contractor and to the Subcontractor concerned. ' GC 8.02.03.03 Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Certificate and Payment .01 Following receipt of the Certificate of Subcontract Completion, the Owner shall release and pay the Contractor the statutory holdback retained in respect of the subcontract. Such release shall be made 46 Days after the date the subcontract was certified complete and providing the Contractor submits the following to the Contract Administrator: I a) a document satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that shall release the Owner from all further claims relating to the subcontract, qualified by stated exceptions such as holdback monies; b) evidence satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that the Subcontractor has discharged all liabilities incurred in carrying out the subcontract; 111 Page 47 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 c) a satisfactory clearance certificate or letter from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board relating to the subcontract;and 1 d) a copy of the contract between the Contractor and the Subcontractor and a satisfactory statement showing the total amount due the Subcontractor from the Contractor. .02 Paragraph GC 8.02.03.03.01 d), shall only apply to Lump Sum Items and then only when the Contract Administrator specifically requests it. .03 Upon receipt of the statutory holdback, the Contractor shall forthwith give the Subcontractor the payment due under the subcontract. .04 Release of statutory holdback by the Owner in respect of a subcontract shall not relieve the Contractor, or the Contractor's Surety,of any of their responsibilities. GC 8.02.03.04 Certification of Substantial Performance .01 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the Contract has been substantially performed, the Contract Administrator shall issue a Certificate of Substantial Performance. .02 Upon verifying that the Contract has been substantially performed, the Contract Administrator shall issue a certificate of Substantial Performance and shall set out in the Certificate of Substantial Performance the date on which the Contract was substantially performed and, within 7 Days after signing the said certificate,the Contract Administrator shall provide a copy to the Contractor. .03 Upon receipt of a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contractor shall forthwith, as required by Section 32(1) Paragraph 5 of the Construction Lien Act, R.S.O. 1990, c.C.30, as amended, publish a copy of the certificate in a construction trade newspaper. Such publication shall include placement in the Daily Commercial News. .04 Where the Contractor fails to publish a copy of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as required above within 7 Days after receiving a copy of the certificate signed by the Contract Administrator,the Owner may publish a copy of the certificate at the Contractor's expense. .05 Except as otherwise provided for in Section 31 of the Construction Lien Act, the 45 Day lien period , prior to the release of holdback as referred to in clause GC 8.02.03.05, Substantial Performance Payment and Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates, shall commence from the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance as provided for above. GC 8.02.03.05 Substantial Performance Payment and Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates .01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Certificate of Substantial Performance, the Contract Administrator shall also issue the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate and the Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined 111 payment certificate. .02 The Substantial Performance Payment Certificate shall show, a) the value of Work performed to the date of Substantial Performance; b) the value of outstanding or incomplete Work; c) the amount of the statutory holdback, allowing for any previous releases of statutory holdback to the Contractor in respect of completed subcontracts and deliveries of pre-selected equipment; Page 48 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I I d) the amount of maintenance security required; and e) the amount due the Contractor. .03 Payment of the amount certified shall be made within 30 Days of the date of issuance of the payment certificate. .04 The Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the statutory holdback due in respect of Work performed up to the date of Substantial Performance. Payment of such statutory holdback shall be due 46 Days after the date of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance but subject to the provisions of the Construction Lien Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following documents: a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions such as t outstanding work or matters arising out of subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation; b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have been discharged except for statutory holdbacks properly retained; c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board;and ' d) proof of publication of the Certificate of Substantial Performance. GC 8.02.03.06 Certification of Completion ' .01 Upon application by the Contractor and when the Contract Administrator has verified that the Contract has reached Completion, the Contract Administrator shall issue a Completion Certificate. .02 The Contract Administrator shall set out in the Completion Certificate the date on which the Work was completed and, within 7 Days of signing the said certificate, the Contract Administrator shall provide a copy to the Contractor. GC 8.02.03.07 Completion Payment and Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificates ' .01 When the Contract Administrator issues the Completion Certificate, the Contract Administrator shall also issue the Completion Payment Certificate and the Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate or where appropriate, a combined payment certificate. 1 .02 The Completion Payment Certificate shall show, a) measurement and value of Work at Completion; b) the amount of the further statutory holdback based on the value of further work completed over and above the value of work completed shown in the Substantial Performance Payment Certificate referred to above; and ' c) the amount due the Contractor. .03 The Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate shall be a payment certificate releasing to the Contractor the further statutory holdback. Payment of such statutory holdback shall be due 46 Days after the date of Completion of the Work as established by the Completion Certificate but subject to the provisions of the Construction Lien Act and the submission by the Contractor of the following documents: Page 49 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I a) a release by the Contractor in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator releasing the Owner from all further claims relating to the Contract, qualified by stated exceptions where appropriate; b) a statutory declaration in a form satisfactory to the Contract Administrator that all liabilities incurred by the Contractor and the Contractor's Subcontractors in carrying out the Contract have been discharged, qualified by stated exceptions where appropriate; and c) a satisfactory Certificate of Clearance from the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board. GC 8.02.03.08 Interest .01 Interest due the Contractor is based on simple interest and is calculated using the applicable Rate of Interest. GC 8.02.03.09 Interest for Late Payment .01 Provided the Contractor has complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation requirements, when payment by the Owner to the Contractor for Work performed, or for release of statutory holdback, is delayed by the Owner, then the Contractor shall be entitled to receive interest on the outstanding payment at the Rate of Interest, if payment is not received on the dates set out below: a) Progress Payment Certificates: 30 Days after the Cut-Off Date; ' b) Certificate of Subcontract Completion: 30 Days after the date certified as the date on which the subcontract was completed; c) Subcontract Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date on which the subcontract was completed; d) Substantial Performance Payment Certificate: 30 Days after the date of issuance of the i certificate; e) Substantial Performance Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after publication of the Payment Certificate of Substantial Performance; f) Completion Payment Certificate: 30 Days after the date certified as the date on which the Contract reached Completion; and I g) Completion Statutory Holdback Release Payment Certificate: 76 Days after the date certified as the date that the Work was completed. .02 If the Contractor has not complied with the requirements of the Contract, including all documentation requirements, prior to expiration of the time periods described in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01, interest shall only begin to accrue when the Contractor has completed those requirements. 1 1 Page 50 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I I GC 8.02.03.10 Interest for Negotiations and Claims .01 Except as hereinafter provided, where a notice of negotiation, notice of intent to claim and the subsequent claims are submitted in accordance with the time limits or procedure or both described by subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the ' Rate of Interest on the amount of the negotiated price for that part of the Work or on the amount of the settled claim. Such interest shall not commence until 30 Days after the satisfactory completion of that part of the Work. .02 Where the Contractor does not attempt to resolve the negotiation or the claim in an expeditious manner, interest shall be negotiable. ' .03 Where the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within the time limit prescribed by subsection GC 3.13, Claims, Negotiations, Mediation, interest shall not be paid. .04 Where a Contractor fails to comply with the 30 Day time limit and the procedures prescribed in paragraph GC 3.13.03.03 for submission of claims, interest shall not be paid for the delay period. GC 8.02.03.11 Owner's Set-Off .01 Pursuant to Section 12 of the Construction Lien Act, the Owner may retain from monies owing to the Contractor under this Contract an amount sufficient to cover any outstanding or disputed liabilities, including the cost to remedy deficiencies, the reduction in value of substandard portions of the Work, ' claims for damages by third parties that have not been determined in writing by the Contractor's insurer, undetermined claims by the Owner under paragraph GC 8.01.02.01 a), any assessment due the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board, and any monies to be paid to the workers in accordance ' with clause GC 8.02.06, Payment of Workers. .02 Under these circumstances the Owner will give the Contractor appropriate notice of such action. ' GC 8.02.03.12 Delay in Payment .01 The Owner shall not be deemed to be in default of the Contract provided any delay in payment does not exceed 30 Days from the due dates as defined in paragraph GC 8.02.03.09.01. GC 8.02.04 Payment on a Time and Material Basis GC 8.02.04.01 Definitions .01 For the purpose of clause GC 8.02.04 the following definitions apply: ' Cost of Labour means the amount of wages, salary, travel, travel time, food, lodging, or similar items and Payroll Burden paid or incurred directly by the Contractor to or in respect of labour and supervision actively and necessarily engaged on the Work based on the recorded time and hourly rates of pay for such labour and supervision but shall not include any payment or costs incurred for general supervision, administration, and management time spent on the entire Work or any wages, salary, or Payroll Burden for which the Contractor is compensated by any payment made by the Owner for Equipment. ' Cost of Material means the cost of Material purchased or supplied from stock and valued at current market prices for the purpose of carrying out Extra Work by the Contractor or by others, when such arrangements have been made by the Contractor for completing the Work, as shown by itemized invoices. ' Operated Rented Equipment means Rented Equipment for which an operator is provided by the supplier of the equipment and for which the rent or lease includes the cost of the operator. 1 ' Page 51 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 I 1 Payroll Burden means the payments in respect of workplace insurance, vacation pay, employment insurance, public liability and property damage insurance, sickness and accident insurance, pension fund, and such other welfare and benefit payments forming part of the Contractor's normal labour costs. Rented Equipment means equipment that is rented or leased for the special purpose of Work on a Time and Material Basis from a person, firm, or corporation that is not an associate of the lessee as the word "associate" is defined by the Securities Act, R.S.O. 1990, c:S.5, as amended, and is approved by the Contract Administrator. Road Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction maintenance of roads, streets, Highways, and parking lots and includes all work incidentals thereto other than work on structures. Sewer and Watermain Work means the preparation, construction, finishing, and construction maintenance of sewer systems and watermain systems, and includes all work incidental thereto other than work on structures. Standby Time means any period of time that is not considered Working Time and which together with the Working Time does not exceed 10 hours in any one Working Day and during which time a unit of equipment cannot practically be used on other work but must remain on the site in order to continue with its assigned task and during which time the unit is in fully operable condition. Structure Work means the construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, remodelling, renovation, or demolition of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and includes the preparation for and the laying ' of the foundation of any bridge, building, tunnel, or retaining wall and the installation of equipment and appurtenances incidental thereto. The 127 Rate means the rate for a unit of Equipment as listed in OPSS 127, Schedule of Rental Rates for Construction Equipment, Including Model and Specification Reference, that is current at the time the work is carried out or for Equipment that is not so listed, the rate that has been calculated by the Owner, using the same principles as used in determining The 127 Rates. Work on a Time and Material Basis means Changes in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work approved by the Contract Administrator for payment on a Time and Material basis. The Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be subject to all the terms, conditions, Standard Specifications and provisions of the Contract. Working Time means each period of time during which a unit of Equipment is actively and of necessity engaged on a specific operation and the first 2 hours of each immediately following period during which the unit is not so engaged but during which the operation is otherwise proceeding and during which time the unit cannot practically be transferred to other work but must remain on the site in order to continue with its assigned tasks and during which time the unit is in a fully operable condition. GC 8.02.04.02 Daily Work Records .01 Daily Work Records, prepared as the case may be by either the Contractor's representative or the Contract Administrator reporting the labour and Equipment employed and the Material used on each Time and Material project, should be reconciled and signed each Day by both the Contractor's representative and the Contract Administrator. If it is not possible to reconcile the Daily Work Records, then the Contractor shall submit the un-reconciled Daily Work Records with its claim, whereby the resolution of the dispute about the Daily Work Records shall not be resolved until there is a resolution of the claim. Page 52 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 ' 1 I GC 8.02.04.03 Payment for Work 1 .01 Payment as herein provided shall be full compensation for all labour, Equipment, and Material to do the Work on a Time and Material Basis except where there is agreement to the contrary prior to the ' commencement of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. The payment adjustments on a Time and Material basis shall apply to each individual Change Order authorized by the Contract Administrator. GC 8.02.04.04 Payment for Labour .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for labour employed on each Time and Material project at 135% of the Cost of Labour up to $3,000, then at 120% of any portion of the Cost of Labour in excess of $3,000. .02 The Owner shall make payment in respect of Payroll Burden for Work on a Time and Material Basis at the Contractor's actual cost of Payroll Burden. .03 At the Owner's discretion, an audit may be conducted in which case the actual Payroll Burden so determined shall be applied to all Time and Material work on the Contract. GC 8.02.04.05 Payment for Material .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Material used on each Time and Material project at 120% of the Cost of the Material up to$3,000, then at 115% of any portion of the Cost of Material in excess of$3,000. GC 8.02.04.06 Payment for Equipment GC 8.02.04.06.01 Working Time ' .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of all Equipment, other than Rented Equipment and Operated Rented Equipment, used on the Work on a Time and Material basis at The 127 Rates with a cost adjustment as follows: ' a) Cost$10,000 or less-no adjustment; b) Cost greater than $10,000 but not exceeding $20,000 - payment $10,000 plus 90% of the portion in excess of$10,000; and c) Cost greater than $20,000-$19,000 plus 80% of the portion in excess of$20,000. .02 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the invoice price approved by the Contract Administrator up to a maximum of 110% of The 127 Rate. This constraint shall be waived when the Contract ' Administrator approves the invoice price prior to the use of the Rented Equipment. .03 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for the Working Time of Operated Rented Equipment used on the Work on a Time and Material Basis at 110% of the Operated Rented Equipment invoice price ' approved by the Contract Administrator prior to the use of the Equipment on the Work on a Time and Material Basis. GC 8.02.04.06.02 Standby Time ' .01 The Owner shall pay the Contractor for Standby Time of Equipment at 35% of The 127 Rate or 35% of the invoice price whichever is appropriate. The Owner shall pay reasonable costs for Rented Equipment where this is necessarily retained in the Working Area for extended periods agreed to by Page 53 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 e I the Contract Administrator. This shall include Rented Equipment intended for use on other work, but has been idled due to the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis. I .02 In addition, the Owner shall include the Cost of Labour of operators or associated labourers who cannot be otherwise employed during the standby period or during the period of idleness caused by the circumstances giving rise to the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .03 The Contract Administrator may require Rented Equipment idled by the circumstances giving rise to the Work on Time and Material Basis to be returned to the lessor until the work requiring the equipment can be resumed. The Owner shall pay such costs as a result from such return. .04 When Equipment is transported, solely for the purpose of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, to or from the Working Area on a Time and Material basis, payment shall be made by the Owner only in respect of the transporting units. When Equipment is moved under its own power it shall be deemed to be working. The method of moving Equipment and the rates shall be subject to the approval of the Contract Administrator. GC 8.02.04.07 Payment for Hand Tools .01 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section, no payment shall be made to the Contractor for or in respect of Hand Tools or equipment that are tools of the trade. GC 8.02.04.08 Payment for Work By Subcontractors .01 Where the Contractor arranges for Work on a Time and Material Basis, or a part of it, to be 1 performed by Subcontractors on a Time and Material basis and has received approval prior to the commencement of such work, in accordance with the requirements of subsection GC 3.09, Subcontracting by the Contractor, the Owner shall pay the cost of Work on a Time and Material Basis by the Subcontractor calculated as if the Contractor had done the Work on a Time and Material Basis, plus a markup calculated on the following basis: a) 20%of the first$3,000; plus , b) 15%of the amount from $3,000 to$10,000; plus c) 5%of the amount in excess of$10,000. .02 No further markup shall be applied regardless of the extent to which the work is assigned or sublet to others. If work is assigned or sublet to an associate, as defined by the Securities Act, no markup whatsoever shall be applied. GC 8.02.04.09 Submission of Invoices .01 At the start of the Work on a Time and Material Basis, the Contractor shall provide the applicable labour and Equipment rates not already submitted to the Contract Administrator during the course of such work. ' .02 Separate summaries shall be completed by the Contractor according to the standard form"Summary for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material Basis." Each summary shall include the Change Directive or Change Order number and covering dates of the work and shall itemize separately the labour, Materials, and Equipment. Invoices for Materials, Rented Equipment, and other charges incurred by the Contractor on the Work on a Time and Material Basis shall be included with each summary. ' I Page 54 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 .03 Each month the Contract Administrator shall include with the monthly progress payment certificate, the costs of the Work on a Time and Material Basis incurred during the preceding month all in accordance with the contract administrative procedures and the Contractor's invoice of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. .04 The final "Summary for Payment of Accounts on a Time and Material Basis" shall be submitted by the Contractor within 60 Days after the completion of the Work on a Time and Material Basis. GC 8.02.04.10 Payment Other Than on a Time and Material Basis .01 Clause GC 8.02.04 does not preclude the option of the Contract Administrator and the Contractor negotiating a Lump Sum Item or unit price payment for Change in the Work, Extra Work, and Additional Work. GC 8.02.04.11 Payment Inclusions .01 Except where there is agreement in writing to the contrary, the compensation, as herein provided, shall be accepted by the Contractor as compensation in full for profit and all costs and expenses arising out of the work, including all cost of general supervision, administration, and management 1 time spent on the work, and no other payment or allowance shall be made in respect of such work. GC 8.02.05 Final Acceptance Certificate .01 After the acceptance of the Work, the Contract Administrator shall issue the Final Acceptance Certificate, or, where applicable, after the Warranty Period has expired. The Final Acceptance Certificate shall not be issued until all known deficiencies have been adjusted or corrected, as the ' case may be, and the Contractor has discharged all obligations under the Contract. GC 8.02.06 Payment of Workers .01 The Contractor shall, in addition to any fringe benefits, pay the workers employed on the Work in accordance with the labour conditions set out in the Contract and at intervals of not less than twice a month. .02 The Contractor shall require each Subcontractor doing any part of the Work to pay the workers employed by the Subcontractor on the Work in accordance with paragraph GC 8.02.06.01. .03 Where any person employed by the Contractor or any Subcontractor or other person on the Work is paid less than the amount required to be paid under the Contract, the Owner may set off monies in accordance with clause GC 8.02.03.11, Owner's Set-Off. GC 8.02.07 Records .01 The Contractor shall maintain and keep accurate Records relating to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, and claims arising therefrom. Such Records shall be of sufficient detail to support the total cost of the Work, Changes in the Work, and Extra Work. The Contractor shall preserve all such original Records until 12 months after the Final Acceptance Certificate is issued or until all claims have been settled, whichever is longer. The Contractor shall require that Subcontractors ' employed by the Contractor preserve all original Records pertaining to the Work, Changes in the Work, Extra Work, and claims arising therefrom for a similar period of time. .02 The Owner may inspect and audit the Contractor's Records relating to the Work, Extra Work, and ' Changes in the Work at any time during the period of the Contract. The Contractor shall supply certified copies of any part of its Records required,whenever requested by the Owner. I Page 55 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 I GC 8.02.08 Taxes .01 Where a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes occurs after the date of tender closing for this Contract, and this change could not have been anticipated at the time of bidding, the Owner shall increase or decrease Contract payments to account for the exact amount of tax change involved. I .02 Claims for compensation for additional tax cost shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Contract Administrator on forms provided by the Contract Administrator to the Contractor. Such claims for additional tax costs shall be submitted not less than 30 Days after the date of Final Acceptance. .03 Where the Contractor benefits from a change in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes, the Contractor shall submit to the Contract Administrator, on forms provided by the Contract Administrator, a statement of such benefits. This statement shall be submitted not later than 30 Days after Final Acceptance. .04 Changes in Canadian Federal or Provincial taxes that impact upon commodities, which when left in place form part of the finished Work, or the provision of services, where such services form part of the Work and where the manufacture or supply of such commodities or the provision of such services is carried out by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, are subject to a claim or benefit as detailed above. Services in the latter context means the supply and operation of equipment, the provision of labour, and the supply of commodities that do not form part of the Work. GC 8.02.09 Liquidated Damages I .01 When liquidated damages are specified in the Contract and the Contractor fails to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract, the Contractor shall pay such amounts as are specified in the Contract Documents. 1 1 1 I 1 1 1 Page 56 Rev.Date: 11/2006 OPSS.MUNI 100 1 1 A-1 AGREEMENT ' CONTRACT NO. 17094 ' THIS AGREEMENT MADE IN TRIPLICATE THIS 8th DAY OF March , 2018. ' BETWEEN: ' MOOREFIELD EXCAVATING LTD. (hereinafter called "the Owner") 6297 Wellington Road 109 South,RR3 OF THE FIRST PART Harriston, ON NOG 1Z0 - and- IMUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE (hereinafter called "the Contractor") 1475 Concession 5,R. R. 5 OF THE SECOND PART ' Kincardine, ON N2Z 2X6 WITNESSETH That the Owner and the Contractor,in consideration of the fulfilment of their respective promises and ' obligations herein set forth covenant and agree with each other as follows: ' ARTICLE 1 a) A description of the work is: Municipality of Kincardine, MCR Servicing,Contract No. 17094. b) The Contractor shall, except as otherwise specifically provided, at his own expense,provide all and every kind of labour,machinery, plant, structures,roads, ways,materials, appliances, articles and things necessary for the due execution and completion of all the work set out in this contract and shall forthwith according to the instructions of the Contract Administrator commence the works and diligently execute the respective portions thereof and deliver the works complete in every particular to the Owner within the time specified. ' ARTICLE 2 In case of any inconsistency or conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the Plans,or ' Specifications or General Conditions, or Tender, or any other documents or writing,the provisions of such documents shall take precedence and govern in the following order; namely, 1 I A-2 ' a) Agreement b) Addenda ' c) Special Provisions d) Contract Drawings e) Information to Bidders f) Standard Specifications g) Standard Drawings h) Form of Tender I i) Supplemental General Conditions j) General Conditions k) Working Drawings ' ARTICLE 3 The Contractor shall not without the consent in writing of the Owner(or the Engineer)and without restricting in any way the provisions of the General Conditions attached hereto make any assignment of any part or the whole of any monies due or to become due under the provisions of ' this contract. ARTICLE 4 ' The Owner covenants with the Contractor that the Contractor having in all respects complied with the provisions of this contract,will be paid for and in respect of the works at the tendered lump sum or unit prices after measurement approved by the Contract Administrator,the total which is presently estimated to be the sum of Four Million,Twenty-Eight Thousand,Four Hundred Forty-One Dollars and Seven Five Cents ' ($4,028,441.75) subject to such additions and deductions as may properly be made under the terms hereof, ' subject to the provision that the Owner may make payments on account monthly or otherwise as may be provided in the attached hereto. ARTICLE 5 Where any notice, direction or other communication is required to be or may be given or made ' by one of the parties hereto to the other or to the Contract Administrator, it shall be deemed sufficiently given or made if mailed or delivered in writing to such party or to the Contract Administrator at the following address: B. M.ROSS AND ASSOCIATES LIMITED Engineers and Planners ' 62 North Street Goderich,ON N7A 2T4 Where any such notice, direction or other communication is given or made to the Contract ' Administrator, a copy thereof shall likewise be delivered to any agent of the Contract Administrator appointed in accordance with the General Conditions of this Contract and where any such notice,direction or other communications is given or made to such Agent, a copy ' thereof shall likewise be delivered to the Contract Administrator. 1 A-3 ARTICLE 6 ' A copy of each of the General Conditions, Supplemental General Conditions, Special Provisions, Addenda,Tender, Information to Bidders, and Supplemental Specifications is hereto annexed and together with the Plans relating thereto and listed in the Specifications are made part of this ' Contract as fully to all intents and purposes as though recited in full herein. ARTICLE 7 ' No implied contract of any kind whatsoever by or on behalf of the Owner shall arise or be implied from anything in this contract contained,nor from any position or situation of the parties at any time, it being clearly understood that the express covenants and agreements herein contained made by the Owner shall be the only covenants and agreements upon which any rights against the Owner may be founded. ' ARTICLE 8 Time shall be deemed the essence of this Contract. ' ARTICLE 9 The Contractor declares that in tendering for the works and in entering into this Contract,he has ' either investigated for himself the character of the work and all local conditions that might affect his tender or his acceptance of the work, or that not having so investigated, he is willing to assume and does hereby assume all risk of conditions arising or developing in the course of the 1 work which might or could make the work or any items thereof, more expensive in character, or more onerous to fulfill than was contemplated or known when the tender was made or the Contract signed. The Contractor also declares that he did not and does not rely upon information ' furnished by any methods whatsoever by the Owner or its officers or employees,being aware that any information from such sources was and is approximate and speculative only, and was not in any manner warranted or guaranteed by the Owner. ' ARTICLE 10 The Contractor declares that in entering into this Contract, he shall uphold the obligations of the Ontario Human Rights Code,the Occupational Health and Safety Act,the Employment Standards Act,the Accessibility for Ontarians with Disabilities Act, the Criminal Code of ' Canada and the Charter of Rights and Freedoms. In addition,he shall uphold any obligations established by the Owner's policies which prohibit harassment/discrimination on a number of grounds including political affiliation and the level of literacy. WHERE LEGALLY MANDATED,the Contractor shall have in place the necessary policies, programs, information, instruction,plans and/or other supports that are consistent with his obligations and he shall have an internal process available for employees and service recipients to prevent, address and remedy discrimination,racism,harassment,hate and inaccessibility complaints. The Contractor agrees that he shall,upon request by the Owner,provide evidence of ' the policies,programs, information, instruction,plans and other supports and an appropriate internal complaint resolution process required under this Declaration which is sufficient to allow the Owner to determine compliance. The Contractor acknowledges that failure to demonstrate compliance with this declaration,to the satisfaction of the Owner, may result in the termination of the contract. I A-4 IARTICLE 11 I This contract shall apply to and be binding on the parties hereto and their successors, administrators,executors and assigns and each of them. IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals the day and year first above written or caused their corporate seals to be affixed, attested by the signature of their proper officer, as the case may be. IFOR THE O 1: : fillpior LX7/24, 2_2( 20 1 r Signature Name Title Date II/We have the authority to bind the corporation. MO. ft. ./ - • Signature Name Title Date II/We have the authority to bind the corporation. I FO' : CONTRACTOR: I ./ / I 6tekt_k___54516 I —Signature Name Title Date e have the authority to bind the corporation. ISignature Name Title Date I/We have the authority to bind the corporation. 1 I Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\A1-4-15Aug8.docx I Page 1 ' MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE ' NOTICE TO ALL CONTRACTORS CORPORATE STATEMENT OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ' The Corporation of the Municipality of Kincardine is committed to ensuring that a high standard of health and safety is provided and maintained for all employees' visitors, guests, contractors, agents and others on our premises. Accordingly, a corporate health and safety policy and procedure manual has been adopted and implemented and shall be adhered to. I ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL: 1. Demonstrate establishment and maintenance of health and safety program with objectives and standards consistent with applicable legislation and with the Municipality of ' Kincardine's health and safety policies and requirements. 2. Submit a copy of past accident records and Worker's Compensation Board Number. 1 3. Include health and safety provisions in their management systems to reach and maintain consistently a high level of health and safety. ' 4. Ensure that workers in their employ are aware of hazardous substances that may be in use at their place of work and wear appropriate personal protective equipment as may be required. 5. Upon request at any time from award to completion of contract, submit proof of fulfilment of above responsibilities. ' 6. Must comply with Workplace Safety Insurance Board(WSIB)premiums. 7. The Contractor shall sign-off on the corporate occupational health&safety form stating his agreement to comply. ' Your co-operation and assistance in this matter is appreciated and vital to the Health and Safety of all. 1 r Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\KINCARDINE F Page 2 1 MUNICIPALITY OF KINCARDINE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY COMPLIANCE FORM 1 I have read the"Municipality of Kincardine, Notice to All Contractors, Corporate Statement of Occupational Health and Safety" and agree to comply with it. 1 1 i _ 0 APR 's Nam_ Da - 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Y:\Project Mgmt Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\KINCARDINE F 1 CONTRACT RELEASE (IN THE MATTER of a contract,known as Contract No. ' (entered into between ( the Owner ( AND ( the Contractor (dated , 20_ (for the construction of ( (in ,Ontario. KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS that I/We ' (name of Contractor, in full) for and in consideration of other good and valuable consideration paid by the Owner,have ' remised,released and forever discharged, and by these presents do for myself/ourselves,my/our heirs,executors, administrators and assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be, remise,release and forever discharge the Owner, its successors and assigns, of and from all ' manner of action and actions, cause and causes of action, suits, debts, dues, sums of money, claims and demands whatsoever at law or in equity which I/We ever had or now have,or which I/We or my/our heirs, executors, administrators or assigns or successors and assigns, as the case may be,hereafter can, shall or may have by reason of the above-mentioned Contract, save and except any claim which I/We have arising out of; 1) the retention by the Owner of the maintenance holdback of the Contract price; 2) any sum retained by the Owner against the cost of uncompleted work; 3) (if none, state "none') IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands and seals. SIGNED, SEALED AND DELIVERED ) ) ' Witness or Company Seal Date Y:\Project Mgmt Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Contract Release 15Ju115.docx 1 STATUTORY DECLARATION RE:LIENS,LIABILITIES &PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS DOMINION OF CANADA IN THE MATTER of(a contract,known as PROVINCE OF ONTARIO entered into between( the Owner AND( the Contractor dated( , 20_ for the construction of in( ,Ontario. ' TO WIT: I, of in the Province of ,do solemnly declare: 1. That I am of the (President,Secretary,Treasurer,a Partner,etc.) Contractor named in the Contract above-mentioned and as such have personal knowledge of the facts hereunder declared. 2. That the said Contractor has complied with the terms of the Construction Lien Act,R.S.O. 1990, ' c.C.30 and amendments thereto,and with the requirements of statutes and regulations of the Province of Ontario relating to the payment of fair wages. 3. That with the exception of accounts listed below,and amounts held back and amounts deferred by ' written agreement,all liabilities incurred by the said Contractor arising out of work performed have been discharged. 4. That the following is a complete list of disputed accounts: Name&Address of Creditor Service Rendered Total Claims($) Amount in Dispute Amount Paid($) 1 ' (If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above) ' 5. That all persons who have placed or furnished any material or things to be used in connection with the above Contract have been fully paid or their claims have been settled in respect of such work, service,materials or things and there are no liens,garnishees,attachments or claims relating thereto. 6. That all subcontractors who were engaged in or in any manner associated with the performance of any part of the above contract have discharged all liabilities which they incurred in respect thereof. 7. That all claims for damage to property or injury to persons of which the above-named Contractor ' has received notice have been fully paid or settled,except for the following: Claimant Description of Amount of Amount Paid($) ' Claim Claim($) (If there are no accounts, enter "NONE" above) Y:\Project Mgmt Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Statutory Declaration 16May19.docx Page 1 of 2 1 8. That the above-named Contractor has not had any notice of any grounds for a claim(other than r those covered by paragraph 7 above)connected with this contract by a third party and for which a claim might be made and I believe that no such claim will be made. AND I MAKE THIS SOLEMN DECLARATION conscientiously believing it to be true and knowing that it is of the same force and effect as if made under oath and by virtue of"The Canada Evidence Act". DECLARED before me at the of) in the County of ) this day of ) A.D.20 ) I A Commissioner,etc.or Notary Public 1 1 i I 1 Y:\Project_Mgmt_Resources\Forms_Templates\Contracts\Contract Documents\Statutory Declaration 16May19.docx Page 2 of 2 I I Varies 1.5m min Amin - Slope as specified Note 2 BOULEVARD Concrete I 2 to B% Slope 2 to 4% + sidewalk 2 to 10% — I R5 }-12 1 R5 Note 1 '\.. Subgrade or granular base as specified TYPICAL SECTION 1 51 r- 5 Y 'C o I DUMMY JOINT (OPTIONAL) Curb and gutter Expansion joint material BOULEVARD R0.5m , Sidewalk ramp I 5�r 10.257 Typ Note 3 EIMENEWA IN ' :... ..'� .v.: s N Typ Expansion joints I • Sidewalk bayni I CONTRACTION JOINT Dummy AN FT jonts ' 5 Typ ' :` toY Contraction v 3 joints, TypIn I .:A e. � v . o . ,. Yv V W II JOINT LAYOUT I -I I- 12mm expansion joint material EXPANSION JOINT I NOTES: I 1 Sidewalk thickness at residential driveways and adjacent to curb shall be 150mm. At commercial and industrial driveways, the thickness shall be 200mm. 2 Sidewalk width shall be wider when specified. I 3 This OPSD shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 310.030, 310.031, 310.032, 310.033 and 310.039. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev 12 • ' I CONCRETE SIDEWALKq�-p/ OPSD 310.010 I 1.5m min I Note 2 Expansion joint material 150mm Finished road Slope 2 to4% Note 1 surface -' ► • IP ., • 'o • R5 / Concrete sidewalk R5 '.' . . • • .\_ Curb and gutter L Subgrade or granular base as specified I as specified 51 5 TYPICAL SECTION P '. Expansion joint material ' ► .• • v •-.,.. . 4. o Curb and gutter Note 3 MEM DUMMY JOINT I I k ' i r 0.25 T --I 1.Typ 5m F-- i ' ...'. :.'•..e • ', ,1'• N Y Contraction I v joint v n Expansion T..4i: T: , . . . F •, jolg II w ''4411111144 CONTRACTION JOINT Sidewalk boy I R5mm 5 Typ 771- Dummy joints 1 I b ' .•T ' •` w _ Typ to o . 0 • v,' / P , . o.' c m e / _ • °' Contraction ►' v.� >.' ,e • f- o joint i --a I—12mm expansion JOINT LAYOUT joint material EXPANSION JOINT I I NOTES: 1 At commercial and industrial driveways, the thickness shall be 200mm. 2 Sidewalk width shall be wider when specified. 3 This OPSD shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 310.030, 310.031, 310.032, I 310.033 and 310.039. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev 12 to sr*, I CONCRETE SIDEWALK ��b'�'• ADJACENT TO CURB AND GUTTER OPSD 310.020 I I AlOlk i 24 _I I '� AspI. sI\ 1111 0 �� �' E _ _--- IIS®���� .,. 1 III N`8,*�i Crosswalk] E \t)) `� marking, TYp ; 1 E a Iin I Curb with gutter Through street as specified, Typ I DOUBLE RAMP WITHOUT BOULEVARD RAMPS WITH BOULEVARD -4c IExpansion I joint, Typ • I s `•. \-Z The plates shall extend the entire width of the sidewalk ramp at a minimum length of N 3 i` 610mm, in accordance with OPSD 310.039 1)7 I RAMP PLAN "-Back of sidewalk INote 2 -141111111111 Gutter - Note 3 NotMK e 3 I ! 1.5m 1 1.22m min I 1.5m j Taper Dropped curb Taper Dropped curb with RAMP ELEVATION I gutter as specified integral with ramp, o Note 4 Ramp - 2.0m min 1.2m min 150-200 Finished road c°- -Slo•e 2 a to 2.5% —Slo•e 2% to 5% I • surface Note 1 e a. • a e o • da • Expansion joint ' I <" . ' ' • • °• • Sidewalk Ramp material, Typ 200mm min, Note 6 I 200mm min Tactile walking surface indicator, OPSD 310.039 RAMP SECTION NOTES: I 1 Slope of ramp shall not exceed 8%. 2 Cross slope of ramp shall not exceed 2% in either direction. 3 Cross slope of flared side of ramp shall not exceed 8%. 4 Dropped curb at ramp shall be modified to eliminate 30 mm step at gutter line. I 5 Minimum thickness of ramp is 200mm. Minimum thickness of sidewalk and flared sides adjacent to ramp is 150mm. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev I 0 fp' . �. I CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS AT .,v17' UNSIGNALIZED INTERSECTIONS "`— OPSD 310.033 I I 610 I Length (See Note 2) Cast iron plate with tactile walking surface indicators ...°,4i...6.,..*********:CH I .° ° 0.0*(5.0.0.0.0.0.0 0 OO OO OO OO 0 0 0 OO OO . <>1:64.14*A0t04:104)dittAtot>.: 74OO OO 701OO O ® OO i )*(>44%<>4*'<>4)4P I 0 ` �-iv00 O :.0®0�040.0O >OO+O4O.O.044 941>000 ,000 (>4 te.4( I>4 O Detail A Vent, Note 1 Truncated dome 111 Typ Typ PLAN I r ELEVATION Ribs as specified by manufacturer I 55mm ±14mm 18mm ±6mm I 1 29mm ±7mm, typ ) -,- �runcated Dome /- ---\_}..T4mm +1mm 55mm ±14mm r }—8mm min I At Q Q - IA SECTION A-A DETAIL A TRUNCATED DOMES PLAN NOTES: I 1 Vents shall be as specified by the manufacturer. 2 Length of plate may be increased to suit the curb depression width. A Adjacent cast iron plates shall be permanently connected using a locking mechanism and any hardware shall be hot dipped galvanized. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev I 0 •sr ,, N I CONCRETE SIDEWALK RAMPS `� , TACTILE WALKING SURFACE h,• INDICATORS COMPONENT OPSD 310.039 I all MI — M .— S MI M — — E In min N l MI s — ill Driveway varies Driveway varies Contraction joint 1.0 I 41 B 4-1 D 1 II Contraction joint 1 E E I � TAt �A z Ct. �C 1 1 f , Boulevard Curb and gutter J 1.5m min B ......- Sidewalk -�Sidewalk depressed il to match dropped curb D 0.5m min Curb and for driveway entrance Sidewalk depressed - gutter to match dropped curb FULLY DEPRESSED for driveway entrance PARTIALLY DEPRESSED PLAN r Transition section Sidewalk Dropped sidewalk Transition Dropped sidewalk I Sidewalk jtionacrossdvewoy pp milimisalmmatimiwi across driveway SIDEWALK WITHOUT BOULEVARD SIDEWALK WITH BOULEVARD SECTION A-A SECTION C-C m Curb and gutter -- 2% min r Note 1 4% r. Typ Varies --I4% 2% min jfiliWignill Varies -IMai NOTES: SECTION B-8 SECTION D-D 1 At commercial and industrial driveways, the thickness shall ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev 12 be 200mm. i411 � A For contraction joint detail, see CONCRETE SIDEWALK OPSD 310.010. �,• �- B All dimensions are in millimetres DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE DETAILS G - unless otherwise shown. OPSD 310.050 I Sidewalk DRIVEWAY DIMENSIONS 1 WIDTH I m RADIUS LAND USE m One-Way Two-Way v w min max min max min max co r4 Entrance Light Industrial, 4.5 7.5 7.2 12.0 4.5 12.0 Z' n. Z Commercial, and Apartment o w N , , r Dropped curb 1 Heavy Industrial 5.0 9.0 9.0 15.0 9.0 15.0 r-600mm min Dropped curb I DETAIL A r See Table I ) n NI Left [--3.0m min, turn if required I lane ROW Varies Sidewalk I I Entrance N%............2oulevard Concrete curb or I curb with gutter. PLAN See table for driveway radius For entrance without curb or curb with gutterI see Detail A 60ornrn I Boulevard Entrphce ��� ........... -......300 Sidewalk Pavement surface I ti n10 ` -441111111101111111°1- Joint ___? '44:4 amok ci .. 0roP,e •. ::'.. ... ,:1.....itk:i.'''''''''''''''''''' / I Pal poi- .,... ....„. i Subdrain NOTES: Subbase Bose I A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2009 I Rev I 1 STAI URBAN Vi INDUSTRIAL, COMMERCIAL, AND -,� I APARTMENT ENTRANCES OPSD 350.010 I ISee Table I I > Side I I I I o Entrance Boulevard Curb with gutter i Dropped curb I I 4 600mm min —300mm IA 300mm 600mm min min min I PLAN Sidewalk Boulevard Pavement surface Entrance `'`— I �-4411111110°'- 600 etak,71. _ I i Base Subbase Subdrain el I ISOMETRIC VIEW I 8-t Not 3.Om 3.Om Var S/W or S/W and entrance SAG r —S/W Entrance- 6y I 'vote ' 4X, Note t 0:max I 8X max Dropped curb CREST g%, N ote 2 4%, Note 2 673, N°te Z SECTION A—A DRIVEWAY DIMENSIONS I WIDTH LAND USE m NOTES: Single Double min max min max 1 Maximum upgrade shall be 10%. Residential 3.0 4.3 6.0 7.3 2 Maximum downgrade shall be 8%. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2009 I Rev I 1 URBAN RESIDENTIAL \,V?,i ENTRANCE OPSD 351 .010 I 820 - � A 25-y 1--- 1 1 1- 1 11- 40 Size and spacing, Typ 2ref /33- 51r- N. r_ 1 iii_i_l__T _ILII__ Iii .7 38 a 3�I F-- �; 44 i N OD `� M I-86 T1 o M r L -- 57 �n , w ___ _ _ 0 ___ ___ 1 .L_151--- M — — — _ } Bt. C -TB L 10 491f— —. cao 0 1I7 T— T 000 102 F-- M M 76 76 C0 �C 2 N El 102 f-� --151 'a cilE �I� E , Al zr5 \ ' I,I _ ft 1 �; n t N 1-- 19mm dia hinge pin ill20 Hoisting hook rib, A 20mm, Typ 152--I GRATE PLAN Typ, OPSD 400.001 FRAME PLAN 657 SECTION A-A 612 M f --I I--33mm, Typ --1511-- See 17 623 1 17 1_____�\_�CA U VIU U N `° Slot Detail Cie 32_1 r s KJf --1;44991-- -- --15mm,Typ 40 1 1 9 I ,V,/� �I illi a _1- 1;12 NOTES: SECTION C-C 01/Ar A--,-I 105 I- 610 -I 105 �' A This OPSD shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 610.010 and 610.020. „251-- SECTION B—B B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ��--29 �5-"\` ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2013 I Rev! 2 •, s�N A�ll. 48 CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME WITH • to A R14.5 SQUARE OVERFLOW TYPE FLAT GRATE FOR C,'. _act SLOT DETAIL CATCH BASINS, PERFORATED OPENINGS OPSD 400. 110 ilia NW Ow is an t tom N OM O NM — NE — MN 111111 MR S. MN Mill ON 111111 NM 11111111 111111 NMI MIN 1111. 111111 an OM IMO OS NS nil alit IS 1•11111 800 R7omm min / r-___ 150mm max / Typ .r< �. lil ® liii ® i!I Ii-1 ISI liil Iii ISI � Id Vt * �' ® CO ® ® ® ® ISI lit *wpm* fit ril i s' ® ® ® ® ® ® 1!1 I!I I!I I�I.Ii.ImiiloliilulYlmliil�lii ISI Lift hole • • • j II • 111 ,il ® ® ® ® ® ® I!I I!I Imo, ISI I�ImI�INI� �I� I�II_ril�lwlNl��l� llslil ISI A _ ACt ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ® ?C '� ■ •■ •■ ii ■ •■ ■ r_ ISI ISI ISI ISI ISI pil ISI ISI ISI ISI ISI - - - - t -®- D A N i G E R -®- 1=1 D hI= , i =lia D ® ® ® ® EO ® ® ® ® El ISI IeI�I�IMI�IaI�I�IiilMlol�lsl�l.l�0 ISI o 'il Igl I:I ® ® 0c ® ® 1i, w LIM•M•1•�!M•M•�•W■I w `• B o ■ ■ ■ 11 ■ ■ ■ S �� IiI I!I ® ® ® ® ® ® * ISI w * hil * ISI ISI * G,. II M II IN IIS 2,, " � CI ® ® CI ® ® I:I I:I I:ImIN■I:I wi I:I Qvb. t`.C' � ISI lill ISI lil ISI liil 171 ISI 20mm, Typ Hoisting hook rib, -�� TYPE A TYPE B Typ, ng h 400.00t FRAME PLAN CLOSED COVER OPEN COVER 0676 F 0624 j 0624 j 0632 co I 29 9 22 22I X114-- 24 -y r -114 24-4 _1291-1291_ --y r-- :624 � I I � � I I { � I I S 0578 1 ��y����A�,����,�.���`,.�..��;�,, T ��,y „ , , , ., , ; r, III 19 --I I-.-15 27---I -- ' f —II-15 27--� 49- 0613 °.° 0613 j 78_119 ± SECTION C-C SECTION D-D 5106d).5 0 I 0575 6 } NOTES: 16.5 F- 0667 -� A Covers shall be Type A or Type B, as specified. SECTION A-A B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2013 I R e v I 3 /613 sT.ii\ N CAST IRON, SQUARE FRAME WITH R46 ' v CIRCULAR CLOSED OR OPEN COVER \ C E _ � SECTION B—B FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES OPSD 401 .010 — - a D42.4 D — ° TYP J- 1.20m m h•— 41.2 —1 One rung at D See Detail A — B See A grate level D Note 1 Detail 6 f Typ D Note 1 D Self—lock hinge I _< � ?� \ R0.6mm e � •• , _. TVP n D ar+cc+esa l'rs Crslier: M " � vvvvvavvv 111I / - �':' +yro` - IIT�( Rungs •�� MJ —� — t above grate OPEN POSITION mm,TyP Typ SIDE VIEW --I 20.36 �� LtA - - - - A Support, Typ GRATING RUNG �� DETAIL .., fC144_ / . a • �'"`' I 13mm dia x 95mm long :; — wedge anchor, stainless steel • v Art s LTyp ____--,_ / lit a ,. 1 ii \VP baHinge e --f co i N ,ri 1 GRATING OPEN bracket + 0.rfflf� Mounting bracket SECTION A—A DETAIL A DETAIL B Typ DETAIL OF GRATING AND BOLT-ON SUPPORT 1-76—I PLAN SECTION B—B NOTES: 1 All hinge brackets and mounting brackets shall be welded all around to support angle. MH Diameter No of Grates a b c d e f g A All aluminum in contact with concrete shall be 1200 2 900 850 850 225 352 65 10 thoroughly coated with asphalt paint. 1500 2 1128 1078 1078 311 419 65 12 B Maintenance hole depth between 5.0m and 1800 3 1344 1293 1293 308 360 65 12 10.0m, grate shall be placed at midpoint. 2400 4 1774 1724 1724 401 360 65 12 Maintenance hole depth between 10.0m and 15.0m, grates shall be placed at third-points. C All fasteners shall be 304 stainless steel. D All welding shall be according to ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2013 I Rev I 3sr44,o CSA W47.2 and W59.2. fink ; E All aluminum components shall be ALUMINUM SAFETY PLATFORM I .: yl: 6000 series structural aluminum. %,, J� F All dimensions are in millimetres FOR CIRCULAR unless otherwise shown. MAINTENANCE HOLES OPSD 404.020 ow ma as R I — MN MS MN `W i OM P MO MN all Oft OM — nit 011 MI MI IIII1§ NM INN NMI MN MI MI MN IP. ON MI OM OMB OS lilt a o U a Dropped curb at o a) entrances 0 Io Typ I� - 100mm -Thickness 25 -y - 300 50 I 150--{ Note 2 25 - 300 - 50 r150-1 of sidewalk I Typ Typ 7 ino `'S Qh an �S ° .p E �r ° ;! o E-4- 1n I . . •. . u, o E 1'` °. . • . . E a) N I . . v M Z E o I.., - , ..1 N o x - 9 N o -4--1 ..; : °. Note 3---• .1 N ZJ v Note 3 .I N Z i J v �" o v - Yom- Note 3 *.°.. `...._s•• .4 • _ v 1 • .v .1. ° .. • .. v. ... • .. _ For flexible 1 500 i F-- 50 500 pavement For rigid pavement 150L Typ 25x75mm keyway -Additional width when centred in concrete sidewalk is adjacent base - Note 3 and 5 to curb - Typ TANGENT SUPERELEVATED LEGEND: S — Rate of pavement superelevation in percent, %. NOTES: 1 Flexible and composite pavement shall be placed 5mm above the adjacent edge of gutter. 2 When sidewalk is continuously adjacent, the dropped curb at entrances shall be reduced to 75mm. 3 For slipforming procedure a 5% batter is acceptable. 4 For composite pavement the depth of concrete curb shall be adjusted to depth of concrete pavement. 5 When tie bars are specified, refer to OPSD 552.010 and 552.020 for details. A Treatment at entrances shall be according to OPSD 351.010. B Outlet treatment shall be according to the OPSD 610 Series. C The transition from one curb type to another shall be a minimum length of 3.0m, except in conjunction with guide ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 'Rev 12 rail where it shall be according �_k to the OPSD 900 Series. i . 2,1 D All dimensions are in millimetres CONCRETE BARRIER CURB ,- ' unless otherwise shown. WITH STANDARD GUTTER • OPSD 600.040 I I 111 Dropped curb at entrances— Thickness of adjacent sidewalk — Typ Typ - 275 225 1 - 275 I 225 -F 25-1 -- 25 /4h For flexible ,Le ��S ��42 � ‘. '36 o pavement �1a o o �o �n Typ ,� I --S 'Q • S. ...: Ilk_ ---1- ��- �'S v a a ' ' 0 4 N , v ; > N a: p 1 i N 1 .. ..: . '• N . . • .. s•1 c .1i•• • • •. . i Note 3 . . :d- . . : - : Note 3 :•i ! Y • . . •. - R.. I. > . i ii S F—25 150L 1--25 525 525I 50-- For rigid pavement Additional width 25x75mm keyway when sidewalk is centred in concrete base adjacent to curb Notes 1 and 3 Typ Typ TANGENT SUPERELEVATED I 1 1 LEGEND: S — Rate of pavement superelevation in percent, %. NOTES: 1 When curb and gutter is adjacent to concrete pavement or base, this drawing shall be used in conjunction with OPSD 552.010 and 552.020. 2 Flexible and composite pavement shall be placed 5mm above the adjacent edge of gutter. 3 For slipforming procedure a 5% batter is acceptable. A Treatment at entrances shall be according to OPSD 351.010. B Outlet treatment shall be according to the OPSD 610 Series. C The transition from one curb type to another shall be a minimum length of 3.0m, except in conjunction with guide rail where it shall be according to the OPSD 900 Series. D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 I Rev 12 / ,^ CONCRETE SEMI-MOUNTABLE , �' .,y CURB WITH STANDARD GUTTER OPSD 600.060 11 1 I I 3.8m termination 1 150mm Curb with t rTniril gutter 1 N I it1j ; Gutter line z I U 1 PLAN 1.° END VIEW i ( —....-0.-- —-- ELEVATION MOUNTABLE CURB WITH GUTTER I Curb with 1 gutter t 3.8m Termination 1 15, Omm, I min'� i I C H1 i I Gutter or > 2 I : I curb line il' I J. PLAN ,r, --I Varies I— N END VIEW I ELEVATION BARRIER AND SEMI-MOUNTABLE CURB WITH GUTTER I NOTES: 1 Slope shall match existing shoulder. A This drawing shall be read in conjunction with I OPSD 600 series curb with gutter drawings. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. IONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2012 I Rev 12 . sr METHOD OF TERMINATION 4��') I FOR CONCRETE CURB WITH GUTTER OPSD 608.010 I A Saw cut Semi—mountable or Bock of curb or joint, Typ mountable curb with gutter Ep Hot mix Curb Barrier curb with gutter r--I See Details Mortar 20mm max 11 . 1 . 1_ _l ' l ' l ' l ' Face . .•+1 below 5 Typ f� of curb rOi \N L•� . ,. 7-. 11 aummaim. li Gutter I .•'''°Air ita L_ ,. ..,,,,,, ,,,,,,.. EP %�//% , 49, r— Adjustment units, .1", A ///� f OPSD 704.010 '' '+ A :� :.:v'`•s Granular 0,,„gs base B t 1 B SECTION A—A I Frame with grate J A L f'Pavement-1 I1 25-- ' 1 ' 9 Gutter line PLAN to d . Saw cut Top of curb Taper: length 150mm max Top of 4or joint, Typ depth 5mm min pavement— Y e. . :e % Typ I •--Hot mix % & \ ‘: Z BARRIER CURB SEMI—MOUNTABLE or MOUNTABLE Typ % \_ CURB WITH GUTTER .:c•-.: • • .- DETAILS : .• .. • ���, %. ' Gutter line to NOTE: SECTION B—B Granular base ..... . .° A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. iii . ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2009 Rev] 1 , �� ��g! CATCH BASIN FRAME WITH GRATE E-��+ BARRIER INSTALLATION AT w>� CURB WITH GUTTER CURB WITH GUTTER OPSD 610.010 1 1 e II :d 0 300m • miNote 1 a O •e \\ 11 v Granular Tapered top bedding I See alternative C • • SUMP DETAIL • :s 1. ALTERNATIVES • IBottom riser section with 01200 • inlet and outlet openings to suit • Riser sections '. I as required •'• ..t, Bench or 01200 a sump as ' specified MEM Monolithic base with inlet • and outlet openings to suit • 300mm max :, r -d • 1 See alternatives A and B e Typ a, L-- - =----a�J Granular I Bench or sump • '�••, 'a bedding as specified '©''•74 A PRECAST SLAB BASE 300mm, Typ--I .e. . e d. Granular bedding L:- '• .--- .—.- 1 -=- _• —_'=, Riser 01200 section150 1 i r_-,_150 300 EINIIIP, 275 NOTES: 11 The sump is measured from the lowest invert. Bump as A Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum specified 300 thickness of 300mm all around the L---f --7.:• '=_-- �� maintenance hole. Steel reinforcement Granular B Precast concrete components shall be according as specified bedding to OPSD 701.030, 701.031, or 701.032. B CAST—IN—PLACE BASE C Structure exceeding 5.0m in depth shall include safety platform according to OPSD 404.020. D Pipe support according to OPSD 708.020. Flat cap I E For benching and pipe opening details, Riser �l�� see OPSD 701.021. section iessil F For adjustment unit and frame installation, 01200 see OPSD 704.010. I G All dimensions are nominal. H All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. C PRECAST FLAT CAP I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev 15 ii, -10sTAIN PRECAST CONCRETE Vs, 7),•7 I MAINTENANCE HOLE 1200mm DIAMETER OPSD 701 .010 I I 111 I 6,,,,,,,,......_ L....._ i 1. Right angle bend 2. Tee connection 3. Three way junction I 111 4. Four way junction 5. Straight through 6. Dead end I • r1 4 H •1 1V V m 841.7.: a H k m n . 01.pir •. ,..• . ' ' F • Dmax . • I v b. • 47• • D/2 min min 7. Wye connection 8. 45° bend Section MAXIMUM SIZE HOLE IN THE WALL IN PRECAST RISER SECTIONS Maintenance No. 1-4 No. 5 and 6 No. 8 No.7 Hole Diameter Inlet Hole Outlet Hole 1200 700 860 780 700 860 1500 860 1220 960 860 1170 1800 1220 1485 1220 1220 1485 2400 1485 2020 1760 1485 2020 3000 1930 2450 2300 1930 2450 3600 2470 3085 2730 2470 3085 NOTES: 1 Slopes shall be maintained from the outlet hole opening for top of benching. A Concrete for benching shall be 30MPa. B When benching is hand—finshed, it shall be given wood float finish, channel shall be given steel trowel finish. C Benching slope and height shall be as specified. D When specified, maintenance holes that are 1200mm in diameter with a uniform channel for 20.0 or 250mm pipe may be prebenched at the manufacturer with standardized benching slope and channel orientation. E All dimensions are nominal. F All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev 14sT , I MAINTENANCE HOLE BENCHING 1•b�� AND PIPE OPENING ALTERNATIVES �`=� !� OPSD 701 .021 I WM N . N NM N IIIIII IN MN INS In NI N M MI M 4111. IIIIIII Pavement Curb with Pavement Curb with Grate reference elevation gutter `I I gutter 1 1 ;''I Frame to be Typ rrn—+--n rrn—+--n f set in a full Standard frame rr--1--n ci.i—I—_i= 450mm cAJ—I__� withgrate i " pump maximum to mortar bed _ _� 01.0 Typ Typ 0��0 0��0 first step livl�i�o pININIVINMp EN —� Note 1 01111111111111111.111M El Adjustment units: LI--� ipam minimum of one maximum of three _i_ lin% Typ 300mm First adjustment unit Typ to be set full mortar bed, Typ SECTION THROUGH SECTION THROUGH SECTION THROUGH TAPER TOP FLAT CAP CATCH BASIN Reinforce each adjustment unit with a minimum of 1 wire with an end area of at least 15mm 2. Lap wire 150mm or butt weld. Maintenance hole step Note 2, Typ — _ Round or square Note 1 frame with grate or cover Adjustment units for `� 1 maintenance holes — Adjustment units with round openings. r Note 3 for catch basins Available in sections L with square or continuous units. - openings. Use butyl tape r Note 3 Available in between units. continuousr units. C=D � Use butyl tape CZ;) between units. Toper top Flat cap 1111%<>11111. Riser section Catch basin NOTES: 1 If first step is in an adjustment unit, the adjustment unit shall be of the A Adjustment units shall not extend beyond the outside edge of the structure. type manufactured with a step in place. B All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. 2 Centre reinforcing in adjustment ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev I 3 ,, AN \ unit ±10mm. 3 Round and square adjustment units PRECAST CONCRETE ADJUSTMENT UNITS are available in sizes of 50, 75, �, �� 100, 150, and 300mm. FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES, CATCH BASINS, I. _ AND VALVE CHAMBERS OPSD 704.010 I A j-150mm overlap, Typ ALTERNATE STANDARD HEIGHTS ALTERNATIVE DIMENSION A 1980 B ------- B B 1830 C 1520 - _ _WWR ,, I 185mm2/m D 1380 each way_,..._. Li. I A PLAN I 830830 115 •r___ 600—I115 115 1---- 600--1 [...—115 --r, 0 o c 'a a m 0 0 ..., ,-- ______________ Knockout-4 • • . a, f Typ Note 2 '‘:. . ' Note 2 •a z . 250 °v13 c a i o c o ' . ril a c y oo' WWR E a� 0 185mm2/m a- 0 0 E P• Outlet hole •"° E each way 03 co E E Note 1 E `� Eo F • I�° oo E a) ' a^— 300mm Q`� o to i. ' all sidesI Typ -TT ;1:: ,:':::**•:!...:i :;:: :.: '•••:::1 FT; :.::*;••• .. ••-.:: .:;: .••:.• ..:1 f 1 to 1...-.;.'..:•. ';. :,' •;•...•.' .J. __ ___› -t •• - •• : .•_.1 Granular SECTION A—A bedding SECTION B—B I NOTES: 1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum, C Frame, grate, and adjustment units shall location as required. be installed according to OPSD 704.010. 2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate D Pipe support shall be according to OPSD 708.020. subdrain. Knockout shall be 60mm deep. E All dimensions are nominal. A Centre reinforcing in base slab and walls F All dimensions are in millimetres ±20mm. unless otherwise shown. B Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around the catch basin. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev 13 �` 1 PRECAST CONCRETE CATCH BASIN sooXsoomm OPSD 705.010 1 I WWR B 1 185mm2/m vertical AI 300mm 2/m horizontal J al .—.• I 3-10M stirrups @ 200mm At C o 2-10M1r1 ___ 1.7t 2-15M— ' I I 150mm overlap -s—rI (-e---r . —' Typ •°• • ' gIr.1.3 to N Beam I 115I---600—.-11--115 PLAN BEAM DETAIL I 1680 - 115 600 250 T600-- —115 830 i230 115 6001-115 :;. `°' • a ' Beam o ' See Detail e - •• ��O y of '� L L,yeoo'b >° ii. :. 0 1 • cN v Knockout ineamie Note 2ril y y Typ ' • 250 - E Note 2 I1110 :`° E��`• Ba Bo o_' Ntetlhole In > > 'no'F'' O oEoinWWR v oro111 300mm !L. 185mm 2/m, each way `°all sides I ). • ,' • .. • • A,� `• '• • d. 150 Typ " . , , . ' / SECTION A-A Granularbedding SECTION B-B NOTES: I 1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum, location as required. 2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate subdrain. Knockout shall be 60mm deep. 3 Minimum clearance between beam recess and hole for pipe shall be 300mm or ALTERNATE STANDARD minimum clearance can be 150mm with addition of two 15M size rebor on HEIGHTS I 45 degree diagonal. ALTERNATIVE DIMENSION A Centre reinforcing in base slab and walls ±20mm. A 1980 B Granular backfill shall be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around the catch basin. - B 1830 C Frame, grate, and adjustment units shall be installed according to OPSD 704.010. C 1680 D Pipe support shall be according to OPSD 708.020. E All dimensions are nominal. F All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev I 3s PRECAST CONCRETE10). „ I I TWIN INLET CATCH BASIN 4(_ 600 x 1450mm OPSD 705.020 1 PIPE IN SUPPORTED -- PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION Finished surface —N. EXCAVATION f— Finished surface EXCAVATION 1 Note 4, Typ �--- Subgrade --� 0.50 Permanent 4= >. or temporary—�•: .:,,,.:.--.:7-.- _ - •••'.7'.:4-1-:-/:'''.,. ;_ __ _ - x••.-f To-r support system--V- ^ : 7 _ _. •�.'_ '' t;..; =s; y` fn°: Typ �: s- ��_-. 1 Backfill material 1 ,..-.,-17.;•:e."-• j. 711 Z \ Notep3e culvert frost treatment -�•..' =• t.5 • Clearance \'• -••300mm min J a •T .' See table, Typ s \': yp t 0 . ;E \,.::_ Ex 300mm min -: ••.• 0 0 0 : - .- TYPE 1 OR 2 TYPE 3 :. w150mm \:: _ min, Typ ::.: .: SOIL SOIL 0.50 0.50 0.50 Bedding grade Note 2 Note 2 PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED LEGEND' EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface D – Inside diameter 0.50 Subgrade NOTES: \ •_ : 3" '--:-.:-.y;- ,- .- -.,; . "4. - _ 1 • 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. \: �51. - = --.4.--.. - �� 2 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom \='•• 0 - --"r"--."T~ 3 of thepipe. \ Backfill material : - For pipe culvert frost 3 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 • treatment, Note 3 and 803.031. 4 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. Bedding grade CLEARANCE TABLE A Granular material placed in the haunch area shall be compacted 0.50 TYPE 4 InsidePDiameter Clearance prior to placing and compacting the remainder of the embedment 0.50 SOIL mm mm material. Note 2 900 or less 300 B Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations Over 900 500 for Construction Projects. C All dimensions are in metres ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2014 I Rev 13 4.,--,0,....A unless otherwise shown. FLEXIBLE PIPE 0. EMBEDMENT AND BACKFILL - EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.010 O M - I N 11111 M OS it — PM NS O !M — NS — — MI IS MB NMI MIN MO IIIIIII MO Me AM NO an MI lin No US 111111 ala MI On PIPE IN SUPPORTED - PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED - ---- PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface FNote 5, Typ Subgrode 7 w `-, ///////////// - _ -t....-%..54,-..- -`' '////// - ;, .'.' - -:_ .f. \\\\\\\\\\\\\\ o~ Permanent or :i,' " ::*1-:1-, _ Li 1 1 LI--;-,::?;1:-,73-.:.z..,_:...... ,.' r: - - •,� ttemporary :5.z.:::::-. ,-' 47--f•°:•.:..7, '..- - . 1 1 .. --;...-1X-_-"•'; " ,i - -.5.,:::.- a A o support system Backfill material \\ Typ0mm min, Typ For pipe culvert frost treatment • Note 4 \ i v Clearance :."\\\.\\ See table, Typ Cover material . 0.500— • \\ 0 • 1200mm max, Typ 0 ;. r 0.15 00 =i = Compacted • ,• _ "\ i '• . :r bedding material A. ' '4::. ....:4:,!:,:.1�:,,I ;a a .:Y::;;!.' .,..F.. FII Note 2 ;'•.•:$•'-f',::=•;:;- ::: -i i'y= •s••.`•'. \ ff/Jl/ s•• :' ,:z ,, :,•:,:.i, -r•,\\ 0.600 _0.500 Note 3 Bedding grade Note 3 CLASS B BEDDING CLASS C BEDDING NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150 In no case LEGEND: shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. 0 — Inside diameter CLEARANCE TABLE 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. OD— Outside diameter Inside DiPipae meter Clearance 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. mm mm 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. 900 or less 300 A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act Over 900 500 and Regulations for Construction Projects. B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 IRev I 3 fo _ RIGID PIPE BEDDING, COVER, AND BACKFILL TYPE 1 OR 2 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.030 PIPE IN SUPPORTED - -- PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED - 1---.--..- PIPE IN SUPPORTED EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface \ Note 5 if-I2,- T 0.5 OD 0.5 OD 46 - .... YP Subgrade •-'- Permanent o�'///- -_ • • -.• .-' .. \\\\ // :-1 _ '_''-:_ - ::i: = - ,..•.:.:".'.:_ . \\\\\\ o •temporary _ _ —300mm min, Typ• •� a 1 1 • ?y •. .',". 1 r =z support system .. _ '_r• 1 1 ''. - , Typ ' 1 Backfill material • - 1 Clearance •1N•.f. . - For pipe culvert frost ' : " 1.5. •• \ See table 0.5 00 • treatment, Note 4 :.• Typ /�= I PIPE IN SUPPORTED PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED 1 EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Finished surface w Note 5, Typ ° Permanent or 7 — 0.500 Subgrade Lstemporary /////7//\. -- - •�. e ` ` • •• • . _ •�, o support system \ �• :t :,.,;:•~s' x'z Typ ,\ Cover-material .1:-:..=:_- :_. 1 1.5 - '; I Y Backfill material 3 0.500 /\ '...:C ) . 11 :%.%,,-....;:4...;-.1. . _' • For pipe culvert frost :• - Compacted treatment, Note 4 j `� bedding material I Note 2 0.6 OD i Beddinggrade Note 3 0.5 OD I CLASS B BEDDING PIPE IN UNSUPPORTED - - PIPE IN SUPPORTED Finished surface-\ EXCAVATION EXCAVATION Subgrade 0.5 00 iii 7 .300mm min, Typ-+ ,` -� •, 11-------...„ �. --....:11-: • _ ::-. .::.*:%,-; • • \ Clearance illr 1,5y See table, Typ I Backfill material .17D Cover material For pipe culvert frost ��- treatment, Note 4 ••:•••:,;•...e. ::•• ' ; Compacted 0.1500-1 �� �` bedding material I 1Note 2 I Bedding grade F--0.5 00 Note 3 I 0.5 0D 1 CLASS C BEDDING CLEARANCE TABLE Pipe I LEGEND: Inside Diameter Clearance mm mm 0 — Inside diameter 900 or less 300 00 — Outside diameter Over 900 500 I NOTES: 1 Height of fill is measured from the finished surface to top of pipe. I 2 The minimum bedding depth below the pipe shall be 0.150. In no case shall this dimension be less than 150mm or greater than 300mm. I 3 The pipe bed shall be compacted and shaped to receive the bottom of the pipe. 4 Pipe culvert frost treatment shall be according to OPSD 803.030 and 803.031. 5 Condition of excavation is symmetrical about centreline of pipe. I A Soil types as defined in the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects. B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 IRev I 3 A,v, Allyn RIGID PIPE BEDDING, 1 COVER, AND BACKFILL 4„_ TYPE 4 SOIL - EARTH EXCAVATION OPSD 802.032 I I A I Main sewer —\ Drainage structure __ II— Flow / I Flow -- - - - - - -I--I- - -► , IIF—E )--- --- i' ,._ E Perforated pipe subdrain 4-1 o filter wrapped Note 2 A 6.0 1 — Subdrain pipe end capped PLAN or filter wrapped I T•., 0:• e IP e: a ' P. Ii'• 11 Ii. ', 0 : ' Same invert elevation 0 Note 1 I I SECTION A-A I NOTES: 1 Where concrete bedding is used for the main sewer, I the pipe subdrain shall be placed 150mm above the top of such bedding. 2 Subdrain pipe shall be cored into maintenance hole. A Maintenance hole benching shall accommodate pipe subdrain, as required. B All dimensions are in metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2013 I Rev I 3 p s-1:-Ani, I PERFORATED PIPE SUBDRAIN - ' IN GRANULAR TRENCH 8.80- MAIN STORM SEWER CONNECTION /311._•-,,, I TO DRAINAGE STRUCTURE OPSD 809.010 I 1 1 1 1 1 75mm min Typ I .,,.. .. "e 2 Pi;r4.;:i: r.--t.- ••........,,,g, •.;..;,,... ...,i,.••:.o.i‘t 1:".• A m, :11 isop,"t-'4.4 iri 7,--7.-:-.1....‘".....1 ..: ll; 1 :...::...e'....„..:z.:II 2.,-.2._ I nor A :. -4: f-..:- :-: -:7, .i: .,.... .. .:....,:„:„,.....4...... ...0...:, :•,... ::!:.::.„.-- i 1.11.21 75mm min Typ I Outlet pipe SIZE OF DROP PIPE SEWER ID DROP PIPE ID APPLICATION 200 200 Storm and Sanitary IPLAN 250 200 Storm and Sanitary 300 250 Storm and Sanitary I N. I I .c.I 375 300 375 Storm and Sanitary 450 Storm . o . I I 525 450 Storm . . /.: I I •ft ::• •• 's- .. q. 600 525 Storm •, -. 675 600 Storm .o ,.. .„: .• ° o Y) E3 •E • •• I : i ° E 1 _....._ ,:o _Flow - *-7---- -••-•:71-i • o • - . a .... • :- 0 .:- ": 1 ..,... •••;.1;•• E 150 ••. - . ' ../. Emm s.• : -9'. -.- 8 min •:/.- •: ;:':'... Note 1 I .• • s (0 Undisturbed / • . -. ground . - — ..• -. -- '• v.- ... I -,... • • •• -••• • •-`*." • '• - 'i• "•r ••• ::::-.f.: . ,:•%;y. . : • . • f r. ..• f.-•r.:‘,..: - 777:•• .*::.:% !-4..:--- Note 2 50mm min I SECTION A-A NOTES: 1 Concrete shall be placed to undisturbed ground and the outside face of the I maintenance hole, but there shall be a minimum of 150mm of 15MPa concrete around the drop pipe. 2 Concrete shall be secured to the maintenance hole with 450mm long, 1 13mm diameter threaded rods and drilled expansion anchors down either side of the drop pipe at 300mm centres. A All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2016 I Rev 13 CAST—IN—PLACE , ;let.v ) -AL ,,..4.74;c47 I MAINTENANCE HOLE DROP STRUCTURE TEE • •,.., OPSD 1003.010 1 I w Backfill c I as specified--\ e tI , m Fittings or radius bends Slope 1% min —150mm o(` m as required 2% desirable 0 min a M y ill. I 4 P 1:-.1 • I f I t Note 1 `100mm I #, min • Bedding and coverII as specified • I � 45' 100 to 150mm dia — 150mm min CV max os specified Watertight cap or plug as specified, Note 3 CONNECTION WITHOUT VERTICAL RISER Slope 1% min 150mm min I Backfill --\ 2% desirable I as specified i1 I 22.5. I max , Fittings or radius bends /44", 100mm min as required *ii, 100 to 150mm dia Bedding and cover • Alit as specified as specified # Note 2 150mm min 54" Settlement joint 150mm min Note 1 0 Watertight cap or plug111 as specified, Note 3 } CONNECTION WITH VERTICAL RISER I NOTES: 1 Sewer service connections to the main pipe sewer shall be made using factory made tees, strap—on—saddles, or other approved saddles. 2 Vertical risers shall be as specified. 3 Cap or plug at property line shall be adequately braced. A Maintenance holes shall be used at the main sewer to connect I service connections greater than or equal to 200mm. B For new construction, saddles shall be installed on the main pipe before that pipe is laid. I C Approved cut—in tool shall be used for field made connections. D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2016 I Rev 13 edaSrgy, SEWER SERVICE CONNECTIONS cL744.1 FOR MAIN PIPE SEWER '�`- OPSD 1006.010 I 1 IGooseneck Gooseneck <AWN I II oI0 E XE iIIIP 1I 41.110) I HORIZONTAL GOOSENECK VERTICAL GOOSENECK OPTION IIFinished grade q. i -0 d F. v I w I a 0 N 0 N n. (0 CO0 0) 0 I 0 Slide type service box , E I U E - � ` , E IC Watermain drilled or tapped73 Notes2or3 71 I; i=1: ■L1. .,•1.1Al 1 Main stop, Note 1 ; y' ` Curb stop i' with rod I \-Beddingas specified \_ Concrete support P 200x200x100mm • I VERTICAL SECTION NOTES: 1 1 For plastic service pipes, install main stop B Couplings shall not be permitted unless at 15' above horizontal with a minimum the service length exceeds 20m between 1.2m long gooseneck. the main stop and curb stop. I 2 Direct tap ductile iron pipe with approved C All water services shall be installed 90' tool with standard AWWA inlet thread. to the longitudinal axis of the watermain. 3 Service connections to plastic watermains D Backfill material within 500mm of service shall be made using service saddles or box shall be native or imported, as I factory made tees. specified. A When specified, the vertical gooseneck ' E All dimensions are in millimetres option shall be used. unless otherwise shown. 1 ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2013 I Rev I 3 ,: s WATER SERVICE ,:v;). I CONNECTION -0�„__ 19 and 25mm DIAMETER SIZES OPSD 1104.010 1 I I Finished grade 54 I 1 1 a I w U I N N F-- O U a 0.> o o 0 EI,_ 7 •E Slide type service box EI•_ a Saddle N v 7,,,- --....., 6Main stop I/ •i • •• I ••.•..Iii/(� ■ • .R ,a Curb stop • • •• ;•d Bedding as specified with rod I Concrete support 200x200x 1 00mm 1 I NOTES: A Couplings shall not be permitted unless the service length exceeds 20m between the main stop and curb stop. B All water services shall be installed 900 to the longitudinal axis of the watermain. 1 C Backfill material within 500mm of service box shall be native or imported, as specified. D All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2013 I Rev 12 ,sp ST48 1 WATER SERVICE g . CONNECTION IT� � 32, 38, and 50mm DIAMETER SIZES OPSD 1104.020 I Variable Variable I I Note 2 I 1;: Hydrant I Breakable flange I Finished grade , 100 to 150mm 1 - —� } I o Valve box with upper and ' ' lower section 0 as specified , Q. I dl o 600 600 i Drain hole ai u • 1 Geotextile ' E ' covering as specified , 19mm clear stone E 900mm width Concrete thrust See Note 3 7 block I c/ Note 1 I �vo0op o o S�Oo ex:,7,<=1 o /f Watermain I ' I Opo p;c� ooa O 0 1 : . -_ - " _ � .O ° 004 =J l__ 00• cp 4=:� - -• / r- O o�00 O • A... - I-- 2 7 - -+ - - IIS -- - • I • • -� ° I .oa O - - - - - 150mm J. a� ' min : A e' -- A I Bedding 150mm dia pipe Concrete thrust block Note 1 as specified 150mm valve Concrete support NOTES: Ii All concrete thrust blocks shall be poured against undisturbed ground. 2 When specified, for watermains 400mm and less, locate valve within 1.0m of centreline of watermain. Retaining and restraining devices shall be utilized. For watermains 600mm I and over, bolt valve with flanged end directly to flanged tee. 3 When specified. retaining and restraining devices shall be utilized, in addition to thrust blocks. Bond breaker shall be used between the concrete and the fittings and IA appurtenances. B Bolts and nuts for buried flange to flange connections shall be stainless steel. C When required, flange of standpipe extensions shall not be in frost zone. I D This OPSD shall be read in conjunction with OPSD 1103.010 and 1103.020. E Backfill material within 500mm of service box shall be native or imported, as specified. F All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2013 I Rev 12 _soo S� (1111 9 11 111 HYDRANT INSTALLATION OPSD 1105.010 1 I I I ant os 58 ��� ttbI �• o� hydra f1 r0 II I I tee 111 l;c� ��T�� Typrrt, liiettti°r:g Me Note►velq �� t�oir� �" ( Fitt pllic 3 �atgf III I 9 'et#1 , ' ' *._ N I 15 I1108 02 VO 00 vI 0110° ,' TYP $ pi 1 of I '111P...A ,„ Not �fry I�9-. TyP �`` fittir1 . ring' (e Sagdl�' J� tee 5troirl' I Petallic re (ID *10 NI ytorI 0arb not '�. aid 1 ice OP ✓ seriiaroP °tion I / Metallic Grou�d ° 0°rP°r I NOTES: I 1 Anode shall be placed at least 1.0m away from the water system pipe and appurtenances and as deep as the bottom of the pipe and appurtenances. Minimum distance between anodes shall be 1.0m. I 2 Anode connecting wire shall be loosely wrapped around pipes and fittings and knotted. 3 Protective coating shall be applied to all thermite welds. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2015 I Rev 12 . st44,, 1 CATHODIC PROTECTION FORN PVC l WATERMAIN SYSTEMS OPSD 1109.011 I Oa O! MB a s all all NO all Oa all All a — I all Oa OM all 1.0rn 0.5m C I 1 TEMPORARY RAMPING PLACED WHEN BASE COURSE ONLY IN EXISTING ASPHALT CONTRACT ASPHALT BASE COURSE ASPHALT REMOVE EXISTING ASPHALT TO DEPTH OF SURFACE COURSE PRIOR TO PAVING SURFACE REMOVE RAMPING TEMPORARY PRIOR TO PLACING PAPER SURFACE COURSE JOINT MATERIAL BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2004 B MRO S ` SCALE:N.T.S. ! Asphalt Joint Detail for e� engineering better communities Transverse Joints DRAWING No. 208 I I I 1 I I 12mm CLEAR CRUSHED I STONE .::::-. E o •••.1,0:04000000•:000000.-.•11•••••••••• •••1••••••••••1•_ toE 0 0 I I FILTER CLOTH I TERRAFIX 270R I OR EQUAL SINGLE / DOUBLE CB. FRAME AND GRATE I I 1 I I I BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2004 1 tit)� BMROSS S SCALE:N.T.S. Sediment Filter on Catch Basin engineering better communities Temporary Installation DRAWING No. 222 I MS NM MI NS all 1111111 UN MB IIIII MI NMI MI SIN NM MI IIIIII SIB MI 1111111 40mm HL-4 (SURFACE) COLD PLANE FOR COLD PLANE FOR 300mm (min) LAP 300mm (min) LAP 300mm (min) 300mm (min) �.; '...: ;.r. '. 1:: � J..r c 4W,5,,,,u.,,X4:.5.. ,.S.i;.,i� / SAW CUT EDGE OF TRENCH EXISTING ASPHALT /:. 1 i 1 :.1:. :.1.:.1:..:.: . :. :.1::.1:.1':1. :.1::,1:. \ 150mm MIN. COMPACTED / BASE COAT — 50mm HL-4 MIN. GRANULAR 'A' OR TO MATCH EXISTING DEPTH COMPACTED GRANULAR "B" BACKFILL GR0mmAND MIN. COMPACTEDTTONS / GRANULAR 'B' SUTTON STREET A • NOTES: 1. WHERE THE EXISTING ASPHALT IS GREATER THAN 100mm IN DEPTH — A DOUBLE LAP IS REQUIRED. BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2018 qh,, ��0�� Trench Reinstatement SCALE:N.T.S. �►/� engineering better communities GranularBackflll DRAWING No. 50� " 40mm HL-4 (SURFACE) COLD PLANE FOR COLD PLANE FOR 300mm (min) LAP 300mm (min) LAP 300mm (min) 300mm (min) / / . \ SAW CUT EDGE OF TRENCH EXISTING ASPHALT 150mm MIN. COMPACTED / BASE COAT — 50mm HL-4 MIN. GRANULAR 'A' / r OR TO MATCH EXISTING DEPTH 300mm MIN. COMPACTED GRANULAR 'B' 450mm MIN. COMPACTED NATIVE BACKFILL COMPACTED GRANULAR 'B' SUTTON STREET IN 200mm LIFTS NOTES: 1. WHERE THE EXISTING ASPHALT IS GREATER THAN 100mm IN DEPTH — A DOUBLE LAP IS REQUIRED. BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2018 SCALE:N.T.S. (rOIBMROSS Trench Reinstatement engineering better communities Native Backfill DRAWING No. 501M I SAW CUT IBACK OF CURB OR JOINT, TYP CURB I FACE OF CURBO D IGUTTER I O EP O �► I A� A I50mm PVC DRAI 50mm PVC DRAIN ITEMPORARY RAMPING-1PLAN ITOP OF CURB SAW CUT -AME TO BE SET IN A 1 OR JOINT, TYP TEMPORARY RAMPING FULL MORTAR BED I ___________________ HL-3 SURFACE COURSE (FUTURE) ,� HL-4 BINDER . .e .' : .. • a.. "•''r' ;••?yr! ;".t=v:;,.i.ieJ: .;:..i•-,, . . •.. . - . . COURSE . �• IGRANULAR BASE ;'i.'''.:t a_^ Omm PVC DRAIN 1._'wt; `ill. t� r'• -• • ADJUSTMENT MENT UNITS !i t4rR43 TYP) I :'� r `:1; e:1-•m ;i!wr A I NOTES: SECTION A-A 1. TEMPORARY DRAIN TO BE USED WITH ALL STORM SEWER STRUCTURES LOCATED IN GUTTER LINE. 2. TEMPORARY DRAIN TO BE PLUGGED USING 30MPa CONCRETE PRIOR TO THE SURFACE COURSE IASPHALT BEING PLACED. IBMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2004 ((Pm, I�^\� SCALE:N.T.S. "�` B MRO B S Temporary Catch Basin Drain � engineering better communities 50mm PVC Drain C/W Ramping II DRAWING No. 702 I I I I a. MALCOLM BOLTED COVER I 1 OR AS PER 300mm CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 1 1 FINISHED GRADE //moi\\\ //moi\\\ r.,,,,,c,,„ ///.c�\\ iii I 100mm RISER - AND CLEANOUT 1 —If— LBACKFILL I (NOTE 2)7 100mm 1100mm 1 ..... •••••••• GRANULAR "A" PER ••••••:•:•:••:••::1 I I OPSS 410 OR APPROVED EQUAL . i ..,.,,,,..,, I PVC CAP OR I • ••• CONNECT TO EXISTING AS REQUIRED -=150mm MIN. .•.'.'.'.......... ................... 8 II -100mm MIN. . ................................� .......................... ................................................ 11 i SERVICE CONNECTION MINIMUM SLOPE 1.0% I NOTE: 1. SIZE OF SANITARY SERVICE TO BE AS NOTED IN THE FORM OF TENDER. I 2. BACKFILL OF SERVICE UNDER THE ROAD PLATFORM SHALL MATCH THE MAIN LINE SANITARY SEWER BACKFILL. BACKFILL BEYOND THE ROAD PLATFORM SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE FORM OF TENDER FOR THE SANITARY SERVICE. BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Sept 2016 *1)B MR0SS SanitaryService Cleanout Detail i engineering better communities DRAWING No. 1000 I I I a IMALCOLM BOLTED COVER OR AS PER 300mm I CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS 1 FINISHED GRADE I //,i.\\\ //moi.\\\ L J r + ///.cam\\ I 100mm RISER - W IAND CLEANOUT ( 7 I-4— La a I ' ix o BACKFILL a (NOTE 2)7 I 100mm �'�j 100mm I ' U .'.'.".". I X III Q IGRANULAR "A" PER ••• E OPSS 410 OR N APPROVED EQUAL ••••.•••••••••,-.:.:.:: 1 •,••, ( PVC CAP –150mm MIN: 100mm MIN. . - ........................................ SERVICE CONNECTION IMINIMUM SLOPE 1.0% NOTE: Il. SIZE OF STORM SERVICE TO BE AS NOTED IN THE FORM OF TENDER. 2. BACKFILL OF SERVICE UNDER THE ROAD PLATFORM SHALL MATCH THE MAIN UNE STORM SEWER BACKFILL. BACKFILL BEYOND THE ROAD PLATFORM SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE FORM OF TENDER FOR THE STORM SERVICE I BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Sept.2016 I 4tI %!nMi!0SS er communities Storm Service Cleanout Detail DRAWING No. 1002 1 I I REPLACEMENT SECTION AFTER COMPLETION OF TESTING, FLUSHING GATE VALVE TO BE LEFT AND DISINFECTION OPERATIONSI IN PLACE AND INCLUDED IN TESTING, FLUSHING, DISINFECTION AND SWABBING TEMPORARY THRUST ITEM SOLID SLEEVE BLOCK SOLID SLEEVE OR1 rCAP CAP BELL END f NEW OR EXIST. _ GATE VALVE NEW X `�:'', .'..cr!, �_ EXIST. I I g g�— GATE VALVE (TYP) (SAMPLE TAP ALSO USED j I I FILL LINE OR BY–PASS FOR CHLORINE INJECTION (.(NJ CONNECTION (MINIMUM SIZE AND PRESSURE TESTING) AS PER TABLE BELOW) I BACKFLOW PREVENTOR DEVICE LIMIT OF PAYMENT (TO BE INCLUCED IN TESTING, I FLUSHING, DISINFECTION AND SWABBING ITEM) I FLOW REQUIRED SIZE OF TAP (mm) NUMBER OF OPEN PIPE TO PRODUCE 64mmI DIAMETER 0 76m s (APPROX) HYDRANT VELOCITY IN 25 38 51 OUTLETS MAIN I mm I/s NUMBER OF TAPS ON PIPES 100 6.3 1 — 1 1 150 12.6 — 1 — 1 200 25.2 — 2 1 1 I 250 37.9 — 3 2 1 300 56.8 — — 2 2 1 400 109.9 — — 4 2 I I BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2004 I SCALE:N.T.S. Temporary Watermain Connection of-02,BMROSS � engineering better communities Typical Configuration 1 DRAWING No. 1101 an I OM MI B — W M ' NI V n N an ! MI MI NM S �� rci r.,...) HYDRANT EX DUCTILE IRON OR COPPER WATER SERVICE CAST IRON WATERMAIN NO TRACER WIRE REQUIRED i BOTH TRACER WIRES TO HAVE}: s i NEW HYDRANT LEAD 1 m SLACK ABOVE GRADE 1 1 TEE I I 1 CONNECTION OF NEW PVC 1 VALVE I WM TO EX DI CHAMBER I I EX. TRACER WIRE 1 I OR CI WM SERVICE-- SADDLESL1'1- VALVE "."714 BOX EX DUCTILE IRON OR CONNECTION ACER WIRE I EX PVC CAST IRON WATERMAIN OF NEW 1 PLACED NOT BE OR PVCO CEED D BETWEEN 1 BOTH TRACER WIRES TO WM PVC WM SERVICE SADDLEHAVE 400mm SLACK TO NEW 1 AND WM I ABOVE GRADE AT VALVE EX. TRACER WIRE PVC DEAD I 1 BOX END WM I NEW PEX OR POLY 1 WATER SERVICE I 1 1 I END CAP PROPERTY LINE EX PVC OR PVCO WM LEGEND 0 1 --- TRACER WIRE 2m OF SLACK II NOTES: BEYOND END U I • THERMITE WELD CAP 1. TRACER WIRE MUST BE INSTALLED 1IEX COPPER WS 0 DIELECTRIC, SILICON ALONG THE TOP OF THE WATERMAIN AND FILLED, DIRECT BURY, STRAPPED TO IT AT 5.0m (16') INTERVALS. ld LOCKABLE WIRE 2. EXCEPT FOR APPROVED SPLICED 2.7 Kg ZINC CONNECTORS CONNECTIONS, THE TRACER WIRE SHALL BE ANODE AT SAME I WATERMAIN CONTINUOUS. ELEVATION AS WM CONNECTION POINT 3. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT THE TRACER WIRE TESTING BMROSS STANDARD DRAWING DATE OF REVISION-Jan,2017 MROSSSCALE:N.T.S. Watermain Tracer Wire iti4)� engineering better communities Installation Procedure DRAWING No. 1114 MI MN N S — OM 1 — w NM — — w — MI dine-Gary_Sutton_Reconstruction\Projects\Cod_Drawings\Tender\17094 Watermain Plan.dwg II I I !� 1_ ru Z In � I 2 I IrO G7il r• to _ _ 50m _ 15amm -H r WILLIAM TREET I Z N niI il •nit2cn xcl3 I 183 _ � �� �i IF L O � 3N ._._zoomm_. a- i LJAMES STREE _150mm Omm PVC Dmm PVCII1750 .0-150mm AMES STREET II 1 150mm P C OR-18 • 150mm Ductile Iran\' Y I \a 11 i Ducie°Pr°on �• I? I \\� IN \ i Ili 12'D \',0,WITHERS CRES to la 1m z .Gnn I _--� I3 15L94t I'(n \3y 'I ��oo` ' HARLES STREET 61 + m \��a I 11‘ z WA I m CIRCLE STREET 15ilmm 13 II 1 I If II IIIN I II 150mm Cast 4.---- 150mm Cast _� SUTTON STREET3 ---�5k i 11 „ I\ i1 1N g 1� \3 VI• 1" 1 I I / co I 150mm Du____Iron / CD GARY STREt 17wx.....jApmm tiro ° °rO —0 0,, 1 l,', E:N i3 ° ---1a1 1 'O r_ z -01 (n -01 / � T� 1A SFT I j \° m )1; ,: .-� 3 a• _ �.., ryo wDti O \ • 2 E C �y2, Fi O ' 04�tI/e 1 1 1 1 1 � APPENDIX A ' BOREHOLE LOGS I Eng I o b e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 1 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 1 (Sheet 1 of 1) I CLIENT: B.M.Ross&Associates LimitedDRILLING DATA CME Thick Mount PROJECT: Road Reconstructions,Project 17094 01-18 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 25,2018 I SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft V J e J D 20 4p 60 1=o g a, .e°' $ m Z w m a Undrained Shear Strength kPa M� m Flti ei t wm m m DESCRIPTION 1 p Q -F1 ♦Field Vane Test*Compression Test a g a s J J E o f y c 3 m 1- 'm 20 4o so so z 3 II 200.3 0 75mm ASPHALT over 200— 450mm Granular FILL. ��O*• •••••• ••• 04,i - *44444* - Stiff,brown,silty clay FILL,sand&gravel _ 1— seams,upper topsoil seam. �����0: 1 ss 13 16 I - 199— - tf/ - - jA 2 ss 11 ... 17 - 2— � 198— oe + 0 3 ss 22 17 I - = Stiff to very stiff,brown becoming grey at //.`" 3.3m depth,silty CLAY till,upper sift ii" seams. ,do 3 ', Pi. 197— I4. 4 ss 30 17 ',40 Pi Ie 4— ±Aon 1 - 196— i � 5 ss 20 18 ��O� I - - 5— ,,,4 195— Ie . , I _ •%'�� 6 ss 24 • 15 6— End of Borehole. IHole dry and open at completion. m coy a 0 I Yj a 0.6 N coI co O co W J o W re0 0 o J I E n Iobe g CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 2 (Sheet 1 of 1) CLIENT: B.M. Ross&Associates Limited 0218 DRILLING DATA: CME Truck Mount I PROJECT: Road Reconstructions,Project 17094 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 25,2018 SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blowslft I J ap J Dd. Q' 20 60 t10 Fo gre ae 0 Z W m to - a Undrained Shear Idea wiz n m R F w•' 104: DESCRIPTION m D i- m a Soren t g t-F _.i W E G E F p Q g ? ♦Field Vane Test�c Compression Test c. 2 J J 201.0 201 0 115mm ASPHALT over - - 350mm Granular FILL. %i�i�i. •1,09 I Compact,brown,silty sand&gravel FILL. DODO - - ♦��♦ 200— 1— ������ 1 ss 21 . . 5 •i.0i* 111 • - - : Firm,brown,silty clay FILL,sand&gravel - seams. 2 ss 8 10 199— 2— QQQ� I At - - I0 - -jr 3 ss 17 12 o 40. 198— 3— Very stiff to hard,brown becoming grey at " , - - 3.7m depth,silty CLAY till. J' 4 ss 22 I 9 fid/ 197— 4— o%"rd, - - o 5 ss 21 17 1 - I - - '% 196— 5— -1�/, I it of - - 0 , - - ',de 195— 6— j ` 6 ss 35 16 , i End of Borehole. Hole dry and open at completion. I 0 o I 0 Q 0 YI Q o ga, m I E 0 w O x w o: m O 9 J I I E ng i o b e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS I12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. Encl.No. 3 (Sheet 1 of 1) I CUENT: B.M. Ross&Associates Limited 0318 DRILLING DATA: CME Truck Mount PROJECT: Road Reconstructions,Project 17094 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 25,2018 SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft m M J Gar C �. 20 40 60 80 F o g re Era- cot o �, $ O 2 W W W - w Undrained Shear Strength kPa W H G ui D H m« Q+• DESCRIPTION m F m a z 3 ♦Field Vane Test* 2 F-F- C!a W m m m O Q i , p Compression Test a, a Q J J E G E c�7 3 z m 20 40 s0 80 z 203.0 203— 0 140mm ASPHALT over - - 460mm Granular FILL. W. 202— 1- 1 1 ss 17 18 d Stiff to hard,brown becoming grey at 2 ss 14 22 I 4.8m depth,silty CLAY till. 201— 2— - - - 3 ss 25 14 200— I 34 ss 38 10 _ _ ;F',/ � I 199— 4— �� 4. 5 ss 22 16 I 198— 5 End of Borehole. Hole dry and open at completion. I 1 I cg0 a of Ia ci co w co I . 4 w J O I ICo o m 0 • 0 9 J E n Iobe g CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 I REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 4 (Sheet 1 of 1) CUENT: B.M. Ross&Associates Limited 04-18 DRILLING DATA: CME Truck Mount PROJECT: Road Reconstructions,Project 17094 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 25,2018 SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/Ft III m d1 J Oar re �. 20 40 60 80 f0—,- g'aer 0.e m O 2 W W Undrained Shear kPa cat =W =F- w Ti 0 11 DESCRIPTION MI =O Q IM r Z 1 ♦Field Vane Test*Compression Test g- Z a 0- rA t 3 2 m 20 40 60 80 a 205.0 205— 0 Dim• - - Loose,brown,sand FILL,some silt,trace gravel. II • - - ppp• 204— 1— ,i�$ 1 ss 8 • 11 - - • - - •00• •/• � 2 ss 10 17 203— 2— oe I - ,,,e P�. - - 4.,!�,� 3 ss 22 16 - - +%1 202— 3— Stiff to hard,brown becoming grey near j 4.5m depth,silty CLAY till. -�� ��' 4 ss 18 15 r/' of I do i - - 'M 201— 4— 4 5 ss 14 16 I , - - ,0` - - 'p0. j�! 200— 5— /1• I — — 401. Oe - 6 ss 18 .. .... 14 - 199— 6— Or I 40, ' 0 - - 1 Q 198— 7— i0`/ 7 ss 45 13 0 o End of Borehole. oWater level at 5.5m depth at completion. YI a. 0. m CD co m I 4 W O 2 W 0: I m O C9 O J I E ng I o b e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 1 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 5 (Sheet 1 of 1) CLIENT: B.M. Ross&Associates LimitedDRILLING DATA: CME Truck Mount I PROJECT: Road Reconstructions,Project 17094 05_18 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 25,2018 I SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft Ve J G d' 2r1 40 60 80 i="F W m z gr w m a - m Undrained Shear Strength kPa 2 F F a 2 m I m ro DESCRIPTION C+a nu a• Z c ♦Field Vane Test*Compression Test g J a Q j 71 LTJ GE y a3 z m 2P 40 60 8o z3 I 206.7 0 •i�i�i Compact,brown,sand FILL,some gravel, 206— trace to some silt.- 1— i: 1 ss 11 5 Oi 205— /" 2 ss 21 ......... 17 I' j .l 3 ss 24 14 I 204— Very stiff,brown becoming grey near /'� 4.5m depth,silty CLAY till. I - 3— ;% ' /'f 4 ss 18 15 - - 203— ", - ,'I' 4— f�' - �� 5 ss 24 11 I. 202— /'%' I - - 5— .;4/ / 201— % 6 ss 16 15 6— / I. /;` 200— ir /%% m 7 .,/:°:r7 ss 30 15 0 End of Borehole. o Hole dry and open at completion. 1 Q 0. co u, Ico co4 m w 0 M W I O m o 0 0 E n Iobe g CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 6 (Sheet 1 of 1) CLIENT: B.M.Ross&Associates Limited06-18 DRILLING DATA: CME Truck Mount PROJECT: Road Reconstructions,Project 17094 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 25,2018 SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Biowstft I-J t0 CC Ik 20 40 60 80 F` J oat m i S DESCRIPTION m Z, m a Z a Undrained ShearStrergth kPa W Fesui- C=! W m m m p a ♦Field Vane Test*Compression Test 5� Q< 3— E o f )- r 3 z m z0 4o so so °' z 3 J 206.6 0 - - 800mm Granular FILL. I 206— - '000 OOi. - 1— 1 ss 12 5 ♦��� I- - Stiff,brown,silty clay FILL,sand&gravel seams. 205— - - - *:A*. 2 ss 8 11 ♦91/,,/ 204_ e 3 ss 20 - +e • 16 1 - 3— 4- - - Very stiff,brown becoming grey near iIi � 4 ss 24 14 203— 4.5m depth,silty CLAY till. '� I Ii%r. % ' 4— . 5 ss 22 13 o%. I - - 202— - :0"�i • - 5— 4 - - !7%•. %, 201— - i e� 6 ss 27 16 l�j - 6— 01, - - dr, • % ' Fd 200— - -,4I r a 7— 0 7 ss 29 ♦ 14 a End of Borehole. o Hole dry and open at completion. YI Q o (15Lo m m i 4 coIn 0 I Lo O I m O 0 0 _, I E ng I o b e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS I 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 7 (Sheet 1 of 1) I CLIENT: B.M.Ross&Associates Limited 0718 DRILLING DATA CME Truck Mount PROJECT: Road Reconstructions,Project 17094 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 24,2018 I SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blowslrt CI zo ao so 80 ' g z El''. 8 O 2 w w w Undrained SfrearStrengtlr kPa w~ w ~ w m DESCRIPTION 1 0 G 5 ° z 1 ♦Field Vane Test*Compression Test g n a Q a E o f y C3 Z m , 4o so T z3 I 207.2 0 • 207— - 500mm Granular FILL. X000 I ssss Q*QQ Firm,brown,silty clay FILL. �i��i 1— +•�+ 1 ss 6 i 18 206— - ��4. .... ........ ..... .. - - 4ODO - 2 ss 6 .. .. 20 .... ......... .................. .. . - 2- 205 — 000. I r+ji 205— - •,0. - - i'% 13 3 ss 21! IF3— . /, Very stiff,brown becoming grey near i %!' 4 ss 37 14 I 4.5m depth,silty CLAY till. 1 Iii'.. Of it 203— 4_ r 5 ss 31 15 - - 4 �i O!` 1 5— 202— ;iqs I %r - I - - . 6 ss 25 . .. *.. -. 16 :ie 0/ 201— - � + , %/r. ,,,, - - 0/ 7- 7 ss 20 1 14 200— A/4 O 0 End of Borehole. o Hole dry and open at completion. ! a a.C co Co CD I co R LII 0 I W M 0 0 O J E11Iobe CONSULTING NS TING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 8 (Sheet 1 of 1) CLIENT: B.M. Ross&Associates Limited0818 DRILLING DATA: CME Truck Mount I PROJECT: Road Reconstructions,Project 17094 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 24,2018 SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft I { -J ct re C 20 40 60 80 V o 5g G m 1 L I m 7 m n Undrained Shear Strength kPa F F W m m m DESCRIPTION O a `" a. z g ♦Feld Vane Test*Compression Test 5E Q a 51, E G E g Z ~ m 20 40 60 80 0- z co I 208.8 0 115mm ASPHALT over - - 600mm Granular FILL. .w. .• ������ I 208— *** _ 1_ Firm,brown,clayey silt FILL. •������: 1 ss 8 16 .�.�.�.. • ♦.♦ *6. \ I 207— - de 2 ss 2014 ',de- 2— ` Pr oo �do 3 ss 29 15 411)\\ '/' 206— fr _ 3_ Very stiff to hard,brown becoming grey �j0 near 4.5m depth,silty CLAY till. ''�0*f ;0. 4 ss 48 13 - - - - 1205— - •4 - 4— + i pei 5 ss 34 • 14 - - 4. Ii" - - I- - �� 204— - /%/ - 5— e ISL, - ,dI' 6 ss 1515 'rf41 203— - 00 6— ,dI 61, 202— - � § 7 7 ss 23 14 o I LI End of Borehole. oHole dry and open at completion. 1 Q I (9 co c 1 i W 0 2 W reO m O O O J I En I o b e CONSULTING MATERIALS ENGINEERS I12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 9 (Sheet 1 of 1) CLIENT: B.M.Ross&Associates Limited 0918 DRILLING DATA: CME Truck Mount PROJECT: Road Reconstructions,Project 17094 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 25,2018 I SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft J 0 D: ZO 40 60 BO V O e 0 Z W w m - Undrained ShearStrergth kPa q t= 0 w 7 F .. °t. DESCRIPTION to C Q ", o. z 3 ♦Field Vane Test*Compression Test 5� <a i 3 £ E co 3 z in 20 4o T T a z3 -' I 208.6 0 130mm ASPHALT over — 500mm Granular FILL. II208— _ �...„ - 1— / 1 ss 20 14 \\ 207— I WP 2 ss 3513 ' Very sti f to hard,brown becoming grey at 2- 3.0m depth,silty CLAY till. - 206— '�� 3 ss 43 9 - 3— /j 4 ss 25 25 I 205— - - 4— I p /1/ 5 ss 2515 204— - - - �� 11 I - 5— /` rl 203— - ,l 6 ss 33 ...._ :. ._. . . _. .. _.. 8 End of Borehole. 1 Hole dry and open at completion. is I0 r, a 0 1 a a. C9 to La co 1 co 2 W J W I r40 m 0 0 0 J 1 E n Iobe g CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 I REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 10 (Sheet 1 of 1) CLIENT: B.M. Ross&Associates Limited 1018 DRILLING DATA: CME Truck Mount PROJECT: Road Reconstructions, Project 17094 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 25,2018 SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Bloom I ZO 40 60 80 V JO Oe° P. $: O Z W w w w Undrained Shear kPa tO F .... w pi~ w E r] DESCRIPTION 1 K a = p 2: ♦Field Vane Test*Compression Test c. Z pi m v1 O 3 2 m Z(i 40 60 80 211.1 I 211— 0 75mm ASPHALT over „ r - 800mm Granular FILL. • • . ♦ �*•• I •.., X000 ?VI 210— 1— �'/ 1 ss 10 18 //G 2 ss 24 ..__... 14 209— 2 Very stiff to hard,brown becoming grey at I 3.3m depth,silty CLAY till. - ,Ij 3 ss 34 ..... .. ... .:.... __ _... .. 12 I208— 3 _ 4 ss 26 12 _ - .;0 207— 4 OA 5 ss 30 15 I 206— 5 /p# I 1',I A 205— 6 _ 6 ss 34 .... • 16 I End of Borehole. Hole dry and open at completion. oilloa 01 a. a.O U, to co loJ 0 W U I m u.O 0 O J I I E ng I o b e CONSULTING SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 1 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 11 (Sheet 1 of 1) I CLIENT: B.M. Ross&Associates LimitedX18 DRILLING DATA CME Truck Mount PROJECT: Road Reconstructions,Project 17094 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario 11DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 24,2018 I SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft J G D.' 20 40 60 801.1ncie tlae ~1 w H ` $ m W m W - at Field Van ed ShearSbength kPa 1. F F s h. W m m m DESCRIPTION g O Q ?>6 ♦Field Vane Test*Compression Test a, a s J E CI y ?� Z E 20 40 60 8o z 0 140mm ASPHALT over - 460mm Granular FILL. �iy�i - Very stiff,organic stained,weathered silty j� 1— CLAY. # 1 ss 16 28 P . 0el 2 ss 21 15 1 2— itVery stiff to hard,brown becoming grey at , _ 4.8m depth,silty CLAY till. r. 3 ss 38 13 I ! , 3— I� r 4 ss 68 12 o 4— -00: 5 ss 52 7 12 ± ' - 40 6 ss 34 1 ...... ........... .... .... 16 I 5-, End of Borehole. Water level at 5.5m depth at completion. I 1 c 1 ❑ 0 a 0 Y1 I a• CLO co co 1 4 m W J O in 1 m m O ' 0 E ii lobe CONSULTING g SOILS AND MATERIALS ENGINEERS 12-60 Meg Drive,London,ON,N6E 3T6 Phone:519-685-6400 Fax:519-685-0943 I REF.NO.: B-0018656-1 LOG OF BOREHOLE NO. End.No. 12 (Sheet 1 of 1) CLIENT: B.M. Ross&Associates Limited1218 DRILLING DATA: CME Truck Mount I PROJECT: Road Reconstructions,Project 17094 METHOD: Solid Stem Augers LOCATION: Kincardine,Ontario DIAMETER: 150mm DATUM ELEVATION: Inferred from Profile Drawings DATE: Jan 24,2018 SUBSURFACE PROFILE •Penetration Resistance Blows/ft 1 _j 0 0: - 20 40 60 80 F o °a. C e gi ti0 z W W W pp Undrained Shear Stn?ngtll kPa y~ m W ~ w E C DESCRIPTION 3O a m a• z c ♦Field Vane Test is Compression Test a R a< :i g co 0 3 Z m 20 40 60 60 z 3 0 - Compact,brown sand and gravel FILL, •OOi• - trace to some silt,inferred cobble sizes. • • • 1— %%% 1 ss 18 R 6 I 2 ss 3319 \\\E \ Dense,brown SILT with clay seams. I 2— 3 ss 35 14 3— I 4 ss 43 15 I /, 4— Hard to very stiff,brown becoming grey at , 5 ss 33 12 4.4m depth,silty CLAY till. 4 6 ss 24 13 5— ' //r I End of Borehole. Hole dry and open at completion. I I 0 I C7 a 0 YiQ IU me.c 0 I 5 0 W J O Iw W CC u. 0 I m O 0 O J